BOARD POLICIES
BOARD POLICIESPOLICY MANUAL:
This site contains the official board policies for the board of directors of the South Tama County Community School District. Policy development is a dynamic, ongoing process. New problems, issues, and needs give rise to the continuing need to develop new policies or to revise existing ones.
How To Use This Policy Manual
The South Tama County Community School District operates according to policies established by its board of directors. The board develops policies after careful deliberation, and the school administration implements them through specific regulations and procedures. The board reviews and evaluates its policies and makes revisions as necessary.
The manual is organized according to a numeric codification system. There are nine major classifications bearing a numeric Series Code.
100 EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY
200 BOARD OF DIRECTORS
300 ADMINISTRATION
400 EMPLOYEES
500 STUDENT PERSONNEL
600 EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
700 NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS
800 BUSINESS PROCEDURES
900 BUILDINGS AND SITES
1000 SCHOOL-COMMUNITY RELATIONS
How To Find A Policy
There are two ways to find a policy. The first is to click on "Board Policies" header to expand the list, and then navigate to a particular Series and then review the list of policies included under each Series. To view the policy, just click on the policy name in the menu on the left.
The second way to find a policy is to search for a policy number, keyword or phrase in the Search box in the upper right hand corner of this site. It will show results that may match your search word or phrase. Then click on an individual policy or item to review.
Inquiries
Inquires about the policies included in this manual may be directed to the board members or to the superintendent by telephone at (641) 484-4811 or by email at kmathern@s-tama.k12.ia.us or by writing the school district at South Tama County Community School District, 1702 Harding Street, Tama, Iowa, 52339.
100 - EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY
100 - EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 08:56100 - Legal Status of the School District
100 - Legal Status of the School DistrictPolicy 100: Legal Status of the School District
Iowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System. As part of this Common Schools System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law. This school district is known as the South Tama County Community School District.
This school corporation is located in Tama County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the South Tama County Community School District Board of Directors. This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 274.1, .2, .6, .7; 279.8; 594A.
I.C. Iowa Code Description
Iowa Code § 274.1 Legal Status
Iowa Code § 274.6 School Districts - Names
Iowa Code § 279.8 Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
Iowa Code § 280.12 Uniform School Requirements - School Improvement Advisory Committee Iowa Code § 594A School Corporations Cross References Code Description
Approved: 6/21/22
Reviewed: 6/21/22
Revised: 6/21/22
101 - Educational Philosophy of the District
101 - Educational Philosophy of the DistrictPolicy 101: Educational Philosophy of the School District
As a school corporation of Iowa, the School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students. The board’s ability may be limited by the school district's ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with student’s parents and school district community. The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to, and encourages critical thinking in, the students for a lifetime.
The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school district's resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals. In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.
Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education. Critical thinking and problem solving skills that will assist the students' preparation for life is instructed as part of a sequentially coordinated curriculum. The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.
The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district. The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.
The Board believes that excellence in education means success for all students. It is the philosophy of the district to identify student outcomes, to organize the instructional program to help students achieve those outcomes, and to assess attainment of those outcomes. The Board believes that students must be active participants in the learning process. That students helping students is a powerful educational force. That students need to apply the knowledge and skills they are learning. That students must think globally, but act locally. And that students are responsible for learning while teachers help to make it happen.
The Board believes that students of today are in preparation for the future and will: acquire, comprehend, and apply knowledge which will be necessary for fulfillment and achievement in life; develop and establish skills, attitudes and concepts which will enable the student to become a life-long learner, initiate and sustain relationships based on respect and a sense of mutual responsibility, adapt to and create change, and build an awareness of and confidence in self.
The Board believes that students will use acquired skills through a variety of settings for assessment including: writing samples, observations in realistic situations, self-assessment, standardized tests, individual and group demonstrations, and teacher-made tests over content. The Board believes that students will show progress through assessment which: will be an important part of everyday learning, involves student performances that demonstrate progress toward specific goals, clearly states expectations to each student, and creates a picture of what each student knows, what each student can do, and what each student can be.
The Board believes that students will possess knowledge, skills, and abilities in Language Arts, Science, Social Studies, Math, Reading, Fine Arts, Motor Skills, Guidance, Special Education, Vocational, and Communication. For all these areas, the teachers and administrators are working to: identify the most critical skills each child needs to acquire, identify the level at which each child learns the skills and abilities, identify the areas of knowledge essential for each child to know, create a curriculum that meets all of the State of Iowa guidelines, and create a curriculum that allows each student at STC to develop to their fullest potential.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.11
I.C. Iowa Code Description Iowa Code § 256.11 DE - Educational Standards
Approved: 6/21/22
Reviewed: 6/21/22
Revised: 6/21/22
102 - Equal Educational Opportunity
102 - Equal Educational Opportunity
Policy 102: Equal Educational Opportunity |
It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district. Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth. In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same educational opportunity.
The Community School District does not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. The belief in equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Samantha Peska, Equity Coordinator, 1702 Harding Street, Tama, Iowa 52339, (641)484-4811, speska@s-tama.k12.ia.us.
Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.
The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.
Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, STC Community School District,Samantha Peska, Equity Coordinator, 1702 Harding Street, Tama, Iowa 52339, (641)484-4811, speska@s-tama.k12.ia.us.
Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, John C. Kluczynski Federal Building, 230 S. Dearborn St., 37th Floor, Chicago, IL, 60604 (312) 730-1560, fax (312) 730-1576 OCR.Chicago@ed.gov, the Iowa Civil Rights Commissioner, https://icrc.iowa.gov, (515) 281-4121 or the Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA 50319. (515) 281-5294. This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
This is a mandatory policy.
Legal Reference:
20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 et seq.20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 et seq.20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 et seq.29 U.S.C. § 206 et seq.29 U.S.C. § 79442 U.S.C. §§ 2000d and 2000e.42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq.34 C.F.R. Pt. 100.34 C.F.R. Pt. 104.Iowa Code §§ 216.6; 216.9; 256.11; 280.3.281 I.A.C. 12. |
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 216.6 |
Unfair Employment Practices |
Iowa Code § 216.9 |
Unfair/Discriminatory Practices |
Iowa Code § 256.11 |
DE - Educational Standards |
Iowa Code § 280.3 |
Education Program - Attendance Center Requirements |
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12 |
General Accreditation Standards |
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 |
Education - FERPA - General Provisions |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 |
Education - Sex |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 |
Education - EEO |
29 U.S.C. § 206 |
Labor - Minimum Wage |
29 U.S.C. §§ 794 |
Labor - Vocation Rehab Rights |
42 U.S.C. § 12101 |
Public Health - Equal Opportunity - Disabilities |
42 U.S.C. § 2000d |
Public Health - Civil Rights - Federally Programs |
42 U.S.C. § 2000e |
Public Health - EEO Civil Rights - Definitions |
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 |
Education - Nondiscrimination for Programs |
34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 |
Education - Nondiscrimination on Basis of Handicap |
Cross References
Approved: August 1, 2022
Reviewed:August 1, 2022
Revised: August 1, 2022
102-E1 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination
102-E1 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination102 E1: Equal Educational Opportunity - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination
The South Tama County Community School District offers career and technical programs in the following areas of study:
1) Agricultural Sciences
2) Business
3) Industrial Technology
It is the policy of the Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Samantha Peska, Equity Coordinator, 1702 Harding Street, Tama, IA 52339, (641) 484-4811, speska@s-tama.k12.ia.us.
Approved: January 15, 2024
Reviewed: January 15, 2024
Revised: January 15, 2024
102-E2 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination
102-E2 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination102. E2 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination
It is the policy of the Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Samantha Peska, Equity Coordinator, 1702 Harding Street, 641-484-4811, speska@s-tama.k12.ia.us.
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 216.6 |
|
Iowa Code § 216.9 |
|
Iowa Code § 256.11 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.3 |
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12 |
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 |
|
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 |
|
20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 |
|
29 U.S.C. § 206 |
|
29 U.S.C. §§ 794 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 12101 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 2000d |
|
42 U.S.C. § 2000e |
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 |
|
34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
101 |
|
104 |
|
104-R(1) |
|
104-E(1) |
|
104-E(2) |
|
104-E(3) |
Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form |
401.01 |
|
502.03 |
|
502.03-R(1) |
Student Expression and Student Publications Code - Regulation |
506.01 |
|
506.01-R(1) |
|
506.01-E(1) |
Education Records Access - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Education Records |
506.01-E(2) |
Education Records Access - Authorization for Release of Education Records |
506.01-E(3) |
Education Records Access - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records |
506.01-E(4) |
Education Records Access - Request for Examination of Education Records |
506.01-E(5) |
Education Records Access - Notification of Transfer of Education Records |
506.01-E(6) |
Education Records Access - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena |
506.01-E(7) |
Education Records Access - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement |
506.01-E(8) |
|
603.01 |
|
603.04 |
|
802.05 |
Approved: August 1, 2022
Reviewed: August 1, 2022
Revised: August 1, 2022
102-E3 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights
102-E3 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights102 E3 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Notice of Section 504 Student and Parental Rights
The Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student's disability. It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students. As a parent, you have the right to the following:
-
Participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extent appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student's disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
-
Receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities:
-
Receipt of information about your child and your child's educational programs and activities in your native language;
-
Notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request a re-evaluation of your child;
-
Inspect and review your child's educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child's educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child's file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate; and
-
Hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child's evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.
It is the policy of the Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Samantha Peska, Equity Coordinator, 1702 Harding Street, Tama, IA 52339, (641) 484-4811, speska@s-tama.k12.ia.us
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 216.6 |
|
Iowa Code § 216.9 |
|
Iowa Code § 256.11 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.3 |
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12 |
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 |
|
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 |
|
20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 |
|
29 U.S.C. § 206 |
|
29 U.S.C. §§ 794 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 12101 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 2000d |
|
42 U.S.C. § 2000e |
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 |
|
34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
101 |
|
104 |
|
104-R(1) |
|
104-E(1) |
|
104-E(2) |
|
104-E(3) |
Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form |
401.01 |
|
502.03 |
|
502.03-R(1) |
Student Expression and Student Publications Code - Regulation |
506.01 |
|
506.01-R(1) |
|
506.01-E(1) |
Education Records Access - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Education Records |
506.01-E(2) |
Education Records Access - Authorization for Release of Education Records |
506.01-E(3) |
Education Records Access - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records |
506.01-E(4) |
Education Records Access - Request for Examination of Education Records |
506.01-E(5) |
Education Records Access - Notification of Transfer of Education Records |
506.01-E(6) |
Education Records Access - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena |
506.01-E(7) |
Education Records Access - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement |
506.01-E(8) |
|
603.01 |
|
603.04 |
|
802.05 |
Approved: August 1, 2022
Reviewed: August 1, 2022
Revised: August 1, 2022
102-E4 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Discrimination Complaint Form
102-E4 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Discrimination Complaint Form rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 08/02/2022 - 16:06102-E5 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Witness Disclosure Form
102-E5 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Witness Disclosure Form rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 08/02/2022 - 16:06102-E6 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Disposition of Complaint Form
102-E6 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Disposition of Complaint Form rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 08/02/2022 - 16:07102-R1 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Grievance Procedure
102-R1 - Equal Educational Opportunity - Grievance Procedure102 R1- Equal Education Opportunity - Grievance Procedures
It is the policy of the Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact,Samantha Peska, Equity Coordinator, 1702 Harding Street, 641-484-4811, speska@s-tama.k12.ia.us.
Students, parents of students, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.
A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies. Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault).
Filing a Complaint
A Complainant who wishes to avail himself/herself of this grievance procedure may do so by filing a complaint with the equity coordinator(s). An alternate will be designated in the event it is claimed that the equity coordinator or superintendent committed the alleged discrimination or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within 180 days of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The equity coordinator(s) shall assist the Complainant as needed.
Investigation
Within 15 working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”). If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:
-
A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
-
A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
-
A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
-
Interviews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
-
An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
-
Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.
Within 60 working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.
The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision within 5 working days of completing the written report. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.
Decision and Appeal
The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless within 10 working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within 30 working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision within 5 working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.
The decision of the superintendent shall be final.
The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law.
This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.
If any of the stated time frames cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.
Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.
I.C. Iowa Code |
Description |
Iowa Code § 216.6 |
|
Iowa Code § 216.9 |
|
Iowa Code § 256.11 |
|
Iowa Code § 280.3 |
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code |
Description |
281 I.A.C. 12 |
U.S.C. - United States Code |
Description |
20 U.S.C. §§ 1221 |
|
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 |
|
20 U.S.C. §§ 1701 |
|
29 U.S.C. § 206 |
|
29 U.S.C. §§ 794 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 12101 |
|
42 U.S.C. § 2000d |
|
42 U.S.C. § 2000e |
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations |
Description |
34 C.F.R. Pt. 100 |
|
34 C.F.R. Pt. 104 |
Cross References
Code |
Description |
101 |
|
104 |
|
104-R(1) |
|
104-E(1) |
|
104-E(2) |
|
104-E(3) |
Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form |
401.01 |
|
502.03 |
|
502.03-R(1) |
Student Expression and Student Publications Code - Regulation |
506.01 |
|
506.01-R(1) |
|
506.01-E(1) |
Education Records Access - Request of Nonparent for Examination or Copies of Education Records |
506.01-E(2) |
Education Records Access - Authorization for Release of Education Records |
506.01-E(3) |
Education Records Access - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records |
506.01-E(4) |
Education Records Access - Request for Examination of Education Records |
506.01-E(5) |
Education Records Access - Notification of Transfer of Education Records |
506.01-E(6) |
Education Records Access - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena |
506.01-E(7) |
Education Records Access - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement |
506.01-E(8) |
|
603.01 |
|
603.04 |
|
802.05 |
Approved: August 1, 2022
Reviewed: August 1, 2022
Revised: August 1, 2022
103 - Long Range Needs
103 - Long Range Needs103.00 - Long Range Needs Assessment
Long-range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectation of students and determine how well students are meeting student learning goals. The board will conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation.
In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the board will authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.
South Tama County will utilize our School Improvement Advisory Council as our primary source of collaboration with community members and staff to assist with the prioritization of school district needs and programs. Furthermore, the use of surveys will assist in the process of gathering feedback as needed from the community as well as the staff. The staff will place an emphasis on using the annual Iowa Performance Profile and our work associated with the Every Student Succeeds Act to further guide our work.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students' progress on state and locally determined indicators. The superintendent will report annually to the board about the means used to keep the community informed.
As a result of the board and committee's work, the board will determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the educational needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district's progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.
Legal Reference: |
Iowa Code §§ 21; 256.7; 280.12. 281 I.A.C. 12.8(1)(b). |
Approved: October 14, 2024
Reviewed: October 14, 2024
Revised: February 6, 2023
104 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
104 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment PolicyPolicy 104 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
The South Tama County Community School District is committed to providing all students, employees, and volunteers with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect. Bullying and/or harassing behavior can seriously disrupt the ability of school employees to maintain a safe and civil environment, and the ability of students to learn and succeed.
Bullying and/or harassment of or by students, employees, and volunteers is against federal, state, and local policy and is not tolerated by the board.
Accordingly, school employees, volunteers, and students shall not engage in bullying or harassing behavior while on school property, while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles, while attending or participating in school- sponsored or sanctioned activities, and while away from school grounds if the conduct materially interferes with the orderly operation of the educational environment or is likely to do so.
Complaints may be filed with the superintendent or superintendent’s designee pursuant to the regulation accompanying this policy. Complaints will be investigated within a reasonable time frame.
A school employee, volunteer, or student, or a student’s parent or guardian who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment, in compliance with the procedures in the regulation, to the appropriate school official designated by the school district, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to participation in any administrative or judicial proceeding resulting from or relating to the report.
Retaliation Prohibited
Individuals who knowingly file false bullying or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.
Any student found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. Any school employee found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment. Any school volunteer found to have violated or retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, removal from service and exclusion from school grounds.
Definitions
For the purposes of this policy, the defined words shall have the following meaning:
-
“Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optic cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means. “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, and electronic text messaging.
-
“Harassment” and “bullying” mean any repeated or potentially repeated electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or other ongoing conduct toward an individual based on any trait or characteristic of the individual which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:
1. Places the individual in reasonable fear of harm to the individual’s person or property.
2. Has a substantial detrimental effect on the individual’s physical or mental health.
3. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s academic or career performance. Has the effect of substantially interfering with the individual’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.
-
“Trait or characteristic of the individual” includes but is not limited to age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
-
“Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.
Publication of Policy
The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:
-
Inclusion in the student handbook,
-
Inclusion in the employee handbook
-
Inclusion in the registration materials
-
Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site,
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. §§ 1221-1234i.
29 U.S.C. § 794.
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000d-2000d-7.
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 2et. seq.
Iowa Code §§ 216.9; 280.28; 280.3.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
Morse v. Frederick, 551 U.S. 393 (2007)
Case Law References Description
Morse v. Frederick 551 U.S. 393 (2007)
Cross References Description
102 Equal Educational Opportunity -
Approved: August 7, 2023
Reviewed: August 7, 2023
Revised: August 7, 2023
104-E1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint Form
104-E1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Complaint FormPolicy 104-E(1): Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
COMPLAINT FORM
Date of complaint: ____________________________________________
Name of Complainant: ____________________________________________
Are you filling out this form for yourself or someone else (please identify the individual if you are
submitting on behalf of someone else):
____________________________________________________________________________
Who or what entity do you believe discriminated against, harassed, or bullied you (or someone else)?
____________________________________________________________________________
Date and place of alleged incident(s):
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Names of any witnesses (if any):
____________________________________________________________________________
Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):
Age |
Physical Attribute |
Sex |
|||
Disability |
Physical/Mental Ability |
Sexual Orientation |
|||
Familial Status |
Political Belief |
Socio-economic Background |
|||
Gender Identity |
Political Party Preference |
Other – Please Specify: |
|||
Marital Status |
Race/Color |
||||
National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry |
Religion/Creed |
In the space below, please describe what happened and why you believe that you or someone else has been discriminated against, harassed, or bullied. Please be as specific as possible and attach additional pages if necessary.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.
Signature: _____________________________________ Date:__________________________
Case Law References Description
Morse v. Frederick 551 U.S. 393 (2007)
Approved: April 3, 2023
Reviewed: April 3, 2023
Revised: April 3, 2023
104-E2 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure Form
104-E2 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Witness Disclosure FormPolicy 104-E(2): Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
WITNESS DISCLOSURE FORM
Name of Witness: _____________________________________________________
Date of interview: _____________________________________________________
Date of initial complaint: _______________________________________________
Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee):
______________________________________________________________________
Date and place of alleged incident(s):
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):
Age |
Physical Attribute |
Sex |
|||
Disability |
Physical/Mental Ability |
Sexual Orientation |
|||
Familial Status |
Political Belief |
Socio-economic Background |
|||
Gender Identity |
Political Party Preference |
Other – Please Specify: |
|||
Marital Status |
Race/Color |
||||
National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry |
Religion/Creed |
Description of incident witnessed: _______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Additional information: _______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.
Signature: _____________________________________ Date:__________________________
Case Law References Description
Morse v. Frederick 551 U.S. 393 (2007)
Approved: April 3, 2023
Reviewed: April 3, 2023
Revised: April 3, 2023
104-E3 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint Form
104-E3 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Disposition of Complaint FormPolicy 104-E(3): Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
Disposition of Complaint Form
Date: _____________________________________________________
Date of initial complaint: _____________________________________________________
Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee):
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Date and place of alleged incident(s):
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Name of Respondent (include whether the Respondent is a student or employee):
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):
Age |
Physical Attribute |
Sex |
|||
Disability |
Physical/Mental Ability |
Sexual Orientation |
|||
Familial Status |
Political Belief |
Socio-economic Background |
|||
Gender Identity |
Political Party Preference |
Other – Please Specify: |
|||
Marital Status |
Race/Color |
||||
National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry |
Religion/Creed |
Summary of Investigation: _______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.
Signature: _____________________________________ Date:__________________________
Case Law References Description
Morse v. Frederick 551 U.S. 393 (2007)
Approved: April 3, 2023
Reviewed: April 3, 2023
Revised: April 3, 2023
104-R1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures
104-R1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation ProceduresPolicy 104-R(1): Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy - Investigation Procedures
Filing a Complaint
An individual who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied may file a complaint with the
superintendent or superintendent’s designee. The complaint form is available here. An alternate investigator will be designated in the event it is claimed that the superintendent or superintendent’s designee committed the alleged bullying or harassment or some other conflict of interest exists. Complaints shall be filed within [state number of days - 180] of the event giving rise to the complaint or from the date the Complainant could reasonably become aware of such occurrence. The Complainant will state the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested. The Complainant shall receive assistance as needed.
Investigation
The school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment upon receipt of a written complaint. The Director of Student Services, Samantha Peska (hereinafter “Investigator”) will be responsible for handling all complaints alleging bullying or harassment.
The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:
-
Interviews with the Complainant and the individual named in the complaint (“Respondent”)
-
A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
-
A request for the Respondent to provide a written statement;
-
Interviews with witnesses identified during the course of the investigation;
-
A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement; and
-
Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.
The Investigator shall consider the totality of circumstances presented in determining whether conduct objectively constitutes bullying or harassment as defined in Board policy. Upon completion of the investigation, the Investigator shall issue a report with respect to the findings, and provide a copy of the report to the appropriate building principal or Superintendent if the investigation involves the building principal.
The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. Similarly, evidence uncovered in the investigation shall be kept confidential to the extent reasonably possible.
Additional suggestions for administrative procedures regarding this policy include:
-
Organizing training programs for students, school employees, and volunteers regarding how to recognize bullying and harassing behavior and what to do if this behavior is witnessed; and
-
Developing a process for evaluating the effectiveness of this policy in reducing bullying and harassing behavior.
Decision
The investigator, building principal or superintendent, depending on the individuals involved, shall inform the Complainant and the accused about the outcome of the investigation. If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of the policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include suspension and expulsion. If after an investigation a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures, which may include termination. If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures, which may include exclusion from school grounds.
Individuals who knowingly file false bullying and/or harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation may be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy. Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment. Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds.
Case Law References Description
Morse v. Frederick 551 U.S. 393 (2007)
Approved: August 7, 2023
Reviewed: August 7, 2023
Revised: August 7, 2023
106 - Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited
106 - Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited106 - Title IX - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited
In accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District. This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment.
The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX. This Title IX grievance process shall be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX. For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the subject of such conduct and shall apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.
Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title Coordinator, Samantha Peska, Director of Student Services, 1702 Harding Street, Tama, Iowa 52339, (641) 484-4811, speska@s-tama.k12.ia.us.
Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education. Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq. 34 C.F.R. § 106 et seq.
U.S.C. - United States Code References Description
20 U.S.C. §§ 1681 Education - Sex
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations References Description
34 C.F.R. 106 Education - Nondiscrimination Based on Sex
Approved: April 15, 2024
Reviewed: April 15, 2024
Revised: April 15, 2024
200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 08:58200.01 - Organization of the Board of Directors
200.01 - Organization of the Board of Directors200.01 - Organization of the Board of Directors
The Community School District board is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law. The South Tama County Community School District Board of Education will consist of 5 board members. Each board member is elected by a director district within the boundaries of the school district. The school district consists of the communities of Chelsea, Montour, Tama, Toledo and Vining as well as the surrounding rural area within the District boundaries.
The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district. The board will hold its organizational meeting at or before the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes. The retiring board will transfer materials, including the board policy manual, and responsibility to the new board.
The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results. The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin. The Board Secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members. The Board Secretary will preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 274.2; 275.23A; 277.23, .28, .31; 279.1, .5, .7, .8, .33. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
200.01-R1 - Organization of the Board - Organizational Meeting Procedures
200.01-R1 - Organization of the Board - Organizational Meeting ProceduresRegulation 200.01-R(1): Organization of the Board of Directors - Organizational Meeting Procedures
The board will hold its organizational meeting in odd-numbered years at or before the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes. Notice of the meeting's place and time will be given by the board secretary to each member, member-elect and the public.
The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the outgoing board to the new board. At the meeting, the board will elect a president and a vice president who will hold office for one year. Once elected, the president and vice president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the board.
Meeting Procedure
The organizational meeting of the board will be held in two parts: the final meeting of the outgoing board and the organizational meeting of the new board.
1. Final Meeting of the Retiring Board
1. Call to order.
2. Roll call.
3. Approval of minutes of previous meeting(s).
4. Visitors.
5. Unfinished business.
a. Current claims and accounts (for the retiring board to authorize).
6. Examine and settle the books for the previous year.
7. Review of election results. The board secretary will present the county auditor's official report on the latest elections. Official results are recorded in the minutes.
8. Adjournment of the retiring board.
2. Organizational Meeting of the New Board
1. Board Secretary as president pro-tem, will preside over the meeting until a new board president is elected.
2. Call to order.
3. Roll call.
4. Oath of office. The board secretary will administer the oath to new members.
5. Election of a president of the board. The president pro-tem calls for nominations; nominations need not be seconded. The board will then vote on the nominations. The secretary will announce the result of the vote, and the Board Secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly elected president and the newly elected president will assume the chair.
6. Election of the vice-president. The president of the board will call for nominations; the nominations need not be seconded. The board will then vote on the nominations. The president will announce the results and administer the oath of office to the vice-president.
Other items of business at the organizational meeting may include:
7. Board resolution of appreciation recognizing the public service rendered by retiring board members.
8. Determination of dates, times, and places for regular meetings of the board.
9. Board resolution to define the operating rules and practices that will be followed by the new board.
10. Board resolution to authorize the interim payment of bills pursuant to policy 705.03.
11. Visitors.
12. Superintendent's report.
13. Adjournment.
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: March 4, 2019; May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
200.02 - Powers of the Board of Directors
200.02 - Powers of the Board of DirectorsPolicy 200.02: Powers of the Board of Directors
The board, acting on behalf of the school district, will have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.
The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities. The board is also empowered to enforce its policies. The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.
Because all powers of the board derived from the state statutes are granted in terms of action as a group, individual board members exercise authority over district affairs only as they vote to take action at a legal meeting of the board. In other instances, an individual board member, including the president, will have power only when the board, by vote, has delegated authority. The board will make its members, the district staff, and the public aware that only the board acting as a whole has authority to take official action. Therefore, the board may transact business only with a quorum present during a regular or special meeting.
The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.
Legal Reference: Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147 N.W.2d 854 (1967). Iowa Code §§ 28E; 274.1-.2; 279.8.
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980, September 20, 2010; November 15, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
200.03 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
200.03 - Responsibilities of the Board of DirectorsPolicy 200.03: Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
The board is authorized to govern the school district which it oversees. The board is entrusted with public funds and is responsible for overseeing the improvement of student outcomes, including student academic achievement and skill proficiency. As the governing board of the school district, the board has four duties to perform: legislative duty, executive duty, evaluative duty and quasi-judicial duty.
As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district. As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the board, under the board's executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board's behalf. The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.
The board has a responsibility to review the education program's performance under its evaluative duty. The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services. The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program's ability to achieve the board's educational philosophy and goals for the school district.
The board fulfills its quasi-judicial duties in serving as a neutral arbiter for hearings related to student suspension or expulsion proceedings and certain employment termination hearings and appeals. This important power was granted by the Iowa legislature and cannot be delegated. To preserve the board’s neutrality to hear and decide upon these matters, the board does not investigate or become involved in student disciplinary matters or employment matters that may come before it and would require the board to serve in its quasi-judicial role.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279280.12.
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; September 18, 1991; June 15, 1992; September 20, 2010; November 15, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
200.04 - Board Member Social Media Engagement
200.04 - Board Member Social Media EngagementPolicy 200.04: Board Member Social Media Engagement
The board sees the value in promoting the excellent work and accomplishments of the district’s students and staff. Social media is one of many effective communication tools that the district may utilize. Board members have been publicly elected to govern the district and accept a fiduciary responsibility. That responsibility means board members agree to always act in the best interests of the district. For this reason, the board shall expect that individual communications and social media posts made by board members will reflect the values and decorum expected of elected officials in the school community.
All board members enjoy rights to freedom of speech under both the U.S. and Iowa Constitutions. As such, the district will not limit protected speech of any board members. Certain categories of speech are not protected and may be subject to regulation. Additionally, board members should be aware that protected speech can still subject individuals to legal liability. If using social media to discuss district related matters, board members should be aware that they may be prohibited from blocking individual communications and posters based upon the content of their posts.
The board as a whole and individual board members in their governance role have legal obligations to safeguard the privacy of information related to student and employee matters. Board members will refrain from posting or communicating on social media in a way that violates the district’s obligation to protect the privacy of its students and employees.
Board members are uniquely positioned in the school community to be both accessible and responsive to community concerns about the effective governance of the district. As a result, the board will remember their obligations to safeguard student and employee privacy when responding to any social media posts or communications, even if the response is intended to correct information for the rest of the school community. Board members will direct concerned individuals to the appropriate district staff to address their inquiry or complaint in accordance with board policy.
Legal Reference: U.S. Const. Amend. I
Iowa Const. Art. I, sec. 7
20 U.S.C. 1417(c)
34 C.F.R. 99.3
Iowa Code §§ 21; 22
Approved: August 7, 2023
Reviewed: August 7, 2023
Revised: August 7, 2023
201 - Board of Directors' Elections
201 - Board of Directors' ElectionsPolicy 201: Board of Directors' Elections
The school election takes place on the first Tuesday after the first Monday in November of odd-numbered years. Each school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a 5 member board and to address questions that are submitted to the voters.
Citizens of the school district community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary's designee in accordance with the timelines established by law.
If a vacancy occurs on the board it shall be filled in accordance with law and board policy.
It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 39; 45; 63; 69; 274.7; 277; 278.1; 279.7.
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
202.01 - Qualifications
202.01 - QualificationsPolicy 202.01: Qualifications
Serving on the board of directors is an honor and privilege. Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community. Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference should consider running for a position on the board.
Individuals who are willing to serve on the board should believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board work, respect educators and have the ability to examine the facts and make a decision. The board believes an individual considering a position on the school board should possess these characteristics.
Citizens wanting to run for a position on the board must be a citizen of the school district, an eligible elector of the district and free from a financial conflict of interest with the position.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 63; 68B; 277.4, .27; 279.7A.
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
202.02 - Oath of Office
202.02 - Oath of OfficePolicy 202.02: Oath of Office
Board members are officials of the state. As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibilities of the office to the best of the board member's ability.
Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official. The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at the school election at or before the organizational meeting of the board. In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.
Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.
The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting. In the event the board secretary is absent, the oath is administered by another board member.
"Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of (naming the office) in South Tama County Community School District as now and hereafter required by law?"
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 277.28; 279.1, .6.
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980, December 21, 1987; September 20, 2010; November 15, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
202.03 - Term of Office
202.03 - Term of OfficePolicy 202.03: Term of Office
Board members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in November, of odd-numbered years, serve for four years. Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election. A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.
Being a board member is a unique opportunity for a citizen to participate on a governing board of the school district. Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6; 279.7
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; July 18, 2008; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
202.04 - Vacancies
202.04 - VacanciesPolicy 202.04: Vacancies
A vacancy occurs as provided by law, which includes but is not limited to when a board member dies, resigns or leaves office, or fails to reside in the school district or director district.
If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy. The board shall publish notice stating that the board intends to fill the vacancy by appointment, but the electors of the school district have the right to file a petition within 14 days of the publication of the notice requiring the vacancy be filled by a special election.
A person appointed to fill a vacancy shall hold office until a successor is elected and qualified at the next regular school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election.
If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs or if a valid petition is submitted, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred. A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 69; 277.29; 279. Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986). Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public
Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965). Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36
N.W.2d 751 (1949).
Approved: May 6, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; July 19, 1993; September 20, 2010; November 15, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 6, 2024
Revised: May 6, 2024
202.05 - Student School Board Representatives
202.05 - Student School Board RepresentativesPolicy 202.05: Student School Board Representatives
The Board of Education believes it is important to seek out and consider student ideas, viewpoints, and opinions regarding the district’s educational program. To provide student input, the Board shall include at least 1 non-voting representative(s) from the student body.
Student school board representative eligibility and duties:
-
The student school board representative shall be a full-time high school student in the district and is in their junior or senior year;
-
The student school board representative shall participate in an orientation of board responsibilities and procedures as determined by the Superintendent;
-
The student school board representative shall be eligible to participate in discussion, but not vote, at all regular board meetings held in open session;
-
The student school board representative shall be responsible for communicating board decisions and information to the student body; and
-
The student school board representative will be provided with and shall abide by all applicable sections of the Board Members’ Code of Ethics.
The term of office shall be from:
-
July 1 of the first year to June 30 of the following year.
If the student school board representative is unable to attend a board meeting, the student school board representative must notify the Superintendent of the absence. A student school board representative who neglects his/her duties may be removed from the position at the discretion of the Board.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
203 - Board of Directors' Conflict of InterestPolicy 203: Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
Board members must be able to make decisions objectively. It is a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in law or policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties. A board member will not act as an agent for school textbooks or school supplies including sports apparel or equipment, in any transaction with a director, officer, or other staff member of the school district during the board member’s term of office. It will not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts for the purchase of goods or services which benefits a board member, or to compensation for part-time or temporary employment which benefits a board member, if the benefit to the board member does not exceed insert amount up to $20,000 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.
The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration for employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the contract. The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily awarded by competitive bid.
It will also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member’s official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist includes, but are not limited to, any of the following:
1. The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to a board member.
2. The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of money or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member’s immediate family from anyone other than the state or the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member’s regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.
3. The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member’s duties of office or employment.
If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:
• Cease the outside employment or activity; or;
• Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, determining the facts or law in a contested case or rulemaking proceeding, conducting any inspection, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.
When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, board members will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract. Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the board member, board member’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.
It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of and take the action necessary to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.
Legal Reference: 22 C.F.R. § 518.42.
Iowa Code §§ 68B; 71.1; 277.27; 279.7A; 301.28.
Iowa Code § 277.27 School Elections - Qualifications
Iowa Code § 279.7A Directors - Powers and Duties - Public Contracts/Exceptions
Iowa Code § 301.28 Textbooks - Officers and Teachers as Agents
Iowa Code § 68B Government Ethics and Lobbying
Iowa Code § 71 Nepotism
22 C.F.R. § 518.42. Uniform Administrative Requirements - Codes of Conduct
Approved: August 15, 2022
Reviewed:
Revised:
204 - Code of Ethics
204 - Code of Ethics204: Code of Ethics
Board members' actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district. Therefore, board members must conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.
Each board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.
AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER:
1. I will listen.
2. I will respect the opinion of others.
3. I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.
4. I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my school district and the children of my school district
community in the best possible way.
5. I will not use the school district or any part of the school district program for my own personal advantage or
for the advantage of my friends or supporters.
6. I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider "star chamber" or "secret" sessions of board members unethical.
7. I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be
considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be
presented in the meeting.
8. I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on education programs and procedures than on business details.
9. I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session and not with individual members of the
board, except as authorized by law.
10. I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.
11. I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly in board meetings in an effort to have decisions made for the best interests of the children and the education program.
12. I will insist that the members of the board participate fully in board action and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigative and advisory capacity.
13. I will abide by majority decisions of the board.
14. I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions and complaints and will act in the best interests of the school
district.
15. I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street or in my office; the place for such discussion is the board meeting.
16. I will endeavor to keep informed on local, state and national educational developments of significance so I may become a better board member.
IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY
1. I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the children of my school district community the educational facilities that are as complete and
adequate as it is possible to provide.
2. I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the
school district to the community.
3. I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the school district community and do my best to
translate them into the education program of the school district.
4. I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the school district.
5. I will represent the entire school district rather than individual electors, patrons or groups.
6. I will not regard the school district facilities as my own private property but as the property of the people.
IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND EMPLOYEES
1. I will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, evaluative, policy-
forming body, not as an administrative officer.
2. I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see the school
district is properly run and not to run them myself.
3. I will expect the school district to be administered by the best-trained technical and professional people it is
possible to procure within the financial resources of the school district.
4. I will recognize the superintendent as executive officer of the board.
5. I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.
6. I will expect the superintendent to keep the board adequately informed through oral and written reports.
7. I will vote to employ employees only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.
8. I will insist that contracts be equally binding on teachers and the board.
9. I will give the superintendent power commensurate with the superintendent's responsibility and will not in any way interfere with, or seek to undermine, the superintendent's authority.
10. I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.
11. I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.
12. I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.
TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS
1. I will not employ a superintendent, principal or teacher who is already under contract with another school
district without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from
contract.
2. I will consider it unethical to pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or its
representatives.
3. I will associate myself with board members of other school districts for the purpose of discussing school
district issues and cooperating in the improvement of the education program.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 68B; 69; 277.28; 279.7A, 279.8, 301.28.
Approved: December 18, 2023
Reviewed: November 17, 1986; September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, December 18, 2023
Revised: December 18, 2023
205 - Board Member Liability
205 - Board Member Liability205: Board Member Liability
Board members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community. In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members will act in good faith.
The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless the act constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission. The school district, however, cannot save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.
Legal Reference: Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975). 42 U.S.C. §§ 1983, 1985
Iowa Code ch. 670.
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: June 23, 1986; September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
206.01 - President
206.01 - PresidentPolicy 206.01: President
It is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner. The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.
The president of the board is elected to serve a one-year term by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or, in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting.
The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members. Before making or seconding a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.
The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board. Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.
The board president, as the chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board and appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district.
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
206.02 - School Improvement Advisory Committee
206.02 - School Improvement Advisory CommitteeIn accordance with Code of Iowa Section 280.12, the Superintendent shall convene an advisory committee comprised of representatives of the school district community and the school district. The advisory committee shall make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program.
The Board shall ultimately establish the short-term and long-term goals and objectives. These goals and objectives shall take into account the recommendations of the advisory committee, from recommendations from the superintendent, and the changes in law. The Board will require that an annual report be developed regarding the goals and objectives of the education program.
(June 15, 1992; September. 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019)
206.02 - Vice-President
206.02 - Vice-President206.02: Vice-President
The vice-president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting of in odd-numbered years, or, in even-numbered years, at a regular meeting held between twelve to thirteen months after the most recent organizational meeting, to serve a one-year term of office.
By this election, if the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the Vice-President of the board to carry out the duties of the president. If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president's term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.
The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion. The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.5
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 23,1980; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
206.03 - Secretary
206.03 - Secretary206.03: Secretary
A board secretary may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public. To finalize the appointment, the board secretary will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter. [It is the responsibility of the board to evaluate the board secretary annually.]
It is the responsibility of the board secretary, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students. The board secretary will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.
In the event the board secretary is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, Superintendent's administrative assistant will assume those duties until the board secretary is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary is appointed. The board secretary will give bond in an amount set by the board. The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 64; 279.3, .5, .7. .32, .33, .35,; 291.2-.4, .6-.8, .10-.11; 299.10. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; December 19, 1988; September 18, 1989; September 17, 2001; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
206.04 - Treasurer
206.04 - Treasurer206.04: Treasurer
It is the responsibility of the board to appoint a treasurer. The board may appoint a treasurer from its employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public. To finalize the appointment, the treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter.
It is the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities. [It will also be the responsibility of the treasurer to work with the secretary to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the cash flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.]
If the treasurer is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the Assistant to the Business Manager to carry out the duties of the treasurer. The treasurer will give bond in an amount set by the board. The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 279.3, .5, .7 .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4, .6-.12, .14.
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; November 21, 1988, September 20, 2010; November 15, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
207.00 - Board of Directors' Legal Council
207.00 - Board of Directors' Legal Council207: Board of Directors' Legal Counsel
It is the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district. The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting.
The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board's legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believes it is necessary for the management of the school district. The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board's legal counsel. The board's legal counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent. Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board. It is the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.
Legal Reference: Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction, 395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
208 - Ad Hoc Committees
208 - Ad Hoc Committees208: Ad Hoc Committees
Whenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board. Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.
An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee. The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution. The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution. The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration. The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue. The committee may be subject to the open meetings law.
The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution. When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue. The board may designate a board member and the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee. The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2). 281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
208 E1 - Ad Hoc Committees - Exhibit
208 E1 - Ad Hoc Committees - Exhibit208-E1: Ad Hoc Committees Exhibit
Ad Hoc Committee Purpose and Function
The specific purpose of each ad hoc committee varies. Generally, the primary function of an ad hoc committee is to give specific advice and suggestions. The advice and suggestions should focus on the purpose and duties stated in the board resolution establishing the committee. It is the board's role to take action based on information received from the ad hoc committee and other sources. Ad hoc committees may be subject to the open meetings law.
Role of an Ad Hoc Committee Member
The primary role of an ad hoc committee member is to be a productive, positive member of the committee. In doing so, it is important to listen to and respect the opinions of others. When the ad hoc committee makes a recommendation to the board, it is important for the ad hoc committee members to support the majority decision of the ad hoc committee. An ad hoc committee will function best when its members work within the committee framework and bring items of business to the ad hoc committee.
Ad Hoc Committee Membership
Ad hoc committee members may be appointed by the board. The board may request input from individuals or organizations, or it may seek volunteers to serve. Only the board or superintendent has the authority to appoint members to an ad hoc committee. Boards must follow the legal limitations or requirements regarding the membership of an ad hoc committee.
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
209.01 - Development of Policy
209.01 - Development of PolicyPolicy 209.01: Development of Policy
The board has jurisdiction to legislate policy for the school district with the force and effect of law. Board policy provides the general direction as to what the board wishes to accomplish and why it wishes to accomplish it while allowing the superintendent to implement board policy.
The written policy statements contained in this manual provide guidelines and goals to the citizens, administration, employees and students in the school district community. The policy statements are the basis for the formulation of regulations by the administration. The board will determine the effectiveness of the policy statements by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.
Policy statements may be proposed by a board member, administrator, employee, student or member of the school district community. Proposed policy statements or ideas will be submitted to the superintendent's office for possible placement on the board agenda. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring these proposals to the attention of the board.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 274.1-.2; 279.8. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 17, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
209.02 - Adoption of Policy
209.02 - Adoption of Policy209.02: Adoption of Policy
The board will give notice of adoption of new policies by placing the item on the agenda of two regular board meetings. This notice procedure will be required except for emergency situations. If the board adopts a policy in an emergency situation, a statement regarding the emergency and the need for immediate adoption of the policy will be included in the minutes. The board will have complete discretion to determine what constitutes an emergency situation.
The final action taken to adopt the proposed policy will be approved by a simple majority vote of the board at the next regular meeting after the meeting allowing public discussion. The policy will be effective on the later of the date of passage or the date stated in the motion.
In the case of an emergency, a new or changed policy may be adopted by a majority vote of a quorum of the board. The emergency policy will expire at the close of the third regular meeting following the emergency action, unless the policy adoption procedure stated above is followed and the policy is reaffirmed.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8.
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
209.03 - Dissemination of Policy
209.03 - Dissemination of PolicyThe board policy manual is available electronically. Persons unable to access the policy manual electronically should contact the board secretary for assistance.
Copies of changes in board policy will also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 277.31; 279.8.
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 17, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
209.04 - Suspension of Policy
209.04 - Suspension of PolicyPolicy 209.04: Suspension of Policy
Generally, the board will follow board policy and enforce it equitably. The board, and only the board, may, in extreme emergencies of a very unique nature, suspend policy. It is within the discretion of the board to determine when an extreme emergency of a very unique nature exists. Reasons for suspension of board policy will be documented in board minutes.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: June 15, 1992; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
209.05 - Administration in Absence of Policy
209.05 - Administration in Absence of PolicyPolicy 209.05: Administration in the Absence of Policy
When there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken. If needed, the superintendent will draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 17, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
209.06 - Review and Revision of Policy
209.06 - Review and Revision of PolicyPolicy 209.06: Review and Revision of Policy
The board shall, at least once every five years, review board policy. Once the policy has been reviewed, even if no changes were made, a notation of the date of review is made on the face of the policy statement.
The board will review one-fifth of the policy manual annually according to the following subject areas:
-
Board of Directors (Series 200)
-
Administration, Employees (Series 300 and 400)
-
School District, Education Program (Series 100 and 600)
-
Students (Series 500)
-
Non Instructional Operations and Business Services, Buildings and Sites, School District-Community Relations (Series 700, 800 and 900)
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels. The superintendent will also be responsible for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board's attention.
If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the board.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved: May 20, 2024
Reviewed: April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; June 17, 1995; May 18, 1998; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2013, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, May 20, 2024
Revised: May 20, 2024
(April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; June 17, 1995; May 18, 1998; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2013, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019)
209.07 - Review of Administrative Regulations
209.07 - Review of Administrative RegulationsPolicy 209.07: Review of Administrative Regulations
Board policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and school district operations. Some policies require administrative regulations for implementation.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement the board policies. The regulations, including handbooks, will be reviewed and approved by the board prior to their use in the school district.
The administrative regulations will be available no later than the first regular board meeting after the adoption of the board policy unless the board directs otherwise.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: April 17, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.01 - Annual Meeting
210.01 - Annual MeetingPolicy 210.01: Annual Meeting
Each year after August 31 and prior to the organizational meeting of the board in odd-numbered years, the board will hold its annual meeting.
At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary's and treasurer's statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30. As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks. The board may also appoint the board's legal counsel at the annual meeting.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.1, .3, .33.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; June 15, 1992; September 17, 2001; September 20, 2010; February 21, 2011; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.02 - Regular Meeting
210.02 - Regular MeetingPolicy 210.02: Regular Meeting
The regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting in even-numbered years.
The regular meetings of the board will be held on the 2nd and 4th Monday of each month. Meetings will begin promptly at 5:00p.m.
The board will adhere to this meeting date and time unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board's control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be rescheduled in accordance with law and policy. Public notice of the meetings will be given.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.1
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.03 - Special Meeting
210.03 - Special MeetingPolicy 210.03: Special Meeting
It may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting. Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board. Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given.
If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation. Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting. The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.
Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting. The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; June 15, 1992; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.04 - Work Session
210.04 - Work SessionPolicy 210.04: Work Sessions
The board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action. While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action. Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities. The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.
Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session. No board action will take place at the work session.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 23, 1986; October 21, 1991; June 15, 1992; June 16, 1997; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.05 - Meeting Notice
210.05 - Meeting NoticePolicy 210.05: Meeting Notice
Public notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board. Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings. The public notice will be posted in a prominent place clearly designated for posting agendas in the central administration office, and on an exterior facing door/window so that community members may see the agenda when the building is physically closed. The agenda will be posted at least 48 hours before it is scheduled, but, at the minimum, twenty-four hours notice needs to be given.
A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary. A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.
In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting. In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation. The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting. Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.
Legal Reference: Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2.
Approved: April 23, 1980; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, August 7, 2023
Reviewed: August 7, 2023
Revised: August 7, 2023
210.06 - Quorum
210.06 - QuorumPolicy 210.06: Quorum
Action by the board regarding the affairs of the school district may be taken only when a quorum, a majority of the board members, is in attendance at the board meeting. While in person participation is encouraged, board members may attend meetings either in person or electronically provided each member can hear and be heard in real time by all members present and the public.
While board members are encouraged to attend board meetings, 3 members will constitute a quorum and are a sufficient number to transact business of the school corporation. The adjournment of a meeting may be executed without a quorum.
An affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is sufficient to pass a motion or take action unless law or board policy requires a vote of a greater number.
It is the responsibility of each board member to attend board meetings.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1); 279.4.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: December 21, 1987; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.07 - Rules of Order
210.07 - Rules of OrderPolicy 210.07: Rules of Order
An orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district. Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board. They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.
The board will follow Robert's Rule of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.
The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:
-
To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;
-
To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;
-
To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,
-
To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.
It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 15, 1992; September 20, 2010; November 15, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.07 R1 - Rules of Order Regulation
210.07 R1 - Rules of Order RegulationRegulation 210.07-R(1): Rules of Order
The following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual or organizational meeting:
1. Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.
2. All motions will be made as a positive action.
3. A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast. Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in this calculation. It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.
4. All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board. If a motion does not receive a second, the board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.
5. The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue. An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.
6. The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.
7. The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.
8. The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting. Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.
9. The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.
10. The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.08 - Board Meeting Agenda
210.08 - Board Meeting AgendaPolicy 210.08: Board Meeting Agenda
The tentative agenda for each board meeting will state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting. The agenda is part of the public notice of the board meeting and will be posted and distributed.
Persons requesting to place an item on the agenda must make a request to the superintendent prior to the drafting of the tentative agenda. The person making the request must state the person's name, address, purpose of the presentation, action desired and pertinent background information. Requests from the public may be added to the tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president. Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda for good cause.
The tentative agenda and supporting documents will be sent to the board members 3 days prior to the scheduled board meeting. These documents are the private property of the board member. Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office.
The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice. Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board. If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action.
It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting. Any board member may place an item on the next regular agenda with the consent of a majority of the board. Board members wishing to do so should provide notice to the superintendent and board president 5 days prior to the scheduled meeting.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; June 23, 1986; December 17, 1990; October 21, 1991; June 15, 1992; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.08 E1 - Board Meeting Agenda - Example
210.08 E1 - Board Meeting Agenda - ExampleExhibit 210.08-E(1): Board Meeting Agenda - Example
BOARD MEETING AGENDA EXAMPLE
South Tama County Community School District
[Regular Board Meeting] or [Special Board Meeting]
[Insert Meeting Location]
[Insert Date (Day, Month Date, Year)]
[Insert Time (ex. 6:00 p.m.)]
A. Call to Order, Board President
B. Opening Activities [Pledge of Allegiance, Mission Statement]
C. Roll Call, Board Secretary
D. Public Forum
[Insert reference to policy or procedure title and number and a brief description of the limitations
of public forum (Ex. IASB Sample Policy 213 – Public Participation in Meetings)]
E. Agenda Approval
F. Consent Agenda Approval
F1. Consent Agenda Items [Ex. Minutes, Bill Listing, Contract Approvals]
[Insert reference to relevant district policies and procedures (Ex. IASB Sample Policy 210.9 –
Consent Agenda)]
F2. Consent Agenda Items Continued…
G. Presentations [Ex. District goals and priorities update; student learning updates and achievements]
[Insert presentation topic, presenter organization (if outside the district), and presenter name]
[Insert reference to relevant district policies, priorities, and goals]
H. Public Hearings [Ex. School calendar adoption, upcoming district budget, and other items for which a public hearing may be embedded into a regular meeting]
I. Discussion Items [Informational, no action required]
J. Action Items [Ex. Resolutions, Approvals, Adoptions]
J1. Action Items. Consideration of approval of [Insert action item description]
[Insert Superintendent recommendation]
[Insert district staff member name to present on this topic (If different than Superintendent)]
[Insert reference to relevant district policies, priorities, and goals]
J2. Action Items Continued...
K. Policy Reviews
[Insert policy title and number]
[Insert Introduction, Second Reading, or Third (and Final) Reading]
[Insert district staff member name to present on this topic]
L. Upcoming Events and Community Updates
1. Superintendent
2. Board President and Board Members
3. Other District Staff, as appropriate
M. Adjournment
Upcoming Meetings: [Insert dates for upcoming board meetings]
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.08 E2 - Board Meeting Agenda - Example with Closed Session
210.08 E2 - Board Meeting Agenda - Example with Closed SessionExhibit 210.08-E(2): Board Meeting Agenda - Example (with closed session)
BOARD MEETING AGENDA EXAMPLE (with closed session)
South Tama County Community School District
[Regular Board Meeting] or [Special Board Meeting]
[Insert Meeting Location]
[Insert Date (Day, Month Date, Year)]
[Insert Time (ex. 6:00 p.m.)]
A. Call to Order, Board President
B. Opening Activities [Pledge of Allegiance, Mission Statement]
C. Roll Call, Board Secretary
D. Public Forum
[Insert reference to policy or procedure title and number and a brief description of the limitations
of public forum (Ex. IASB Sample Policy 213 – Public Participation in Meetings)]
E. Agenda Approval
F. Consent Agenda Approval
F1. Consent Agenda Items [Ex. Minutes, Bill Listing, Contract Approvals]
[Insert reference to relevant district policies and procedures (Ex. IASB Sample Policy 210.9 –Consent Agenda)]
F2. Consent Agenda Items Continued…
G. Presentations [Ex. District goals and priorities update; student learning updates and achievements] [Insert presentation topic, presenter organization (if outside the district), and presenter name]
[Insert reference to relevant district policies, priorities, and goals]
H. Public Hearings [Ex. School calendar adoption, upcoming district budget, and other items for which a public hearing may be embedded into a regular meeting]
J. Discussion Items [Informational, no action required]
K. Action Items [Ex. Resolutions, Approvals, Adoptions]
K.1 Action Items. Consideration of approval of [Insert action item description].
[Insert Superintendent recommendation]
[Insert district staff member name to present on this topic (If different than Superintendent)]
[Insert reference to relevant district policies, priorities, and goals]
K.2 Action Items Continued…
L. Policy Reviews
[Insert policy title and number]
[Insert Introduction, Second Reading, or Third (and Final) Reading]
[Insert district staff member name to present on this topic]
M. Upcoming Events and Community Updates
1. Superintendent
2. Board President and Board Members
3. Other District Staff, as appropriate
N.Closed Session [Motion and vote to enter, no action taken]
[Insert legal authority to enter closed session pursuant to Iowa Code § 21 (Ex., “I move that we
hold a closed session as authorized by section 21.5 of the open meetings law to...]
[Insert reference to relevant district policies and procedures (Ex. IASB Sample Policy 212 –
Closed Sessions)]
*Board decision to leave closed session*
O. Board Action (if needed) on Topic Discussed in Closed Session
P.Adjournment
Upcoming Meetings: [Insert dates for upcoming board meetings]
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
210.09 - Consent Agenda
210.09 - Consent AgendaPolicy 210.09: Consent Agenda
Very often the board must consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content. Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc. These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.
In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.
The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda. By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution. Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.
Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: December 21, 1987, September 20, 2010; November 15, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019
Revised: June 3, 2024
211 - Open Meeting Status
211 - Open Meeting StatusPolicy 211: Open Meetings Status
A gathering of a majority of board members either in person or electronically in which deliberation of an issue within the scope of the board's policy making duties takes place is a board meeting. A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purpose of the open meetings law. Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
212 - Closed Session
212 - Closed SessionPolicy 212: Closed Sessions
Generally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session is provided for by law.
Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting. The board may enter into a closed session for any reason permitted by law.
The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice with the full text of the Iowa Code citation reference stated on the agenda. The motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting. A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, if any are absent, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote. Closed sessions will be recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary. No voting will take place in the closed session. Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting.
The minutes and recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended. The recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting. Real estate related minutes and recordings will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.
The detailed minutes recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection. The minutes recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court or administrative order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law. The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session, but generally closed sessions will be limited to the board, a recording secretary and the superintendent if indicated. The board has discretion to nominate the board secretary or any board member to serve as recording secretary for the closed session.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 22.7; 279.24.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: June 15, 1992; September 20, 201; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
212.01 - Exempt Meeting
212.01 - Exempt MeetingPolicy 212.01: Exempt Meetings
Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements. Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without recording the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion. The board may also hold an exempt session for the following reasons, or as may be otherwise authorized by law:
1. Negotiating sessions, strategy meetings of public employers or employee organizations, mediation and the deliberative process of arbitration;
2. to discuss strategy in matters relating to employment conditions of employees not covered by the collective bargaining law;
3. to conduct a private hearing relating to the recommended termination of a teacher's contract. The private hearing however, in the teacher's contract termination will be recorded verbatim by a court reporter; and
4. to conduct a private hearing relating to the termination of a probationary administrator's contract or to review the proposed decision of the administrative law judge regarding the termination of an administrator's contract.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16.
Approved: June 3, 2024
Reviewed: March 4, 2019, June 3, 2024
Revised: June 3, 2024
213 - Public Participation in Board Meetings
213 - Public Participation in Board MeetingsPolicy 213: Public Participation in Board Meetings
The board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters. In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set aside a specific time for public comment.
Public Comment During Board Meetings
Citizens wishing to address the board during public comment must notify the board secretary prior to the board meeting. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment. Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may also do so at this time. The board however, will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents.
The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation. Normally, speakers will be limited to 3 minutes with a total allotted time for public participation of 60 minutes. However, the board may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary.
Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment.
Public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings.
Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda
Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board. For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower.
Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition. The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up. The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address. Each speaker will be limited to an amount of time established by the board president that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up. The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal. Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak. The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal. If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum.
The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility. The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment. Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. If disruptive, the individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting. Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, 279.8B
Approved: March 4, 2019, June 17, 2024
Reviewed: August 7, 2023
Revised: August 7, 2023; June 17, 2024
213.01 - Public Complaints
213.01 - Public Complaints213.01: Public Complaints
The board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the school district which are of concern to parents and other members of the school district community.
The board firmly believes concerns should be resolved at the lowest organizational level by those individuals closest to the concern, please refer to the District Organizational Chart. Whenever a complaint or concern is brought to the attention of the board it will be referred to the administration to be resolved. Prior to board action however, the following should be completed:
a. Matters should first be addressed to the teacher or employee.
b. Unsettled matters from (a) above or problems and questions about individual attendance centers should be addressed to the employee's building principal.
c. Unsettled matters from (b) above or problems and questions concerning the school district should be directed to the superintendent.
d. If a matter cannot be settled satisfactorily by the superintendent, it may then be brought to the board for consideration. To bring a concern, the individual shall notify the board president or board secretary in writing, who may bring it to the attention of the entire board.
Parents, guardians and community members of the district who have concerns about the district or the board may refer to the student handbook for additional guidance from the Iowa Department of Education.
It is within the discretion of the board to address complaints from the members of the school district community, and the board will only consider whether to address complaints if they are in writing, signed, and the complainant has complied with this policy. The board is not obligated to address a complaint and may defer to the decision of the superintendent. If the board elects not to address a complaint, the decision of the superintendent shall be final. If the board does elect to address a complaint, its decision shall be final.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: June 17, 2024
Reviewed: June 17, 2024
Revised: June 17, 2024
214 - Public Hearing
214 - Public Hearing214: Public Hearings
Public hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board. Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so, or the law requires otherwise.
At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held. Others may be allowed to speak at the board's discretion. Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible. Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals. In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.
The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion. At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president. The board president will recognize the speakers. A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president. Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 24.9; 26.12; 279.8, .10; 297.22.
Approved: June 17, 2024
Reviewed: March 4, 2019, June 17, 2024
Revised: June 17, 2024
215 - Board of Directors' Records
215 - Board of Directors' Records215: Board of Directors’ Records
The board will keep and maintain permanent records of the board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the board.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings. The minutes of each board meeting will include, at a minimum, the following items: a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed will be attached. This information will be available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication. The information does not need to be published within two weeks. The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes. The permanent records of the board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.
Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary transcribes the notes into typewritten material which has been proofread for errors and retyped.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 22;
Approved: June 17, 2024
Reviewed: December 21, 1987; September 18, 1989; June 15, 1992; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 15, 2020
Revised: June 17, 2024
215 E1 - Board of Directors' Records - Board Meeting Minutes
215 E1 - Board of Directors' Records - Board Meeting Minutes215E1: Board of Directors’ Records - Board Meeting Minutes
BOARD MEETING MINUTES
Since the official minutes of the board are the only legal record, it is important that they be recorded with extreme care and completeness. The board secretary will follow the following guidelines in writing board minutes:
With respect to content, the minutes should show the following:
1. The place, date, and time of each meeting.
2. The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.
3. Members present and members absent, by name.
4. The call to order and adjournment.
5. The departure of members by name before adjournment.
6. The late arrival of members, by name.
7. The time and place of the next meeting.
8. Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.
9. Complete information as to each subject of the board's deliberation and the action taken.
10. The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion
detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.
11. Complete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.
12. A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.
13. A record of all change orders on construction contracts.
14. All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.
15. A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.
16. A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.
17. Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.
18. Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.
19. Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.
20. Adoption of textbooks and establishment of bus routes by the board for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.
21. Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or
approval after the deadline.
22. A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.
23. At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.
24. The election or appointment of board officers.
25. The appointment of auditors to examine the books.
At the annual or organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, the minutes should reflect the following:
26. Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.
27. Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.
28. Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.
29. Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.
30. The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.
31. A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.
32. A resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.
33. Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the
signer.
34. Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired for the balance of the school year.
Approved: June 17, 2024
Reviewed: June 17, 2024
Revised: June 17, 2024
216.01 - Association Membership
216.01 - Association Membership216.01: Association Membership
Participation in board member associations are beneficial to the board. The board will maintain an active membership in the Iowa Association of School Boards and in organizations the board determines will be of benefit to the board and the school district.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.38.
Approved: June 17, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019
Revised:
June 17, 2024
216.02 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training
216.02 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training216.02 - Board of Directors' Member Development and Training
High achieving school boards work as a team to create high expectations for all students. Board learning is foundational to creating this solid governance structure focused on student learning for school boards. The board may participate in conferences sponsored by educational associations and agencies in addition to its own in-service programs and work sessions.
The board will work closely with the Iowa Association of School Boards' and encourage the board members to participate in qualifying learning opportunities to achieve the Annual Board Award.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .38.
Approved: February 6, 2023
Reviewed: February 6, 2023
Revised:
216.03 - Compensation of Expenses
216.03 - Compensation of ExpensesPolicy 216.03: Board of Directors' Member Compensation and Expenses
As an elected public official, the board member is a public servant who serves without compensation. Board members will be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.
Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the board member must submit a detailed receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. Failure to provide a detailed receipt will make the expense non reimbursable. Personal expenses will be reimbursed by the board member to the school district no later than ten working days following the date of the expense. In exceptional circumstances, the board may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.
Meals shall be reimbursed, when an employee is in ‘overnight status’ per Internal Revenue Service guidelines with reimbursement up to $40 per day with detailed receipt. The Superintendent may authorize above these limits for unusual circumstances.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to compile the expenses of board members and bring them to the board for audit and approval in the same manner as other claims of the school district. It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the expenses incurred by a board member are actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.
Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved. Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three- hundred miles of the central administration office of the school district will be by automobile. If a school district vehicle is not available, the board member will be reimbursed at the rate consistent with IRS federal amount per mile. Pre-approved expenses for transportation outside of three-hundred miles will be by public carrier. Reimbursement for air travel will be at the tourist class fares. Should a board member choose to travel by automobile, reimbursement will be limited to the public carrier amount. Pre-approved expenses for transportation in a rental car is limited to the cost of a Class "C" rental car at a medium priced agency unless the number of board members traveling on behalf of the school district warrant a larger vehicle. Travel inside the school district in the board member's personal vehicle will be reimbursed at the rate consistent with IRS federal amount per mile.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 68B; 277.27; 279.7A, .8, .32.
Approved: June 17, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 1980; September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019
Revised: June 17, 2024
217 - Gifts to Board Members
217 - Gifts to Board MembersPolicy 217: Gifts to Board of Directors
Board members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district. Board members will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of "restricted donor" stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.
A "restricted donor" is defined as a person or other entity which:
-
Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
-
Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the board member's official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
-
Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district's jurisdiction.
A "gift" is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, "gift" does not include any of the following:
-
Contributions to a candidate or a candidate's committee;
-
Information material relevant to a board member's official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
-
Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
-
An inheritance;
-
Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the board recipient;
-
Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member's status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
-
Actual expenses of a board member for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
-
Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
-
Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
-
Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
-
Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
-
Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
-
Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official's wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
-
Payment of salary or expenses by a board member's employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district;
-
Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or
-
Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions. The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not "registration costs" under this paragraph. Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not "informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person's official functions" under this paragraph.
An "honorarium" is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, a board member as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:
-
Actual expenses of a board member for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the board member has participation or presentation responsibilities;
-
A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or
-
A payment made to a board member for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the board member is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person's status as a board member but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.
It is the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or honorariums.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code ch. 68B.
Approved: June 17, 2024
Reviewed: November 16, 1992; September 19, 1994; September 20, 2010; June 18, 2012, June 20, 2016, March 4, 2019, June 17, 2024
Revised: June 17, 2024
300 - ADMINISTRATION
300 - ADMINISTRATION Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 08:58300.00 - Role of School District Administration
300.00 - Role of School District AdministrationIn this series of the board policy manual, the board defines the role and the employment of school district administrators. Policies in the 400 Series, "Employees," also apply to administrators unless a more specific policy exists in the 300 Series, "Administration."
School district administrators have been given a great opportunity and responsibility to manage the school district, to provide educational leadership, and to implement the educational philosophy of the school district. They are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the school district. In carrying out these operations, the administrators are guided by board policies, the law, the needs of the students, and the wishes of the citizens in the school district community.
It is the responsibility of the administrators to implement and enforce the policies of the board, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations.
While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.
The board and the administration will work together to share information and decisions under the management team concept.
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: December 12, 1979; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016, April 23, 2019, July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
301.01 - Management
301.01 - ManagementThe board and the administrators will work together in making decisions and setting goals for the school district. This effort is designed to obtain, share, and use information to solve problems, make decisions, and formulate school district policies and regulations.
It is the responsibility of each administrator to fully participate in the management of the school district by investigating, analyzing, and expressing their views on issues. Those board members or administrators with special expertise or knowledge of an issue may be called upon to provide information. Each board member and administrator will support the decisions reached on the issues confronting the school district.
The board is responsible for making the final decision in matters pertaining to the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop guidelines for cooperative decision-making.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: December 12, 1979; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016, April 23, 2019; July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
301.05 - Professional Liability Exposure-Superintendent
301.05 - Professional Liability Exposure-SuperintendentThe South Tama County School District agrees, as a further condition of the Superintendent’s employment contract, that it shall defend, hold harmless, and indemnify the Superintendent from any and all demands, claims, suits, actions, and legal proceedings brought against the Superintendent in his individual capacity, or in his official capacity as agent and employee of the District, provided the incident arose while the Superintendent was acting within the scope of his employment and provided such coverage is consistent with the District’s insurance policy.
If in the good faith opinion of the Superintendent, a conflict exists as regards the defense to such claim between the legal position of the superintendent and the legal position of the District, the Superintendent may engage counsel in which event the District shall indemnify the Superintendent for the costs of legal defense to the extent such coverage is consistent with the District’s insurance policy.
(June 23, 1986; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019)
302.01 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment
302.01 - Superintendent Qualifications, Recruitment, AppointmentThe board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.
The board will consider applicants that meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the superintendent position. In employing a superintendent, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability. In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants. The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.
In choosing a superintendent, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial situation, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
The board may contract for assistance in the search for a superintendent.
Legal Reference: 29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq.
Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1)(i); 35C; 216; 279.8, .20.
281 I.A.C. 12.4(4)
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019; July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
302.02 - Superintendent Contract and Nonrenewal
302.02 - Superintendent Contract and NonrenewalThe length of the contract for employment between the superintendent and the board is determined by the board. The contract will begin on July 1 and end on June 30. The contract will state the terms of employment and shall not exceed three years.
The first three consecutive years of a contract issued to a newly employed superintendent is considered a probationary period. The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the superintendent. In the event of termination of a probationary or non probationary contract, the board will afford the superintendent appropriate due process, as required by law. The superintendent and board may mutually agree to terminate the superintendent's contract at any time.
It is the responsibility of the board to provide the contract for the superintendent. The board may issue a temporary and nonrenewable contract in accordance with law.
If the superintendent wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the superintendent must comply with applicable law and board policies.
Legal Reference:
Martin v. Waterloo Community School District, 518 N.W. 2d 381 (Iowa 1994).
Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W.2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v. Youel, 282 N.W.2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
Briggs v Board of Directors of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W.2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
Luse v. Waco Community School District of Henry Co., 258 Iowa 1087, 141 N.W.2d 607 (1966).
Iowa Code § 279. 281 I.A.C. 12.4.
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019; July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
302.03 - Superintendent Salary and Other Compensation
302.03 - Superintendent Salary and Other CompensationThe board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent. It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the superintendent. The salary is set at the beginning of each contract term.
In addition to the salary and benefits, the superintendent's actual and necessary expenses are paid by the school district when the superintendent is performing work-related duties. It is within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent.
The board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the superintendent's contract. Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20.
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: December 17, 1979; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019; July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
302.04 - Superintendent Duties
302.04 - Superintendent DutiesThe board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board. The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.
The superintendent is responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students. The superintendent is responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program.
In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent will consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students. Specifically, the superintendent:
-
Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;
-
Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;
-
Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;
-
Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;
-
Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent has been excused, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;
-
Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;
-
Assumes responsibility for the overall financial planning of the district and for the preparation of the annual budget, and submits it to the board for review and approval;
-
Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to the direction and approval of the board;
-
Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;
-
Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;
-
Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;
-
Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board's approval;
-
Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;
-
Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;
-
Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;
-
Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;
-
Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;
-
Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;
-
Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;
-
Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;
-
Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;
-
Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;
-
Approves vacation schedules for employees;
-
Conducts periodic district administration meetings;
-
Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board. Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board; and
-
Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.
This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the superintendent. In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, 23A. 281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: December 17, 1979; June 15, 1992; May, 2002; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016, April 23, 2019;July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
302.05 - Superintendent Evaluation
302.05 - Superintendent EvaluationThe board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities, and competence. At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis. The goal of the superintendent's formal evaluation is to ensure the education program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent's role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent. This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent's skills, abilities and competence.
The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:
-
Mission, Vision and Core Values: Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
-
Ethics and Professional Norms: Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Equity and Cultural Responsiveness: Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment: Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Community Care and Support for Students: Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
-
Professional Capacity of School Personnel: Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Professional Community for Teachers and Staff: Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community: Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Operations and Management: Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
School Improvement: Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principles:
-
The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent. The criteria will be related to the job description, the Iowa Standards for School Leaders, the school district's goals, and the goals of the administrator’s individual professional development plan.
-
At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;
-
Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation from the entire board;
-
The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board's evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;
-
The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon a request from the superintendent and if the board determines its discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent's reputation; and,
-
The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent. Board members are encouraged, however, to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session. The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent's personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.
Legal Reference: Wedergren v. Board of Directors, 307 N.W.2d 12 (Iowa 1981).
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: June 23, 1986; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019; July 22, 2024
Revised:July 22, 2024
302.06 - Superintendent Professional Development
302.06 - Superintendent Professional DevelopmentThe board encourages the superintendent to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing education, and participating in other professional activities.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to arrange the superintendent's schedule in order to enable attendance at various conferences and events. If a conference or event requires the superintendent to be absent from the office for more than three days, requires overnight travel, or involves unusual expenses, the superintendent will bring it to the attention of the board president prior to attending the event.
The superintendent will report to the board after an event.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8 281 I.A.C. 12.7.
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: April 17, 1989; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016, April 23, 2019; July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
302.07 - Superintendent Civic Activities
302.07 - Superintendent Civic ActivitiesThe board encourages the superintendent to be involved in the school district community by belonging to school district community organizations and attending and participating in school district community activities.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to become involved in school district community activities and events. It is within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019; July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
302.08 - Superintendent Consulting/Outside Employment
302.08 - Superintendent Consulting/Outside EmploymentThe superintendent is considered a full-time employee. The board expects the superintendent to give the responsibilities of the position precedence over other employment. The superintendent may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on the superintendent's personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the superintendent's duties.
The board reserves the right, however, to request that the superintendent cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment. The board will give the superintendent thirty days notice to cease outside employment.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8, .20.
Approved: July 22, 2024
Reviewed: July 22, 2024
Revised: July 22, 2024
303.01 - Administrative/Director Positions
303.01 - Administrative/Director PositionsThe school district will have, in addition to the superintendent, the following administrative/director positions:
Principals, Assistant Principals, Activities Director, Director of Finance, Director of Student Services, Director of Curriculum, Director of Food Service & Nutrition, Director of Technology, Director of Maintenance and Director of Transportation
These administrators/directors will work closely with the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.
It is the responsibility of these administrators/directors to uphold board policy, to instill a positive, cooperative environment with employees, and to share their expertise with each other and the board under the management team concept.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .20, .21, .23-.24. 281 I.A.C. 12.4.
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: December 17, 1979; September 18, 1989; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019; August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
303.02 - Administrator/Director Qualifications, Recruitment, Appointment
303.02 - Administrator/Director Qualifications, Recruitment, AppointmentThe board will employ building principals and other administrators/directors, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district.
The board will consider applicants who meet or exceed the standards set by the Iowa Department of Education and the qualifications established in the job description for the position. In employing an administrator/director, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, religion, sex, national origin, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or disability. In keeping with the law, however, the board will consider the veteran status of the applicants. The board will look closely at the training, experience, skill and demonstrated competence of qualified applicants in making its final decision.
In choosing an administrator/director, the board will also consider the school district's educational philosophy, financial condition, organizational structure, education programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling an administrative/director position, based on the requirements stated in this policy. The board will act only on the superintendent's recommendation. The board may contract for assistance in the search for administrators.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21. 281 I.A.C. 12.4.
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: December 17, 1979; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019; August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
303.03 - Administrator/Director Contract and Contract Nonrenewal
303.03 - Administrator/Director Contract and Contract NonrenewalThe length of the contract for employment between an administrator/director and the board will be determined by the board and stated in the contract. The contract will also state the terms of the employment.
The first three consecutive years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator/director will be considered a probationary period. The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator/director. In the event of termination of a probationary or non probationary contract, the board will afford the administrator/director appropriate due process, as required by law. The administrator/director and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative/director position. The board may issue temporary and nonrenewable contracts in accordance with law.
Administrators/directors who wish to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, must comply with applicable law and board policies.
Legal Reference: Martin v. Waterloo Community School District, 518 N.W. 2d 381 (Iowa 1994). Cook v Plainfield Community School District, 301 N.W. 2d 771 (Iowa App. 1980).
Board of Education of Fort Madison Community School District v Youel, 282 N.W. 2d 677 (Iowa 1979).
Briggs v Board of Education of Hinton Community School District, 282 N.W. 2d 740 (Iowa 1979).
Iowa Code § 279. 281 I.A.C. 12.4.
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: December 17, 1979; August 21, 1989; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019; August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
303.04 - Administrator/Director Salary and Other Compensation
303.04 - Administrator/Director Salary and Other CompensationThe board has complete discretion to set the salary of the administrators/directors. It is the responsibility of the board to set the salary and benefits of the administrators/directors at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrators/directors. The salary will be set at the beginning of each contract period.
In addition to the salary and benefits agreed upon, the administrator's/director’s actual and necessary expenses will be paid by the school district when the administrator/director is performing work-related duties. The board will approve the payment of other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator's contract. Approval of other benefits or items of
an administrator's/director’s compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.21
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
303.05 - Administrator Duties
303.05 - Administrator DutiesAdministrators will be hired by the board to assist the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.
Each attendance center will have a building principal responsible for the administration and operation of the attendance center. Each building principal, as chief administrator of the assigned attendance center, is responsible for the building and grounds, for the students and employees assigned to the attendance center, for school activities at the attendance center, for the education program offered in the attendance center, and the budget for the attendance center. The principal is considered the professional advisor to the superintendent in matters pertaining to the attendance center supervised by the principal. Although the principals serve under the direction of the superintendent, duties of the principal may include, but not be limited to the following:
-
Cooperate in the general organization and plan of procedure in the school under the principal's supervision;
-
Supervision of the teachers in the principal's attendance center;
-
Maintain the necessary records for carrying out delegated duties;
-
Work with the superintendent in rating, recommending and selecting supervised employees whenever possible;
-
Work with the superintendent in determining the education program to be offered and in arranging the schedules. As much of the schedule as possible should be made before school closes for summer vacation. In the matter of courses offered, the final approval rests with the superintendent who is in turn responsible to the board;
-
Ensure that proper care is taken of all school books, supplies, materials, equipment, furniture and facilities;
-
Instruct teachers to make a complete annual inventory of all school property contained in their individual rooms. This inventory is reviewed and filed with the board secretary;
-
Investigate excessive cases of absence or tardiness of students and notify the parents or guardians of unexcused absence or tardiness. All such cases should be reported to the superintendent;
-
Make such reports from time to time as the superintendent may require;
-
Maintain the regular schedule of school hours established by the board and make no temporary changes in the schedule without the consent of the superintendent;
-
Promptly notify the superintendent whenever ventilation, sanitation or heating of the building is unsatisfactory;
-
Contribute to the formation and implementation of general policies and procedures of the school;
-
Perform such other duties as may be assigned by the superintendent of schools.
This list of duties will not act to limit the board's authority and responsibility over the position of the administrators. In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the administrators will consider the school district's financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8,.21,.23A.
Approved: December 18, 2023
Reviewed: December 18, 2023; August 12, 2024
Revised: December 18, 2023
303.06 - Administrator/Certified Directors Evaluations
303.06 - Administrator/Certified Directors EvaluationsThe Superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators/certified directors on their skills, abilities, and competence. At a minimum, the Superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators/certified directors annually. The goal of the formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, ensure student learning goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative/directors leadership for the school district, clarify the administrators/certified directors role as defined by the board and the superintendent, assess administrators/certified directors competence in the Iowa Standards for School leaders, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrators/certified directors. This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing informal evaluation of the administrators/certified directors's skills, abilities and competence.
The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrators/certified directors evaluation instrument to assess, among other things, the administrators/certified directors' competence in meeting the Iowa Standards for School Leaders and the goals of the administrators/certified directors' individual professional development plan. The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description and the Iowa Standards for School Leaders. The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators/certified directors, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.
The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrators/certified directors and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year's performance and the future areas of growth. The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrators/certified directors and filed in the administrators/certified directors's personnel file.
The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:
-
Mission, Vision and Core Values: Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student. Ethics and Professional Norms: Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Equity and Cultural Responsiveness: Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment: Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Community Care and Support for Students: Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
-
Professional Capacity of School Personnel: Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Professional community for Teachers and Staff: Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community: Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
Operations and Management: Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
-
School Improvement: Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to conduct a formal evaluation of the probationary administrators/certified directors and non probationary administrators/certified directors prior to May 15.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, .21-.23A. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(3); ch 83.
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
303.07 - Administrator/Director Professional Development
303.07 - Administrator/Director Professional DevelopmentThe board encourages the administrators/directors to continue their professional growth by becoming involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing their education, and participating in other professional activities.
It is the responsibility of the administrators/directors to arrange their schedules in order to attend various conferences and events in which they are involved. Prior to attendance at an event, the administrator/director must receive approval from the superintendent. In the case where overnight travel or unusual expense is involved, the superintendent will bring it to the attention of the board prior to the administrator attending the event.
The administrator/director will report to the superintendent after an event.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
281 I.A.C. 12.7.
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
303.08 - Administrator/Director Civic Activities
303.08 - Administrator/Director Civic ActivitiesThe board encourages the administrators/directors to be involved in the school district community by belonging to community organizations and by attending and participating in school district community activities.
It is the responsibility of the administrators/directors to become involved in school district community activities and events. It is within the discretion of the board to pay annual fees for professional organizations and activities.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
303.09 - Administrator Consulting and/or Outside Employment
303.09 - Administrator Consulting and/or Outside EmploymentAn administrative/director position is considered full-time employment. The board expects administrators/directors to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over other employment. An administrator/director may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board and the superintendent, the work is conducted on the administrator's/director’s personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the administrative/director duties contracted by the board.
The board reserves the right, however, to request the administrator/director cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment. The board will give the administrator/director thirty days notice to cease outside employment.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8, .21.
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 2019; August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
304.01 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations
304.01 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative RegulationsAdministrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations.
In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent should consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations. Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.
The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions. The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to enforce administrative regulations.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
304.02 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations
304.02 - Monitoring of Administrative RegulationsThe administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.
The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8, .20.
Approved: August 12, 2024
Reviewed: August 12, 2024
Revised: August 12, 2024
305 - Administrator Code of Ethics
305 - Administrator Code of EthicsAdministrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district. Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district. Therefore, administrators will conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.
Each administrator will follow the code of ethics stated in this policy. Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, will be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.
The professional school administrator:
-
Makes the education and well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision making.
-
Fulfills all professional duties with honesty and integrity and always acts in a trustworthy and responsible manner.
-
Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.
-
Implements local, state and national laws.
-
Advises the school board and implements the board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.
-
Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals or that are not in the best interest of children.
-
Avoids using his/her position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic or other influences.
-
Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from accredited institutions.
-
Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.
-
Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release or dissolution mutually agreed upon by all parties.
-
Accepts responsibility and accountability for one’s own actions and behaviors.
-
Commits to serving others above self.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
282 I.A.C. 13.
Approved: December 18, 2023
Reviewed: December 18, 2023
Revised: December 18, 2023
306 - Succession of Authority to the Superintendent
306 - Succession of Authority to the SuperintendentIn the absence of the superintendent, it is the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent's duties. The succession of authority to the superintendent is in this order:
-
Director of Finance,
-
Director of Technology,
-
Director of Student Services,
-
Director of Curriculum.
If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action. If the board determines the absence of the superintendent will be a lengthy one, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent. The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent's absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.
References to "superintendent" in this policy manual will mean the "superintendent or the superintendent's designee" unless otherwise stated in the board policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
281 I.A.C. 12.4(4).
Approved: August 26, 2024
Reviewed: April 23, 2019; August 26, 2024
Revised: August 26, 2024
400 - EMPLOYEES
400 - EMPLOYEES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 08:59400.00 - Statement of Guiding Principles
400.00 - Statement of Guiding PrinciplesThis series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board’s goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs. Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community. They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches. Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a qualify education for students. All employees have an impact on the school environment, including students, parents, and community members, by their dedication to their work and their actions. As role models for the students, employees will promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.
In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board’s goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees. The board will have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district’s standards of acceptable performance. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action. The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units.
Board policies in this series relating to general employees will apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator. Board policies relating to licensed employees will apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator’s certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy or a more specific policy is in the 300 series, Administration. Board policies relating to classified employees will apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.
Subject to the financial resources available to the Board of Directors, it shall be the policy of the Board of Directors to recruit and retain the highest caliber of administrators, certified employees, and classified employees. It shall be the policy of the Board of Directors to appoint or dismiss all employees only upon the recommendation of the Superintendent.
(June 9, 1980; April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015, June 10, 2019)
401.01 - Equal Employment Opportunity
401.01 - Equal Employment OpportunityThe Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies. Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination. The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities and persons with disabilities are underrepresented. Employees will support and comply with the district's established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies. Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.
The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator. The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan. The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.
Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply. In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to race, color, creed, sex, national origin, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity or
disability. In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants.
Prior to a final offer of employment the school district will perform the background checks required by law. Based upon the results of the background checks, the school district will determine whether an offer will be extended. If the candidate is a teacher who has an initial license from the BOEE, then the requirement for a background check is waived.The district will perform repeat background checks on applicable employees as required by law.
Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement: "The South Tama County Community School District is an EEO/AA employer." The statement will also appear on application forms.
Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, will be directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Samantha Peska, by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, South Tama County Community School District, 1702 Harding Street, Tama, Iowa 52339; or by telephoning 641-484-4811.
Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commissions, Milwaukee Area Office, Reuss Federal Plaza, 310 West
Wisconsin Ave., Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI., 53203-2292, (800) 669-4000 or TTY (800) 669-6820. Or the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa, 50319-1004, (515) 281- 4121 or 1-800-457-4416, This inquiry or complaint to the federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district's central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.
NOTE: This is a mandatory policy and reflects the law. The district must perform an initial background check on all employees 18 years of age and older. For some licensed employees, background checks must be performed every five years.
Legal Reference: 29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634. 42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e et seq. 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. Iowa Code §§ 19B; 20; 35C; 73; 216; 279.8. 281 I.A.C. 12.4; 95.
Approved: December 4, 2023
Reviewed: December 4, 2023
Revised: December 4, 2023
401.02 - Job Descriptions
401.02 - Job DescriptionsThe Board of Directors shall approve job descriptions for all positions. The Superintendent or designee shall be responsible for developing and/or revising job descriptions and for submitting these to the Board of Directors for review as changes are appropriate. A manual of all job descriptions should be maintained on file and kept current by the Superintendent. Evaluation of employees shall reflect requirements of the position as stated in the job descriptions.
(June 9, 1980; June 19, 1989; June, 1992; May, 2002; April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
401.03 - Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection
401.03 - Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and SelectionThe Superintendent or designee shall be responsible for recruiting and recommending employees for employment. Administrators shall be responsible for recommending those employees under their immediate supervision, with the approval of the Superintendent or designee.
Selection of employees shall be based on the following qualifications, as well as any other qualifications the superintendent or administrator deems appropriate:
- Training, education, certification, and licensing;
- Experience and skill;
- Demonstrated professional competency;
- Personality;
- General suitability for the position;
- The needs of the district.
All professional employees shall be properly licensed as required by statutory enactment and the Iowa Department of Education.
Announcement of the position will be posted online, as required; on the school district website; and in each school building. Teaching vacancies identified during the school year that must be filled during the same school year shall be exempt from the five-day internal notice period. Teaching vacancies identified for the following school year after May 15th will be exempt from internal notice. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.
The superintendent shall make a recommendation to the board and the board shall approve any recommendation prior to any individual being employed by the board. The board may delegate the hiring of teachers to the superintendent. However, the superintendent will have the authority to employ an employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.
(June 15, 1992; April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015, July 24, 2017; June 10, 2019)
401.04 - Employee Complaints
401.04 - Employee Complaints401.04: Employee Complaints
Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees as appropriate for the nature of the complaint. Complaints should be made in a constructive and professional manner. Complaints should generally not be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons. Persons.
If the complaint cannot be resolved, the employee may discuss the matter with their immediate supervisor. If the matter cannot be resolved within 7 days of speaking with the immediate supervisor, the employee may discuss it with the principal within 7 days of the supervisor's decision. If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the employee may discuss it with the superintendent within 7 days after speaking with the principal.
If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the employee may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy. The board retains discretion as to whether to consider or take action on any complaint.
This policy is designed to create an appropriate process for pursuing general employee complaints. However, employees wishing to address a complaint on a topic with a more specialized procedure such as master contract grievances, or bullying or harassment claims should follow the appropriate process set forth in the master contract, employee handbook or other board policies specific to that topic.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20; 279.8
Approved: December 4, 2023
Reviewed: December 4, 2023
Revised: December 4, 2023
401.05 - Employee Leaves of Absence
401.05 - Employee Leaves of AbsenceEmployees shall be provided leave as required under federal, state or local law; as specified in board policy; as specified in a collective bargaining unit covering the employee; or as specified in the individual employee’s contract with the district.
Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies. Employees may make requests for unpaid leaves of absence. Such requests shall be submitted in writing to the superintendent or designee at least five (5) work days in advance except in cases of emergency, in which case authorization must be requested as soon as possible and in no event more than five (5) work days after the absence. Such requests will be considered individually on their own merits and in accordance with the applicable collective bargaining agreement, if any, and state and federal law.
The superintendent or designee will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave. In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of the employee’s absence on the education program and school district operations, the financial condition of the school district, length of service, previous record of absence, the reason for the requested absence, and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant in making this determination.
If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period is coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible, to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
401.06 - Employee Resignation
401.06 - Employee ResignationLicensed Employees
A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing prior to May 1 if the resignation is to take place at the end of the current school year/contract period. The superintendent will refer the resignation to the Board of Directors with recommendations.
Whenever a licensed employee resigns from a signed contract for the following year after May 1, the Board will determine whether or not to grant the release. The Board may stipulate conditions of such a release such as the need to locate a suitable replacement prior to the granting of a release.
If the Board grants a release, unless otherwise stipulated, a condition for the release will be the employee’s agreement to pay costs related to obtaining and selecting a replacement for the position that ultimately becomes vacant as a result of their resignation. Costs for seeking a replacement shall be limited to a maximum of $500.00 and may include, but are not limited to: travel expenses, postage and phone charges, and non-administration staff time used in recruiting, screening, interviewing, and selecting a candidate for replacement. Upon making the request for a release from contract, the certified employee will be requested to sign a statement designating that they are willing to pay the above replacement costs by either: (1) Withholding the correct amount from their final payroll check; (2) By making a deposit of the maximum amount with the district with unused portion to be returned when the total is known, or (3) A specified payment plan agreed upon by the administration. Failure to sign the statement may result in a denial of the release from contract. At its discretion the Board may elect not to assess a charge.
Whenever a licensed employee resigns from a signed contract for the following year after June 1, the Board will usually not grant a release. If a release is granted the same replacement cost conditions as listed for after May 1 shall apply. However, after June 1 the Board will consider resignations on a case-by-case basis, and approval will be granted only to those considered to be in the best interest of the district.
If a licensed employee should fail to fulfill contractual obligations without obtaining a proper release, the Superintendent is authorized to file a complaint with the Iowa Board of Education Examiners. Should such an instance arise, the resignation of the employee may be accepted under protest, or the employee may be terminated so that replacement staff may be hired without jeopardizing the legal rights of the district while the district continues with its complaint with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners. Further, the school district may seek compensation for damages from the employee if an employee fails to perform their contractual obligation having failed to obtain a release.
Classified Employees
Classified employees who wish to resign during the school year must notify the superintendent in writing of their intent to resign and final date of employment and cancel their contract or employment within fourteen (14) days prior to their last working day. The superintendent will refer the resignation to the Board of Directors with recommendations.
(September 21, 1992; May 17, 1999; May 21, 2001; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
401.07 - Employee Retirement
401.07 - Employee RetirementEmployees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement. No employee will be required to retire at a specific age.
Application for retirement will be considered made when the employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee’s contract to the board, if applicable, the intent of the employee to retire. The letter must state the employee’s desire to retire. Applications for retirement made after the date set by the board for the return of the employee’s contract to the board, if applicable, may be considered by the board if special circumstances exist. It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.
Board action to approve a licensed employee’s application for retirement is final, and such action constitutes nonrenewal and/or termination of the employee’s contract effective the day of the employee’s retirement.
Employees and their spouse and dependents who have group insurance coverage through the school district may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district’s group health insurance program, at their own expense, by meeting the requirements of the insurer.
(June 15, 1992, November 16, 2009; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
401.08 - Employee Suspension
401.08 - Employee SuspensionEmployees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy, and obey the law. The superintendent may discipline an employee for violation of the policies, regulations and rules of the school district; for violation of state and/or federal law; and/or for other conduct that impacts job performance.
Warnings, reprimands, or other disciplinary action may be in writing, should be communicated to the teacher or other employee, and may be included in the teacher’s or other employee’s personnel file.
The superintendent is authorized to suspend an employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, for reasons related to staff and student safety, and for disciplinary purposes. In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend an employee with or without pay.
In case of suspension without pay, the superintendent shall give written notice of the reasons for the suspension without pay, and the employee shall have an opportunity to respond to the reasons before action is taken to suspend without pay. The superintendent shall review the reasons for the suspension and any response by the employee, and make a determination whether there are reasonable grounds to believe the reasons are true and support the suspension without pay. The superintendent’s determination shall be in writing, should be given to the teacher or other employee, and should be placed in the employee’s personnel file.
(September 19, 1988; June 15, 1992; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
401.09 - Employee Dismissal and Termination
401.09 - Employee Dismissal and TerminationThe superintendent or designee has authority to suspend the services of any employee, as permitted under law. The superintendent or designee shall make a recommendation to the board regarding the employee’s employment with the district. The board shall take action as to whether or not to terminate the employee’s employment with the district, as required and/or permitted under law.
The superintendent, the superintendent’s designee and the board shall follow all applicable procedures and provide appropriate due process as required under the law and/or as required in a negotiated labor contract, if any.
(June 9, 1980; June 15, 1992; August 13, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
401.14 - Employee Expression
401.14 - Employee ExpressionPolicy 401.14: Employee Expression
The board believes the district has an interest in maintaining an orderly and effective work environment while balancing employees' First Amendment rights to freedom of expression and diverse viewpoints and beliefs. When employees speak within their official capacity, their expression represents the district and may be regulated. The First Amendment protects a public employee’s speech when the employee is speaking as an individual citizen on a matter of public concern. Even so, employee expression that has an adverse impact on district operations and/or negatively impacts an employee’s ability to perform their job for the district may still result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.
Employees will comply with Iowa law to the extent that compliance does not infringe on employees’ free speech rights.
Employees who use social media platforms are encouraged to remember that the school community may not be able to separate employees as private citizens, from their role within the district. Employee expression on social media platforms that interferes with the district’s operations or prevents the district from functioning efficiently and effectively may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
A district employee who acts to protect a student for engaging in free expression or who refuses to infringe on students engaging in free expression; and who is acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not be retaliated against or face any adverse employment action based on their behavior provided that expression is otherwise permitted by law and board policy.
If the board or court finds an employee that is subject to licensure, certification or authorization by the Board of Educational Examiners discriminated against a student or other co-employee, the board will refer the employee to the Board of Educational Examiners for additional proceedings as required by law and which may result in discipline up to and including termination.
Legal Reference: U.S. Const. Amend. I
Kennedy v. Bremerton School District, 597 U.S. (2022)
Iowa Code §§ 279.73; 280.22
Approved: April 3, 2023
Reviewed: April 3, 2023
Revised: April 3, 2023
2
402.00 - Employees and Outside Relations
402.00 - Employees and Outside Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 05/27/2020 - 16:00402.01 - Employee Conduct and Appearance
402.01 - Employee Conduct and AppearanceEmployees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours. The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity. To this end, the board expects employees to conduct themselves and to dress and groom themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.
Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner. Employees will act appropriately, professionally, and respectful in their roles as employees of the district. As role models for the students of the district, employees must recognize that their failure to act appropriately reflects negatively upon them and upon the district.
Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position. Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste. Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.
Licensed employees of the school district, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
402.02 - Child Abuse Reporting
402.02 - Child Abuse Reporting rdenham@s-tama… Wed, 08/17/2022 - 16:06402.02 - Employee Responsibility for Student Behavior
402.02 - Employee Responsibility for Student BehaviorIn general, administrators and certified employees shall be responsible for direct supervision of students. Supervision of student conduct should be such that procedures used will assist in advancing the purpose of education and provide an opportunity for all students to benefit from the educational process.
Administrators, certified employees and classified employees do share however, the responsibility for providing the best possible learning situation for the students of the school district. Therefore, classified employees shall be responsible for supervision of students when assigned direct supervision of an individual student or group of students or when a student is on school property and a classified employee is the only employee present. In the event that any disciplinary action or student injury occurs, the classified employee shall report this to the immediate supervisor in the manner required.
(June 9, 1980; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
402.03 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees
402.03 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees402.03: Abuse of Students by School District Employees
Physical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated. The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district. Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.
The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation. The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible. Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.
The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator. The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator. The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district. The names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.
The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.
The last sentence of the third paragraph is mandatory in the law and is an item in the DE accreditation report.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 232.67, .70, .73, .75; 235A; 272A; 280.17; 709; 728.12(1). 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6), 102; 103. 441 I.A.C. 155; 175.
Approved: September 18, 1989; October 21, 1991; June 15, 1992; July, 1995; May 20, 1996; April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019; January 3, 2024
Reviewed: November 20, 2023
Revised:
402.04 - Employee Performing Summer Curriculum Work
402.04 - Employee Performing Summer Curriculum WorkExcept as modified by the negotiated Master Contract, employees hired to work on curriculum and other related areas during the summer will be paid a hourly rate determined on base salary for the succeeding school year. The hourly rate will be established on a forty-hour week. Each employee so employed shall complete and submit time cards for hours worked.
The Superintendent shall recommend the number of employees to be employed for each summer and the length of employment of each. Hours will be regulated by the application and funds available.
(June 9, 1980; July 19, 1993; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
402.05 - Employee Outside Employment
402.05 - Employee Outside EmploymentThe primary responsibility of employees of the school district is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description. The board considers an employee’s duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment. The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee’s immediate supervisor, the employee’s outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee’s duties required in the employee’s position within the school district.
The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district. If an employee is on leave from his/her position in the school district and is engaged in outside employment, the board may request the employee to cease the outside employment, provided such request is reasonable.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015, June 10, 2019)
402.06 - Employee Publication or Creation of Materials
402.06 - Employee Publication or Creation of MaterialsMaterials and/or products created by employees and the financial gain therefrom are the sole and exclusive property of the school district if any school funding, school materials, and/or school time were used in their creation and/or if such materials were created in the scope of the employee‘s employment. The employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
402.07 - Employees Transporting Students
402.07 - Employees Transporting StudentsEmployees who transport students for school purposes must have the permission of the superintendent. Generally, transportation of students is in a motor vehicle owned by the school district and driven by an employee. In some cases, it may be more economical or efficient for the school district to allow an employee of the school district to transport the students in the employee’s motor vehicle.
This policy applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to the regular bus route transporting students to and from their designated attendance center.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
402.08 - Employee Political Activity
402.08 - Employee Political ActivityEmployees will not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board. Activities including, but not limited to, posting of political circulars or petitions, the distribution of political circulars or petitions, the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds, solicitation for campaign workers, use of district e-mail to originate messages of support for a particular candidate or issue, and the use of students for writing or addressing political materials, or the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
402.09 - Employee Conflict of Interest
402.09 - Employee Conflict of InterestEmployees’ use of their position with the school district for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.
Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain. No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent. If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent. Further, the superintendent may, upon five days’ notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.
Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supplies. Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents. Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee’s position in the school district.
It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee’s official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:
- The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district’s badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.
- The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee’s immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee’s regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.
- The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee’s duties.
If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:
- Cease the outside employment or activity; or
- Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.
When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract. Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.
It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
402.10 - Nepotism
402.10 - NepotismNepotism is patronage bestowed or favoritism shown on the basis of family relationship. More than one family member may be an employee of the district. The decision to employ more than one individual in a family shall be made on the basis of each individual’s qualifications and credentials.
No district employee shall be involved in hiring a family member. No district employee shall serve in a supervisory capacity over one of their family members employed by the district. No district employee shall attempt to influence the evaluation or conditions of employment of the employee’s family member with anyone who serves in a supervisory capacity over that family member.
Family members for purposes of this policy include husbands, wives, mothers, fathers, mothers-in-law, fathers-in-law, sisters, brothers, sisters-in-law, brothers-in-law, daughters, sons, daughters-in-law, and sons-in-law.
(June 10, 2019)
402.11 - Gifts to Employees
402.11 - Gifts to EmployeesThe board understands the desire of students, parents, and others to give gifts to show appreciation of an employee. Rather than giving gifts, the board encourages, as more welcome and more appropriate, the writing of a letter to express gratitude and appreciation or the donation of a gift to benefit the school district rather than an individual employee.
Employees shall not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of a “restricted donor” stated below or the item does not meet the definition of a “gift” or an “honorarium” stated below. Employees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district.
A “restricted donor” is defined as a person or other entity which:
- Is seeking to be or is a party to any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
- Is engaged in activities which are regulated or controlled by the school district;
- Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee’s official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or,
- Is a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district’s jurisdiction.
A “gift” is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, “gift” does not include any of the following:
- Contributions to a candidate or a candidate’s committee;
- Information material relevant to a employee’s official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents or periodicals;
- Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
- An inheritance;
- Anything available or distributed to the public generally without regard to the official status of the employee;
- Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for the participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
- Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public services;
- Non-monetary items of food and drink with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
- Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
- Items or services received as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
- Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organizational or business organization to which the board member belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member’s status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
- Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
- Gifts which are given to a public official for the public official’s wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
- Payment of salary or expenses by a board member’s employer or the firm in which the board member is a member for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit or an agency when the board member whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the board member is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expensed from the school district;
- Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by a board member which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the board member; or
- Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person’s official functions. The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not “registration costs” under this paragraph. Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not “informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person’s official functions” under this paragraph.
An “honorarium” is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:
- Actual expenses of a employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
- A non-monetary gift or services of non-monetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, a bona fide educational or charitable organization or the department of general services; or
- A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a bona fide private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person’s status as a employee but rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.
It shall be the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium. An employee who violates this policy may be subject to disciplinary action.
(November 16, 1992; September 19, 1994; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
403.02 E1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Form
403.02 E1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees FormComplaint of Injury to or Abuse of a Student by a School District Employee
Please complete the following as fully as possible. If you need assistance, contact the Level I investigator in your school.
Student’s name and address: __________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Student’s telephone no.: ________________________________
Student’s school: ____________________________________________________________
Name and place of employment of employee accused of abusing student:
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Allegation is of _______________ Physical abuse _______________ Sexual abuse*
Please describe what happened. Include the date, time and where the incident took place, if known. If physical abuse is alleged, also state the nature of the student’s injury:
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Were there any witnesses to the incident or are there students or persons who may have information about this incident? yes no
If yes, please list by name, if known, or classification (for example “third grade class,” “fourth period geometry class”):
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
*Parents of children who are in pre-kindergarten through sixth grade and whose children are the alleged victims of or witnesses to sexual abuse have the right to see and hear any interviews of their children in this investigation. Please indicate “yes” if the parent/guardian wishes to exercise this right:
Yes No Telephone Number
Has any professional person examined or treated the student as a result of the incident? yes no unknown
If yes, please provide the name and address of the professional(s) and the date(s) of examination or treatment, if known
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Has anyone contacted law enforcement about this incident? yes no
Please provide any additional information you have which would be helpful to the investigator. Attach additional pages if needed.
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Your name, address and telephone number:
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
Relationship to student: ______________________________________________________
_____________________________________________ __________________________________________________
Complainant Signature Witness Signature
_____________________________________________ __________________________________________________
Date Witness Name (please print)
__________________________________________________
Witness Address
Be advised that you have the right to contact the police or sheriff’s office, the county attorney, a private attorney, or the State Board of Educational Examiners (if the accused is a licensed employee) for investigation of this incident. The filing of this report does not deny you that opportunity.
You will receive a copy of this report (if you are the named student’s parent or guardian) and a copy of the Investigator’s Report within fifteen calendar days of filing this report unless the investigation is turned over to law enforcement.
403.02 E2 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees Form
403.02 E2 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees FormReport of Level I Investigation
Student’s name: ____________________________________________________
Student’s age: _______________________ Student’s grade: ________________
Student’s address: __________________________________________________
Student’s school: ___________________________________________________
Name of accused school employee: ____________________________________
Building: __________________________________________________________
Name and address of person filing report: ________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Name and address of student’s parent or guardian, if different from person filing report:
__________________________________________________________________
Date report of abuse was filed: _______________________________
Allegation is of ____________ Physical Abuse ____________ Sexual Abuse*
Describe the nature, extent and cause of the student’s injury, if any and if known: (Attach additional pages if needed).
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
Describe your investigation: Attach additional pages if needed. (Please do not use student witnesses’ full names.)
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
*Were parent(s) or guardian(s) advised of their right to see and hear any interview of their pre-kindergarten through sixth grade children who are alleged victims of or a witness in a sexual abuse investigation?
Yes No Was the right exercised? Yes No
Were audio tapes made of any interviews? yes no
Were video tapes made of any interviews? yes no
Was any action taken to protect the student during or as a result of the investigation? yes no
If yes, describe:
student excused from school school employee placed on leave
student assigned to different class other (please specify)
Level I investigator’s conclusions:
The complaint is being dismissed for lack of jurisdiction.
Physical abuse was alleged, but no allegation of injury was made.
Physical abuse was alleged, but no evidence of physical injury exists and the nature of the alleged incident makes it unlikely an injury, as defined in the rules, occurred.
Sexual abuse was alleged, but the alleged actions of the school employee, even if true, would not meet the definition of sexual abuse in the rules.
Alleged victim was not a student at the time of the incident.
Alleged school employee is not currently employed by this school district.
Alleged incident did not occur on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, nor in a school-related context.
The complaint has been investigated and concluded at Level I as unfounded.
Complaint was withdrawn.
Insufficient evidence exists that an incident of abuse, as defined in the rules, took place.
The complaint has been investigated at Level I and is founded.
The investigation is founded at Level I and is being turned over to Level II for further investigation.
Investigation of the complaint was deferred at Level I and referred to law enforcement at this time.
The investigation is concluded at Level I because the accused school employee has admitted the violation, has resigned, or has agreed to relinquish any teaching license held.
Current status of investigation:
No further investigation is warranted.
Closed and referred to school officials for further investigation as a personnel matter.
Deferred to law enforcement officials.
Turned over to Level II investigator.
Other comments: _____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
I have given a copy of the report of abuse and of this investigative report to the employee named in the report, the employee’s supervisor, and the student’s parent or guardian and informed the person filing the report of the options of contacting law enforcement, private counsel, or the State Board of Educational Examiners, if the accused school employee holds an Iowa teacher’s certificate or license.
____________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________
Name of Investigator Investigator's place of employment
____________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________
Signature of Investigator Date
403.03 - Communicable Diseases - Employees
403.03 - Communicable Diseases - EmployeesEmployees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a direct threat and/or a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees.
The term “communicable disease” will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.
Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district’s blood borne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping. This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.
An employee shall notify the superintendent or the school nurse when the employee learns a communicable disease exists. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, when the superintendent or school nurse, upon investigation, has knowledge that a reportable communicable disease is present, to notify the Iowa Department of Public Health.
The health risk to immunodepressed employees is determined by their personal physician. The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee’s personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district, and/or public health officials.
Health data of an employee is confidential and it will not be disclosed to third parties. Employee medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease.
Approved: September 19, 1994
Reviewed: May 17, 1999; April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015, June 10, 2019
Revised: March 6, 2023
404 R1- Employee Conduct and Appearance - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation
404 R1- Employee Conduct and Appearance - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation404-R1: Employee Conduct and Appearance - Code of Professional Conduct and Ethics Regulation
CHAPTER 25
282—25.1(272) Scope of standards. This code of professional conduct and ethics constitutes mandatory minimum standards of practice for all licensed practitioners as defined in Iowa Code chapter 272. The adherence to certain professional and ethical standards is essential to maintaining the integrity of the education profession.
282—25.2(272) Definitions. Except where otherwise specifically defined by law:
“Administrative and supervisory personnel” means any licensed employee such as superintendent, associate superintendent, assistant superintendent, principal, associate principal, assistant principal, or other person who does not have as a primary duty the instruction of pupils in the schools.
“Board” means the Iowa board of educational examiners.
“Discipline” means the process of sanctioning a license, certificate or authorization issued by the board.
“Ethics” means a set of principles governing the conduct of all persons governed by these rules. “Fraud” means knowingly providing false information or representations on an application for licensure or employment, or knowingly providing false information or representations made in connection with the discharge of duties.
“License” means any license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.
“Licensee” means any person holding a license, certificate, or authorization granted by the board.
“Practitioner” means an administrator, teacher, or other licensed professional, including an individual who holds a statement of professional recognition, who provides educational assistance to students.
“Responsibility” means a duty for which a person is accountable by virtue of licensure.
“Right” means a power, privilege, or immunity secured to a person by law.
“Student” means a person, regardless of age, enrolled in a prekindergarten through grade 12 school, who is receiving direct or indirect assistance from a person licensed by the board. “Teacher” means any person engaged in the instructional program for prekindergarten through grade 12 children, including a person engaged in teaching, administration, and supervision, and who is required by law to be licensed for the position held.
[ARC 7979B, IAB 7/29/09, effective 9/2/09]
282—25.3(272) Standards of professional conduct and ethics. Licensees are required to abide by all federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations. Violation of federal, state, or local laws in the fulfillment of professional obligations constitutes unprofessional and unethical conduct which can result in disciplinary action by the board. In addition, it is hereby deemed unprofessional and unethical for any licensee to violate any of the following standards of professional conduct and ethics:
25.3(1) Standard I—conviction of crimes, sexual or other immoral conduct with or toward a student, and child and dependent adult abuse. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Fraud. Fraud means the same as defined in rule 282—25.2(272).
b. Criminal convictions. The commission of or conviction for a criminal offense as defined by Iowa law provided that the offense is relevant to or affects teaching or administrative performance.
(1) Disqualifying criminal convictions. The board shall deny an application for licensure and shall revoke a previously issued license if the applicant or licensee has, on or after July 1, 2002, been convicted of, has pled guilty to, or has been found guilty of the following criminal offenses, regardless of whether the judgment of conviction or sentence was deferred:
1. Any of the following forcible felonies included in Iowa Code section 702.11: child endangerment, assault, murder, sexual abuse, or kidnapping;
2. Any of the following criminal sexual offenses, as provided in Iowa Code chapter 709, involving a child:
- First-, second- or third-degree sexual abuse committed on or with a person who is under the age of 18;
- Lascivious acts with a child;
- Assault with intent to commit sexual abuse;
- Indecent contact with a child;
- Sexual exploitation by a counselor;
- Lascivious conduct with a minor;
- Sexual exploitation by a school employee;
- Enticing a minor under Iowa Code section 710.10; or
- Human trafficking under Iowa Code section 710A.2;
3. Incest involving a child as prohibited by Iowa Code section 726.2;
4. Dissemination and exhibition of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.2;
5. Telephone dissemination of obscene material to minors as prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.15;
6. Any offense specified in the laws of another jurisdiction, or any offense that may be prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1); or
7. Any offense under prior laws of this state or another jurisdiction, or any offense under prior law that was prosecuted in a federal, military, or foreign court, that is comparable to an offense listed in subparagraph 25.3(1)“b”(1).
(2) Other criminal convictions and founded child abuse. In determining whether a person should be denied a license or whether a licensee should be disciplined based upon any other criminal conviction, including a conviction for an offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which occurred before July 1, 2002, or a founded report of abuse of a child, the board shall consider:
1. The nature and seriousness of the crime or founded abuse in relation to the position sought;
2. The time elapsed since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
3. The degree of rehabilitation which has taken place since the crime or founded abuse was committed;
4. The likelihood that the person will commit the same crime or abuse again;
5. The number of criminal convictions or founded abuses committed; and
6. Such additional factors as may in a particular case demonstrate mitigating circumstances or heightened risk to public safety.
c. Sexual involvement or indecent contact with a student. Sexual involvement includes, but is not limited to, the following acts, whether consensual or non consensual: fondling or touching the inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus or breasts of a student; permitting or causing to fondle or touch the practitioner’s inner thigh, groin, buttocks, anus, or breasts; or the commission of any sex act as defined in Iowa Code section 702.17.
d. Sexual exploitation of a minor. The commission of or any conviction for an offense prohibited by Iowa Code section 728.12, Iowa Code chapter 709 or 18 U.S.C. Section 2252A(a)(5)(B).
e. Student abuse. Licensees shall maintain professional relationships with all students, both inside and outside the classroom. The following acts or behavior constitutes unethical conduct without regard to the existence of a criminal charge or conviction:
(1) Committing any act of physical abuse of a student;
(2) Committing any act of dependent adult abuse on a dependent adult student;
(3) Committing or soliciting any sexual or otherwise indecent act with a student or any minor;
(4) Soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic or otherwise inappropriate relationship with a student;
(5) Furnishing alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs or drug paraphernalia to any student or knowingly allowing a student to consume alcohol or illegal or unauthorized drugs in the presence of the licensee;
(6) Failing to report any suspected act of child or dependent adult abuse as required by state law;
Or
(7) Committing or soliciting any sexual conduct as defined in Iowa Code section 709.15(3)“b” or soliciting, encouraging, or consummating a romantic relationship with any person who was a student within 90 days prior to any conduct alleged in the complaint, if that person was taught by the practitioner or was supervised by the practitioner in any school activity when that person was a student.
25.3(2) Standard II—alcohol or drug abuse. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the influence of, possessing, using, or consuming illegal or unauthorized drugs or abusing legal drugs.
b. Being on school premises or at a school-sponsored activity involving students while under the of, possessing, using, or consuming alcohol.
25.3(3) Standard III—misrepresentation, falsification of information. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding professional qualifications, criminal history, college credit, staff development credit, degrees, academic award, or employment history when applying for employment or licensure.
b. Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding compliance reports submitted to federal, state, and other governmental agencies.
c. Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information submitted in the course of an official inquiry or investigation.
d. Falsifying any records or information submitted to the board in compliance with the license renewal requirements imposed under 282—Chapter 20.
e. Falsifying or deliberately misrepresenting or omitting material information regarding the evaluation of students or personnel, including improper administration of any standardized tests, including, but not limited to, changing test answers, providing test answers, copying or teaching identified test items, or using inappropriate accommodations or modifications for such tests.
25.3(4) Standard IV—misuse of public funds and property. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Failing to account properly for funds collected that were entrusted to the practitioner in an educational context.
b. Converting public property or funds to the personal use of the practitioner.
c. Submitting fraudulent requests for reimbursement of expenses or for pay.
d. Combining public or school-related funds with personal funds.
e. Failing to use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.
25.3(5) Standard V—violations of contractual obligations.
a. Violation of this standard includes:
(1) Asking a practitioner to sign a written professional employment contract before the practitioner has been unconditionally released from a current contract, unless the practitioner provided notice to the practitioner’s employing board as set forth in subparagraph 25.3(5)“b”(2).
(2) Abandoning a written professional employment contract without prior unconditional release by the employer.
(3) As an employer, executing a written professional employment contract with a practitioner which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.
(4) As a practitioner, executing a written professional employment contract which requires the performance of duties that the practitioner is not legally qualified to perform.
b. In addressing complaints based upon contractual obligations, the board shall consider factors beyond the practitioner’s control. For purposes of enforcement of this standard, a practitioner will not be found to have abandoned an existing contract if:
(1) The practitioner obtained a release from the employing board before discontinuing services under the contract; or
(2) The practitioner provided notice to the employing board no later than the latest of the following dates:
1. The practitioner’s last work day of the school year;
2. The date set for return of the contract as specified in statute; or
3. June 30.
25.3(6) Standard VI—unethical practice toward other members of the profession, parents, students, and the community. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Denying the student, without just cause, access to varying points of view.
b. Deliberately suppressing or distorting subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.
c. Failing to make reasonable effort to protect the health and safety of the student or creating conditions harmful to student learning.
d. Conducting professional business in such a way that the practitioner repeatedly exposes students or other practitioners to unnecessary embarrassment or disparagement.
e. Engaging in any act of illegal discrimination, or otherwise denying a student or practitioner participation in the benefits of any program on the grounds of race, creed, color, religion, age, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, or national origin.
f. Soliciting students or parents of students to purchase equipment, supplies, or services from the practitioner for the practitioner’s personal advantage.
g. Accepting gifts from vendors or potential vendors where there may be the appearance of or an actual conflict of interest.
h. Intentionally disclosing confidential information including, but not limited to, unauthorized sharing of information concerning student academic or disciplinary records, health and medical information, assessment or testing results, or family income. Licensees shall comply with state and federal laws and local school board policies relating to the confidentiality of student records, unless disclosure is required
or permitted by law.
i. Refusing to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the board.
j. Aiding, assisting, or abetting an unlicensed person in the completion of acts for which licensure is required.
k. Failing to self-report to the board within 60 days any founded child abuse report, or any conviction for a criminal offense listed in 25.3(1)“b”(1) which requires revocation of the practitioner’s license.
l. Delegating tasks to unqualified personnel.
m. Failing to comply with federal, state, and local laws applicable to the fulfillment of professional obligations.
n. Allowing another person to use one’s practitioner license for any purpose.
o. Performing services beyond the authorized scope of practice for which the individual is licensed or prepared or performing services without holding a valid license.
p. Falsifying, forging, or altering a license issued by the board.
q. Failure of the practitioner holding a contract under Iowa Code section 279.13 to disclose to the school official responsible for determining assignments a teaching assignment for which the practitioner is not properly licensed.
r. Failure of a school official responsible for assigning licensed practitioners holding contracts under Iowa Code section 279.13 to adjust an assignment if the practitioner discloses to the official that the practitioner is not properly licensed for an assignment.
25.3(7) Standard VII—compliance with state law governing obligations to state or local governments, child support obligations, and board orders. Violation of this standard includes:
a. Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 8 concerning payment of debts to state or local governments.
b. Failing to comply with 282—Chapter 10 concerning child support obligations.
c. Failing to comply with a board order.
25.3(8) Standard VIII—incompetence. Violation of this standard includes, but is not limited to:
a. Willfully or repeatedly departing from or failing to conform to the minimum standards of acceptable and prevailing educational practice in the state of Iowa.
b. Willfully or repeatedly failing to practice with reasonable skill and safety.
Approved: January 2, 2024
Reviewed: January 2, 2024
Revised: January 2, 2024
404.00 - Records
404.00 - Records dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 05/27/2020 - 19:19404.01 - Employee Records
404.01 - Employee RecordsThe school district shall maintain personnel records on employees. The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.
The records shall include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy. Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility. Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent or as otherwise authorized and/or required by law, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.
Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the Superintendent and the employee. The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made. However, employees will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee. Board members will generally only have access to an employee’s file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the board.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep employees’ personnel files current. The board secretary shall be the custodian of employee records.
(May 15, 2000; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
404.01 R1 - Employee Records Regulation
404.01 R1 - Employee Records RegulationEmployee Personnel Records Contents
- Employee personnel records may contain the following information:
- Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse;
- Application, resume and references, except those that shall be kept confidential according to state and federal law;
- Educational transcripts;
- Copy of the employee’s license or certificate, if needed for the position;
- Individual employment contract;
- Job description and/or assignment;
- Salary information;
- Tax documents, including, but not limited to IRS Form W-4;
- Written attendance records;
- Evaluation documents;
- Complaints;
- Performance improvement plans;
- Documents concerning any raise, promotion, pay decrease or demotion;
- Records of disciplinary matters;
- Receipts and/or acknowledgements of any employee-related material, including policies and handbooks;
- Letters of termination and/or resignation;
- Documentation relating to an employee’s unemployment benefits; and
- Documentation relating to an employee’s employment ceasing.
- Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee’s personnel records. Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:
- Medical professional signed physical form;
- Sick or long-term disability leave days;
- Worker’s compensation claims;
- Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee’s disability;
- Employee’s medical history, including, but not limited to, medical records and/or notes;
- Employee emergency names and numbers; and
- Family and medical leave request forms.
- Employee immigration forms, specifically Form I-9, are kept separate from employee personnel records, and may be kept in a file that houses all employees’ immigration forms for the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services.
Applicant File Records Content
Records on applicants for positions with the school district are maintained in the central administration office. The records will include, but not be limited to:
- Application for employment;
- Resume;
- References, except those that shall be kept confidential according to state and federal law;
- Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied; and
- Affirmative action form, if submitted.
Record Access
The Board shall allow current and former employees access to their files pursuant to state and federal law.
Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee’s records without the written consent of the employee. Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary. In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee’s health or medical file without the consent of the employee. Board members will generally only have access to an employee’s personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.
The general public may have access to an employee’s personnel records and/or personnel information as permitted by law. Specifically, the general public may have access to the following information:
- An employee’s name and compensation, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment excluding any information otherwise protected under the law.
- Compensation means payment of, or agreement to pay, any money, thing of value, or financial benefit conferred in return for labor or services rendered by an official, officer or employee plus the value of benefits conferred including but not limited to casualty, disability, life, or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation leave, holiday leave, sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits, and deferred compensation.
- The dates the employee was employed by the district.
- The positions the employee holds or has held with the district.
- The educational instructions attended by the employee, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the employee’s previous employers, positions previously held, and dates of previous employment.
- The fact that the individual resigned in lieu of termination, was discharged, or was demoted as the result of a disciplinary action, and the documented reasons and rationale for the resignation in lieu of termination, the discharge, or the demotion.
Employee Record Retention
All employee records, except payroll and salary records, are maintained for a minimum of seven years after termination of employment with the district. Applicant records are maintained for minimum of seven years after the position was filled. Payroll and salary records are maintained for a minimum of three years after payment.
(June 10, 2019)
404.02 - Release of Credit Information
404.02 - Release of Credit InformationThe following information will be released to an entity with whom an employee has applied for credit or has obtained credit: title of position, income, and number of years employed. This information will be released without prior written notice to the employee. Confidential information about the employee will be released to an inquiring creditor with a written authorization from the employee.
It is the responsibility of the Payroll or Superintendent to respond to inquiries from creditors.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
404.03 - Reimbursement of Travel Expenses
404.03 - Reimbursement of Travel ExpensesEmployees of the District shall be reimbursed for certain expenses incurred for travel authorized by the Superintendent and/or for travel incurred under the policies of the Board of Directors.
Payment of expenses will be made according to the following: Registration fees, transportation expense, and lodging expense for the employee will be paid in full. Receipts showing proof of payment when paid by the employee must be submitted with the claim for reimbursement for registration fees, transportation expense (except taxicabs or buses if less than $5.00) and lodging. Registration, transportation, and lodging shall be approved by the Superintendent. The Superintendent may specify that a particular mode of travel conveyance be used and may specify the type and place of lodging. Except in unusual circumstance approved by the Superintendent, claims for reimbursement must be submitted within 120 days incurring the expense.
Meals shall be reimbursed, when an employee is in ‘overnight status’ per Internal Revenue Service guidelines with reimbursement up to $40 per day with detailed receipt. The Superintendent may authorize above these limits for unusual circumstances.
(June 9, 1980; July 21, 1986; January 19, 1997; September 19, 1988; Retroactive February 1,1990; August 19, 1991; June 15, 1992; December 19, 1994, May 18, 2009; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015, August 6, 2018; June 10, 2019)
404.04 - Reimbursement for Mileage
404.04 - Reimbursement for MileageEmployees will be reimbursed at the rate consistent with IRS federal amount per mile for use of their personal automobile for approved travel on school business within and outside the District except as follows:
- Travel to periodic faculty meetings, curriculum meetings, or programs attended by employees in general.
- Travel from the employee’s personal residence to first duty location of the day.
- Travel from the employee’s last duty location of the day to personal residence.
- Travel for which the employee does not have prior approval of an immediate Supervisor, when required.
- Travel in excess of 30 miles (one way) not approved by the Superintendent.
- Travel for which the employee does not submit a request for payment in the required manner.
(February 4, 1985; February 18, 1991; June 15, 1992; May 20, 1996; July, 2006; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; March 9, 2015; June 10, 2019)
404.05 - Recognition of Employees
404.05 - Recognition of EmployeesIn order to enhance employee morale and recognize long-term employment with the school district, the South Tama County Community School District will recognize employees and demonstrate appreciation for contributions rendered.
The district specifically may do the following:
A. Provide a system of awards as appreciation for longevity at five-year intervals. Awards will be given to all employees who complete 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 years of service
to the South Tama County Community School District.
B. Sponsor a ceremony and award a token for appreciation upon retirement after at least three (3) year of service.
C. Express condolence. The Business Manager will cause to be delivered, when appropriate under this policy, a memorial or remembrance from the Board of Education in the
amount of approximately twenty-five ($25.00). The memorial or remembrance will be made to the family of any employee in the event of the death of the employee, their spouse,
or their minor child.
(September 20.1993; November 17, 1997; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
405.01 - Employee Physical Examination
405.01 - Employee Physical ExaminationGood health is important to job performance. Employees may be required to submit to a pre-employment physical examination after an offer of employment has been made and before the beginning of service. The district will provide the standard examination form to be completed by an appropriately licensed health care provider who performs the physical examination. If the district requires a physical examination, a written report of the physical examination shall be submitted to the district. The date by which any such physical examination report shall be submitted to the district shall be determined by the superintendent, but in no case shall be any less than five (5) business days prior to the first working day.
School bus drivers will be required to submit to a pre-employment physical examination and every two (2) years thereafter. School bus drivers will be required to present evidence of good health in the form of a physical examination report unless otherwise required by law or medical opinion.
Fitness-for-duty examinations may be required following an absence from work due to illness, if there is a reasonable belief that the employee is unable to perform the essential functions of the job, or if there is a reasonable belief that the employee poses a direct threat to the employee or others because of a health condition. A direct threat occurs when an individual poses a significant risk of substantial harm to him/herself or others, and the risk cannot be reduced below the direct threat level through reasonable accommodations. The district also reserves the right to request additional physical or mental evaluation as deemed by a licensed physician for job performance.
The cost of the initial examination will be paid by the employee. The cost of bus driver physicals will be paid by the school district up to the actual expense or designated limit for each required medical examination.
Failure to submit written evidence relative to the required medical examinations may be cause for withholding payment of salary. Refusal to undergo required physical examinations, or failure to provide evidence of physical examinations in a timely manner, will be considered grounds for termination of employment.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to write an exposure control plan to eliminate or minimize district occupational exposure to blood borne pathogens. The plan for designated employees will include, but not be limited to, scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up, communication of hazards to employees, and record keeping.
(June 9, 1980; June 15, 1992; June 19, 2006; April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
405.02 - Employee Injury on the Job
405.02 - Employee Injury on the JobWhen an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the employee’s supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the family or an individual of close relationship as soon as the employee’s supervisor becomes aware of the injury.
If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid. An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee’s family or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible. The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of an injured employee.
It is the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent within twenty-four (24) hours of the occurrence. It is the responsibility of the employee’s immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four (24) hours after the employee reported the injury. An employee who fails to follow this policy may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file worker’s comp claims.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
405.02: Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
405.02: Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection405.02: Licensed Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, Selection
Persons interested in a licensed position, other than administrative positions which will be employed in accordance with board policies in Series 300, "Administration," will have an opportunity to apply and qualify for licensed positions in the school district in accordance with applicable laws and school district policies regarding equal employment. Job applicants for licensed positions will be considered on the basis of the following:
-
Training, experience, and skill;
-
Nature of the occupation;
-
Demonstrated competence; and
-
Possession of, or ability to obtain, state license if required for the position.
All job openings shall be submitted to the Iowa Department of Education for posting on
IowaWORKS.gov, the online state job posting system. Additional announcements of the position may occur in a manner which the superintendent believes will inform potential applicants about the position. Whenever possible, the preliminary screening of applicants will be conducted by the administrator who will be directly supervising and overseeing the person being hired.
The board will employ licensed employees after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent. The superintendent, however, will have the authority to employ a licensed employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.
Legal Reference: 29 U.S.C. §§ 621-634
42 U.S.C. §§ 2000e, 12101 et seq. Iowa Code §§ 20; 35C; 216; 256.27; 279.13. 281 I.A.C. 12. 282 I.A.C. 14.
Approved: January 30, 2024
Reviewed: January 30, 2024
Revised:
405.04 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure
405.04 - Hazardous Chemical DisclosureThe board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.
Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace. When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee’s orientation. When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it is distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees. The superintendent will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.
Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program.
(June 10, 2019)
405.05 - Substance-Free Workplace
405.05 - Substance-Free WorkplaceThe board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free. No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of, in the workplace, any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law. “Workplace” includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicle, and also includes non-school property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved, or school-related activity, event, or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.
If an employee is charged with and/or convicted of a violation of any criminal drug or alcohol offense, the employee will notify the employee’s supervisor of the conviction within five days of the charge and/or conviction.
The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee. An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. An employee who violates this policy may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program approved by the board. If the employee fails to successfully participate in and/or complete a program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee. In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.
(April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019)
405.05 E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees and Acknowledgment
405.05 E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees and AcknowledgmentEMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and Iowa Code Chapter 124.
“Workplace” is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as a employee. This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school district vehicles. “Workplace” also includes non-school property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.
The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy. Employees who violate the terms of the Substance-Free Workplace policy may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program approved by the board and/or may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. If the employee fails to successfully participate in and/or complete such a program, the employee is subject to discipline up to and including termination.
EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug or alcohol statute no later than five (5) days after the conviction.
I, , have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy. I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination or I may be required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program. If I fail to successfully participate in and/or complete a substance abuse treatment program, I understand I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. I understand that if I am required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program and I refuse to participate, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug or alcohol offense, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.
_______________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________
(Signature of Employee) (Date)
(June 10, 2019)
405.06 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program
405.06 - Drug and Alcohol Testing ProgramEmployees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver’s license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more. For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term “employees” includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle.
The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion, and post-accident, drug and alcohol testing pursuant to state and federal law. Pre-employment alcohol tests are not authorized by law, but drug testing in required.
Employees governed by this policy shall be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations. Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact South Tama County Community School District Business Office at 1702 Harding Street, Tama, Iowa 52339.
Employees operating school vehicles shall not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol or at any time if the employee is impaired and unable to safely perform their safety-sensitive functions.
Employees who violate the terms of this policy are subject to discipline up to and including termination.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy. The superintendent shall also inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment, in the application form, and personally at the first interview with the applicant.
The superintendent shall also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and its supporting administrative regulations to employees operating school vehicles. The superintendent shall also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse.
(December 18, 1995; June 16, 1997; July 17, 2000; June 18, 2012, February 18, 2015; January 19, 2015; March 9, 2015; June 10, 2019)
405.06 E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees
405.06 E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to EmployeesEMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district’s drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.
Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver’s license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs 26,001 pounds or more. For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, “employees” also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle. The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program until such time employment is terminated or the employee will no longer operate, at any time, a commercial motor vehicle for the school.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements. Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the school district’s contact person.
EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents, regulations and the law. It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using. Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents, regulations or the law.
(June 10, 2019)
405.06 E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgment Form
405.06 E2 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Acknowledgment FormI, (____________________), have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol
Name of Employee
Testing Program policy of the South Tama Community School District and its supporting documents.
I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use.
I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents, or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
In addition, I have received a copy of the U.S. DOT publication, “What Employees Need to Know about DOT Drug & Alcohol Testing,” and have read and understand its contents.
Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by this employer before being employed by the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function. I also understand that if the results of the pre-employment test are positive, that I will not be considered further for employment with the school district.
I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the district’s drug and alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.
_________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________
(Signature of Employee) (Date)
(June 10, 2019)
405.07 R1 - Family and Medical Leave Regulations
405.07 R1 - Family and Medical Leave RegulationsA. School District Notice
- The school district will post the notice in this series regarding family and medical leave.
- Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually. The information will be in the employee handbook.
- When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee’s obligations and requirements. Such information will include:
a. a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee’s annual 12-week entitlement or 26 week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;
b. a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;
c. an explanation of the employee’s right to run concurrently applicable paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and
d. a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.
B. Eligible Employees
- Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if the following criteria are met:
a. The employee has worked for the school district for at least twelve (12) months or fifty-two (52) weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and
b. The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours within the previous year. Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement. - If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave.
C. Employee Requesting Leave (two types of leave)
- Foreseeable family and medical leave
a. Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.
b. Employee must give at least thirty (30) days notice for foreseeable leave. Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty (30) days after notice was received. For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.
c. Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school district. The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider. - Unforeseeable family and medical leave.
a. Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.
b. Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.
c. A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.
D. Eligible Family and Medical Leave Determination
- The following is a list of the acceptable purposes for family or medical leave:
a. The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child’s birth;
b. The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child’s placement;
c. To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition;
d. Employee’s serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee’s position;
e. Because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s spouse, son or daughter or parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; or
f. Because the employee is the spouse, son or daughter, parent or next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness. - The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.
- Medical certification.
a. When required:
i. Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the employee’s serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions of the job;
ii. Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the family member’s serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the employee
to take leave to care for the family member; and/or
iii. Employees may be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.
b. Employee’s medical certification responsibilities:
i. The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition;
ii. The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by the school district if the school
district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits. The second health care provider cannot, however, be employed by the school
district on a regular basis;
iii. If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health care provider to certify the
serious health condition. This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the school district and paid for by the school district.
This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the school district.
c. Medical certification will be required fifteen (15) days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so. The school district may request recertification every thirty (30) days. Recertification must be submitted within fifteen (15) days of the school district’s request.
d. Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second opinion or to provide recertification.
e. Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.
f. An employee who fails to complete and return all necessary Family and Medical Leave Act documentation may have the leave designated by administration as approved family and medical leave, provided the leave is such that would be covered as approved family and medical leave.
E. Entitlement.
- Employees are entitled to twelve (12) weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year. Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member are entitled to twenty-six (26) weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single twelve (12) month period.
- Year is defined as a “rolling” twelve (12) month period measured backward from the date of any FMLA leave usage.
- If insufficient leave is available, the school district may:
a. Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted;
b. Award leave available; and/or
c. Award leave in accordance with other provisions of board policy or the collective bargaining agreement.
F. Type of Leave Requested.
- Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks
- Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.
a. Intermittent family and medical leave is available for:
i. the birth or adoption of the employee’s child, foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;
ii. the employee or the employee’s parent or child, when medically necessary, is suffering from a serious health condition;
iii. a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that the employee’s spouse, the employee’s son or daughter, the employee’s parent is on active duty or call to active
duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; and/or
iv. the employee is the spouse, son or daughter, parent or next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.
b. In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.
c. During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. (For instructional employees, see G below.) - Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee’s regular work schedule.
a. Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:
i. the birth or adoption of the employee’s child, foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;
ii. the employee or the employee’s parent or child, when medically necessary, is suffering from a serious health condition;
iii. a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that the employee’s spouse, the employee’s son or daughter, the employee’s parent is on active duty or call to active
duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; and/or
iv. the employee is the spouse, son or daughter, parent or next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.
b. In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.
c. During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. (For instructional employees, see G below.)
G. Special Rules for Instructional Employees.
- Definition - an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an individual setting. This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver’s education instructors and special education assistants.
- Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater than twenty percent (20%) of the work days in the leave period may be required to:
a. Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; or
b. Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee is qualified. - Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and medical leave through the end of the semester. The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter or spring break.
a. If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.
b. If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.
c. If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the semester. - The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave. The school district will continue to fulfill the school district’s family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee’s health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee’s family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.
H. Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.
- Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the benefits while on FMLA leave.
- The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school district by delivery of cash or check to the employer’s business office by the first day of the month in which premiums are due to the carrier.
- An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty (30) days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is not received within an additional fifteen (15) days.
- An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every thirty (30) days and return the certification within fifteen (15) days of the request.
- The employee must notify the school district of the employee’s intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two (2) weeks prior to the conclusion of the family and medical leave.
- If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee’s intent not to return. The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.
I. Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.
- The district may require, or an employee may request, their unpaid family and medical leave run concurrently with applicable paid leave available to the employee under board policy, individual contracts or the collective bargaining agreement, as outlined in the family and medical leave administrative rules. When the district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the district will notify the employee within two (2) business days that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.
- The district may require, or an employee may request, to run concurrently paid sick and/or personal leave with unpaid FMLA leave for the serious health condition of the employee only. Upon the expiration of paid leave, the FMLA leave for the serious health condition of the employee is unpaid.
- The district may require, or an employee may request, to run concurrently paid family sick leave and personal leave with unpaid FMLA leave for the serious health condition of an employee’s family member. Upon the expiration of paid leave, the FMLA leave for the serious health condition of an employee’s family member is unpaid.
- The district may require or an employee may request to run concurrently paid sick leave/family illness leave with their unpaid FMLA leave for the birth of their child as follows: a mother may run concurrently her available paid sick leave for so long as her health care provider certifies that she is unable to perform the essential functions of her job/has a serious health condition; a mother may run concurrently her available paid family illness leave for so long as a health care provider certifies that her newborn infant has a serious health condition; and a spouse may run concurrently his/her available paid family illness leave for so long as a health care provider certifies that the employee is needed to care for the mother who has a serious health condition or child who has a serious health condition. Upon the expiration of paid leave, the FMLA leave for the birth of a child or for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care is unpaid.
- The district may require, or an employee may request, to run concurrently available paid personal leave with their unpaid FMLA leave for the birth of their child or for placement with the employee of a child for adoption or foster care. Upon the expiration of paid leave, the FMLA leave for the birth of a child or for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care is unpaid.
(June 10, 2019)
405.07 R2 - Family and Medical Leave Definitions
405.07 R2 - Family and Medical Leave DefinitionsActive Duty - duty under a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referring to in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.
Common Law Marriage - according to Iowa law, common law marriages exist when there is a present intent by the two parties to be married, continuous cohabitation, and a public declaration that the parties are husband and wife. There is no time factor that needs to be met in order for there to be a common law marriage.
Contingency Operation - has the same meaning given such term in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.
Continuing Treatment - a serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes any one or more of the following:
- A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days and any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition that also involves:
- treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders of, or in referral by, a health care provider; or
- treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.
- Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.
- Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition. A chronic serious health condition is one which:
- requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;
- continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and
- may cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).
- Any period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider. Examples include Alzheimer’s, a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.
- Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).
Covered Servicemember - a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list, for a serious injury or illness.
Eligible Employee - the district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested. The employee has worked for the district for at least twelve months and has worked at least 1250 hours within the previous year.
Essential Functions of the Job - those functions which are fundamental to the performance of the job. It does not include marginal functions.
Employment Benefits - all benefits provided or made available to employees by an employer, including group life insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, sick leave, annual leave, educational benefits, and pensions, regardless of whether such benefits are provided by a practice or written policy of an employer or through an “employee benefit plan.”
Family Member - individuals who meet the definition of son, daughter, spouse or parent.
Group Health Plan - any plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-insured plan) to provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employer’s employees, former employees, or the families of such employees or former employees.
Health Care Provider-
- A doctor of medicine or osteopathy who is authorized to practice medicine or surgery by the state in which the doctor practices; or
- Podiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, and chiropractors (limited to treatment consisting of manual manipulation of the spine to correct a subluxation as demonstrated by X ray to exist) authorized to practice in the state and performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
- Nurse practitioners and nurse-midwives, and clinical social workers who are authorized to practice under state law and who are performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
- Christian Science practitioners listed with the First Church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts;
- Any health care provider from whom an employer or a group health plan’s benefits manager will accept certification of the existence of a serious health condition to substantiate a claim for benefits;
- A health care provider as defined above who practices in a country other than the United States who is licensed to practice in accordance with the laws and regulations of that country.
In Loco Parentis - individuals who had or have day-to-day responsibilities for the care and financial support of a child not their biological child or who had the responsibility for an employee when the employee was a child.
Incapable of Self-Care - that the individual requires active assistance or supervision to provide daily self-care in several of the “activities of daily living” or “ADLs.” Activities of daily living include adaptive activities such as caring appropriately for one’s grooming and hygiene, bathing, dressing, eating, cooking, cleaning, shopping, taking public transportation, paying bills, maintaining a residence, using telephones and directories, using a post office, etc.
Instructional Employee - an employee employed principally in an instructional capacity by an educational agency or school whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group, or an individual setting, and includes athletic coaches, driving instructors, and special education assistants such as signers for the hearing impaired. The term does not include teacher assistants or aides who do not have as their principal function actual teaching or instructing, nor auxiliary personnel such as counselors, psychologists, curriculum specialists, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus drivers, or other primarily noninstructional employees.
Intermittent Leave - leave taken in separate periods of time due to a single illness or injury, rather than for one continuous period of time, and may include leave or periods from an hour or more to several weeks.
Medically Necessary - certification for medical necessity is the same as certification for serious health condition.
“Needed to Care For” - the medical certification that an employee is “needed to care for” a family member encompasses both physical and psychological care. For example, where, because of a serious health condition, the family member is unable to care for his or her own basic medical, hygienic or nutritional needs or safety or is unable to transport himself or herself to medical treatment. It also includes situations where the employee may be needed to fill in for others who are caring for the family member or to make arrangements for changes in care.
Next of Kin - an individual’s nearest blood relative
Outpatient Status - the status of a member of the Armed Forces assigned to one of the following:
- either a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient; or,
- a unit established for the purpose of providing command and control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients.
Parent - a biological parent or an individual who stands in loco parentis to a child or stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child. Parent does not include parent-in-law.
Physical or Mental Disability - a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual.
Reduced Leave Schedule - a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of hours per workweek, or hours per workday, of an employee.
Serious Health Condition - An illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:
- Inpatient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice or residential medical care facility including any period of incapacity (for purposes of this section, defined to mean inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from), or any subsequent treatment in connection with such inpatient care; or
- Continuing treatment by a health care provider. A serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes:
- A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:
- Treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders or, or on referral by, a health care provider; or
- Treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.
- Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.
- Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition. A chronic serious health condition is one which:
- Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;
- Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of s single underlying condition); and,
- May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).
- A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider. Examples include Alzheimer’s a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.
- Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).
- A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:
- Treatment for purposes of this definition includes, but is not limited to, examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluation of the condition. Treatment does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations or dental examinations. Under this definition, a regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition (e.g., oxygen). A regimen of continuing treatment that includes the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves; or bed rest, drinking fluids, exercise and other similar activities that can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider, is not, by itself, sufficient to constitute a regimen of continuing treatment for purposes of FMLA leave.
- Conditions for which cosmetic treatments are administered (such as most treatments for acne or plastic surgery) are not “serious health conditions” unless inpatient hospital care is required or unless complications develop. Ordinarily, unless complications arise, the common cold, the flu, ear aches, upset stomach, ulcers, headaches other than migraine, routine dental or orthodontia problems, periodontal disease, etc., are examples of conditions that do not meet the definition of a serious health condition and do not qualify for FMLA leave. Restorative dental or plastic surgery after an injury or removal of cancerous growths are serious health conditions provided all the other conditions of this regulation are met. Mental illness resulting from stress or allergies may be serious health conditions, but only if all the conditions of this section are met.
- Substance abuse may be a serious health condition if the conditions of this section are met. However, FMLA leave may only be taken for treatment for substance abuse by a health care provider or by a provider of health care on referral by a health care provider. On the other hand, absence because of the employee’s use of the substance, rather than for treatment, does not qualify for FMLA leave.
- Absence attributable to incapacity under this definition qualify for FMLA leave even though the employee or the immediate family member does not receive treatment from a health care provider during the absence, and even if the absence does not last more than three days. For example, an employee with asthma may be unable to report for work due to the onset of an asthma attack or because the employee’s health care provider has advised the employee to stay home when the pollen count exceeds a certain level. An employee who is pregnant may be unable to report to work because of severe morning sickness.
Serious Injury or Illness - an injury or illness incurred by a member of the Armed forces, including the National Guard or Reserves in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces that may render the member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member’s office, grade, rank, or rating.
Son or daughter - a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person standing in loco parentis. The child must be under age 18 or, if over 18, incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.
Spouse - a husband or wife recognized by Iowa law including common law marriages.
(June 10, 2019)
405.08: Licensed Employee Evaluation
405.08: Licensed Employee Evaluation405.08: Licensed Employee Evaluation
Evaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators. The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.
The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board. The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss performance and the future areas of growth. The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file. This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.
Licensed employees will be required to:
-
Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school district’s student achievement goals.
-
Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position. Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction.
-
Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
-
Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning. Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
-
Engage in professional growth.
-
Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated. New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279, 284, 294. Aplington Community School District v. PERB, 392 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 1986).
Approved: January 3, 2024
Reviewed: January 3, 2024
Revised: January 3, 2024
406.01 - Complaints Involving Employees
406.01 - Complaints Involving EmployeesThe Board recognizes situations may arise in the operation of the District which are of concern to employees. Employees shall make any complaints in a constructive and professional manner. Complaints should be presented only to proper authority, who is the supervisor of the activity or function, the principal, or the superintendent. Employees shall be prudent and cautious in making any complaints in the presence of other employees, students, volunteers, or members of the public.
Complaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees. If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent. If an employee has a complaint regarding another employee or regarding an administrator/supervisor decision, the Board may become involved if the matter is not resolved after discussions with the employee and/or the supervisor.
The following conditions and procedures shall be followed for an employee, or group of employees, to submit a complaint to the Board:
A. Prior to submitting a request to the Board, the employee(s) requesting further consideration shall consult formally and/or informally with the employee or the supervisor making the decision, that employee’s/supervisor’s supervisor, etc., up through the administrative line of authority to, and including, the superintendent. For an appeal to the superintendent and beyond to receive full consideration, the employee must submit a written complaint to the superintendent within 20 working days of the date the employee knew, or should have known, of the action subject to the complaint.
B. The written complaint to the superintendent must include:
- A clear, concise statement of the conduct or administrative decision that is being appealed.
- The reasons why the prior decisions are considered to be unreasonable.
- Additionally, in the case of an appeal of an administrative decision, the reasons why the decision is considered to be:
A. beyond the administration’s scope of authority and responsibility, and/or
B. is unreasonable, and/or
C. the specific policy, regulation or rule shall be cited (if there is an allegation of a violation or misapplication of the written policies, regulations and rules of the District). - A statement that assures that the employee has appropriately consulted with each administrator in the line of authority, up to the superintendent.
- In all cases, the remedy being sought shall be written.
- Signature(s). The appeal is available to either an individual employee or more than one employee. If more than one employee wishes to appeal, the names of each employee requesting the appeal shall appear on the written request. Appeals will not be considered if only a group(s) is referenced.
C. The superintendent will issue a response. If the superintendent fails to respond within 15 working days of receiving the complaint, or if the employee(s) remain dissatisfied after receiving the response, the employee may, within 10 working days, request the Board of Education reconsider the prior administrative conclusions by submitting a request in writing to the President of the Board of Education. The written request for Board reconsideration must contain all the elements as required for the appeal to the superintendent as listed above, and the request must also verify that the superintendent has also been involved in the appeal process. A copy of the request for reconsideration by the Board shall be provided to the superintendent of schools.
D. Upon receiving a request for the Board to consider an appeal of employee conduct and/or an administrative decision from a school employee (referred here-after as the “request”), the Board President may appoint two members of the Board of Education (referred here-after as the “Board Investigators”) to investigate the request and make recommendations to the Board of Education as to how to process the complaint.
In the course of their investigation, the Board Investigators may review appropriate documents and may meet with the employees seeking the appeal, the administrators involved in the decision, and any other persons they deem appropriate. They may meet the parties together or separately.
E. Upon the conclusion of their preliminary investigation, the Board Investigators may advise any appropriate action, including but not limited to, a hearing before the entire Board, a hearing before the Board Investigators, a written decision by the Board absent a hearing, and/or taking no action and letting the decision of the superintendent stand.
F. The Board of Education is not obligated to hear any appeal. In any hearing before the Board Investigators or the entire Board, the burden of proof shall rest with the employee making the request for a hearing
G. Following any hearing before the Board Investigators or the entire Board, the Board Investigators or the entire Board shall communicate their finding and decision to the other members of the Board of Education, to the employee(s) requesting the appeal, and to the administrators involved in the decision.
(June 9, 1980; August 18, 1986; November 20, 1995; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 15, 2015; June 10, 2019)
406.4 Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty
406.4 Licensed Employee Compensation for Extra Duty rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 03/08/2022 - 13:31407.06 Employee Early Retirement
407.06 Employee Early Retirement407.06 Employee Early Retirement
PURPOSE
A. It is the expressed intent of the Board of Directors of the South Tama County School District, through this policy, to acknowledge employees who have provided years of service to the School District by offering them a voluntary early retirement incentive subject to the terms and conditions set out in this policy.
B. This program provides eligible staff an incentive and voluntary opportunity for Retirement.
C. The program is to provide a means to help meet District budgetary needs and should be cost effective for the district in the long term.
D. Participation in the program can curtail the need to reduce staff members because of declining enrollment or budget limitations.
E. The program provides a means for the district to know vacancies for next year in order to make necessary staffing decisions.
The school district offers an early retirement plan for full-time and part-time employees who are currently performing their assigned duties within the school district. A employee is eligible under the early retirement plan when the employee:
-
Is at least age 55 at the effective date of retirement;
-
Employee has worked a minimum of 6 consecutive years of service as a full-time or part-time employee at the South Tama County Community School District and is actively employed during the last fiscal year prior to the early retirement;
-
The Employee notifies the Board of Directors of his/her intention to see early retirement benefits by submitting to the Superintendent the required Application for Early Retirement Incentive and Release (“Application”) for participation in the plan no later than 4:00 pm on January 3rd, 2024.
-
Employee works through the end of the 2023-2024 school year and retires effective June 30, 2024, in accordance with the terms set forth in the Application, unless an alternative date is agreed to between the Superintendent and eligible employee and approved by the Board;
-
Receives board approval of the employee's application for participation in the early retirement plan, of the employee's resignation and of the disbursement of early retirement incentive to the employee.
-
Employee is not under current consideration for contract termination or who has already been discharged or left employment with the District, unless the notice is based upon reasons which are related to staff reduction;
-
Employee has not previously received early retirement benefits from the school district.
Approval by the board of the employee's early retirement application shall constitute a voluntary resignation. Approval by the board of the employee's early retirement application will also make the employee eligible for disbursement of the early retirement incentive; July 1 following the employee's approval for early retirement or a date mutually agreed upon by the school district and the employee, whichever date is earliest. Failure of the board to approve the employee's early retirement application will make the employee's current contract with the board continue in full force and effect.
VOLUNTARY EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFITS
Voluntary early retirement benefits will be determined, as follows:
A. Years at STC
1. 10 or more years of continuous employment as an employee with STC equals 100% of retirement benefits
2. Less than 10 years of continuous employment as an employee with STC will be that percentage of 10, i.e. 8 years equals 8/10 or 80% of retirement benefits
3. Anyone with less than 6 consecutive years as an employee with STC will not qualify for early benefits
4. Years as an employee with STC will generally be determined by issued contracts. If, for some reason, no contract was issued an employee must have worked over one-half of the scheduled time for the position they are filling. Substitute employment will not be considered in determining the time an employee has worked with STC.
B. Retirement and Payment Schedule for all Employees
1. Employees will be paid 20% or an established percentage rate of their salary per year for a maximum of five years.
2. The employee’s salary will be calculated by using the average of their last three years.
3. Shared time employees for which STC holds the contract will be included.
4. For employees who are participating in the District-sponsored group health plan at the time of retirement, the early retirement benefit will automatically be paid into the Health Reimbursement Arrangement (HRA). For employees who are not participating in the District-sponsored group health plan at the time of retirement, the early retirement benefit will automatically be paid into the Special Pay Plan on file with the District.
5. All benefits will be started July 1 with a cash payment on July 20 or January 20 for the Special Pay Plan at the employee request.
C. Calculation of Benefits
1. The amount of the early retirement benefit is calculated by multiplying the % of years as calculated pursuant to Section A by the applicable rate as calculated pursuant to Section B above.
2. The maximum amount paid to any employee under this policy will be capped at $7,800 per year unless otherwise modified by the Board when they deem it to be in the best interest, or an advantage to, the district.
3. If adjustments are made to the maximum amount paid to any employee, the Board will formally set this amount no later than January 15 of each year.
4. No interest shall be paid by the District on temporary delays in the payment of the early retirement incentive.
5. Retirement fees and taxes, where applicable, will be deducted from the early retirement benefits detailed in this early retirement incentive policy.
APPLICATION
1. Employees requesting early retirement benefits must submit the required Application to the Superintendent by 4:00 p.m. on January 3, 2024. Written acceptance of this offer from the employee shall be considered by the Board of Education as a voluntary resignation and termination of any contract and/or employment with the District effective June 28, 2024 of the current school year (unless an alternative date is agreed to between the Superintendent and eligible employee and approved by the Board).
2. The Board of Education may waive (move to an early date or extend) the application deadline when it deems such a waiver to be in the best interest, or an advantage to, the District.
3. An employee’s application for early retirement benefits is not, in itself, a resignation of a contract with the School District nor does it require the Board to accept the application. However, acceptance by the Board of an employee’s resignation and request for retirement will be considered a voluntary resignation and termination of the employee’s contract for employment. The Board’s acceptance of the employee’s resignation and request for retirement will be considered final and the employee will be considered terminated on or before June 28, 2024. If the Board does not accept the employee's resignation and request for retirement, the employee’s contract will continue in effect.
OTHER BENEFITS
1. Health Insurance
Any employee that qualifies for membership in the group health insurance policy may, as permitted under the IRS 125 Cafeteria Plan, or at their own expense, continue to carry that policy to age sixty-five, if the law, IRS Rules, and the insurance carrier permit. If this provision is contrary to the insurance carrier policy, state and federal regulation and federal law, the benefits provided will remain within their guidelines.
2. Blue Card Holder
Employees that retire under this policy will qualify for a blue card even if you are not 65 years of age.
DEFINITIONS
1. Years at STC – Will generally be determined by issued contracts. If, for some reason, no contract was issued an employee must have worked over one-half of the scheduled time for the position they are filling each year. Substitute employment will not be considered.
2. Salary – Salary will be computed as an average of the employee’s last three years salary using the employee’s wages as reported to IPERS. An employee whose contract was involuntarily reduced during the three years before they retired will have their salary calculated by using the average of their three highest earning STC years.
Beneficiary Option
In the event of the death of the employee prior to payment of the early retirement incentive but after the licensed employee's retirement has begun, the early retirement incentive will be paid to the designated beneficiary in one lump sum payment. In the event no beneficiary is designated, the incentive will be paid to the employee's estate in one lump sum payment.
The board has complete discretion to offer or not to offer an early retirement plan for employees. The board may discontinue the school district's early retirement plan at any time.
NO VESTING RIGHTS/BOARD DISCRETION TO AMEND OR REVOKE
The adoption of this early retirement incentive policy shall not vest any right in any employee whether or not the employee is currently eligible for the early retirement incentive. The Board shall have the complete discretion to amend or repeal this plan or any provisions thereof at any time with or without notice and shall not be obligated to provide any benefits to any employee after the date of such amendment or repeal, except to those employees whose early retirement pursuant to this plan has commenced prior to amendment or repeal.
BOARD’S RIGHT TO LIMIT OR DENY BENEFITS AND GRANT WAIVERS
1. The Board reserves the right to pay no early retirement benefits, to limit the number eligible, or adjust the maximum amount paid. If the Board limits the number eligible, those approved will be on a first apply, first eligible basis.
2. The Board expressly reserves the right to reject any application for early retirement.
3. The Board reserves the right to waive any requirement or condition of this policy at its discretion and at any time. Any decision by the Board to waive a requirement or condition which is a part of this policy shall not establish any precedent with regard to any other request for a waiver.
INDEPENDENT ADVICE
Employees are advised to seek independent advice with regard to tax or financial consequences associated with any action taken by them under this plan.
PLAN INTERPRETATION
The Board is the final arbiter of all questions of interpretation under this plan, including but not limited to, questions of eligibility or benefit calculations.
STATEMENT OF NON-DISCRIMINATION
The School District will not discriminate against any employee on the basis of age, gender, gender identity, sexual orientation, race, color, creed, religion, national origin, marital status, disability, or any other protected class under state or federal law, through the application or administration of this policy.
Legal Reference: 29 U.S.C. §§ 621 et seq. Iowa Code §§ 97B; 216; 279.46; 509A.13.
Approved:10/20/1986
Reviewed: 11/7/2022
Revised: 11/6/2023
408.01 - Licensed Employee Professional Development
408.01 - Licensed Employee Professional Development408.01: Licensed Employee Professional Development
The board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills. The board will maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees. Professional development activities will include activities that promote and/or teach about compliance with applicable Iowa laws.
For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.
Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district, are made to the superintendent. Approval by the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.
The superintendent will have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event. When making this determination, the superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employee's absence on the education program and school district operations and the school district's financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent. Requests that involve unusual expenses or overnight travel must also be approved by the board.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8; .74
281 I.A.C. 12.7; 83.6
Approved: April 17, 1989; March 21, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019; September 5, 2023
Reviewed: September 5, 2023
Revised: September 5, 2023
408.03 - Licensed Employee Tutoring
408.03 - Licensed Employee Tutoring408.03: Licensed Employee Tutoring
Every effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor. Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.
Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent.
Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours unless approved by the superintendent.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20.7; 279.8.
Approved: April 18, 2011; June 18, 2012; January 19, 2015; June 10, 2019; December 4, 2023
Reviewed: December 4, 2023
Revised: December 4, 2023
409.03 - Family and Medical Leave
409.03 - Family and Medical LeaveUnpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to 12 weeks per year to assist employees in balancing family and work life. For purposes of this policy, year is defined as a “rolling” twelve (12) month period measured backward from the date of any FMLA leave usage. Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the Assistant Business Manager.
Employees may be allowed to substitute paid leave for unpaid family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules. Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative rules to implement this policy.
Legal Reference: 29 U.S.C. §§ 2601 et seq. 29 C.F.R. § 825
Iowa Code §§ 20; 85; 216; 279.40. Whitney v. Rural Ind. School. District, 232 Iowa 61, 4 N.W.2d 394 (1942)
Approved: April 18, 2011
Reviewed: December 4, 2023
Revised: December 4, 2023
409.1 Employee Vacation - Holidays
409.1 Employee Vacation - HolidaysThe board will determine the amount of vacation and holidays that will be allowed on an annual basis for employees.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually on vacations and holidays for employees.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 1C; 4.1(34); 20.9.
Approved: March 7, 2022
Reviewed: December 4, 2023
Revised: December 4, 2023
410.01: Substitute Teachers
410.01: Substitute Teachers rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 09/20/2022 - 09:33412.1 Classified Employee Compensation
412.1 Classified Employee Compensation rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 03/08/2022 - 13:33413.05 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force
413.05 - Classified Employee Reduction in Force413.05: Classified Employee Reduction in Force
It is the exclusive power of the board to determine when a reduction in classified employees is necessary. Employees who are terminated due to a reduction in force will be given thirty days notice. Due process will be followed for terminations due to a reduction in force.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation for termination to the board. The superintendent will consider the relative qualifications, skills, ability and demonstrated performance through evaluation procedures in making the recommendations.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20.7, .24.
Approved: January 15, 2024
Reviewed: January 15, 2024
Revised: January 15, 2024
409.03 E1 - Family and Medical Leave - Notice to Employees
409.03 E1 - Family and Medical Leave - Notice to EmployeesEMPLOYEE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE NOTICE TO EMPLOYEES
This document is available at https://www.dol.gov/sites/dolgov/files/WHD/legacy/files/fmlaen.pdf
Regulations 29 C.F.R. § 825.300(a) may require additional disclosures.
Approved: December 4, 2023
Reviewed: December 4, 2023
Revised: December 4, 2023
500 - STUDENT PERSONNEL
500 - STUDENT PERSONNEL Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 08:59501.01 - Resident Students
501.01 - Resident StudentsChildren who are residents of the school district community will attend the school district without paying tuition.
The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student. Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents. A student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education. Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.
Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.
Legal Reference: Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983). Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W. 47 (Iowa 1924). Oshel v. Creston Comm. School Dist., DPI Admin. Doc. 570 (1981). 33 D.P.I. Dec. Rule 80 (1984). Iowa Code §§ 257.6; 282.2, .6, .7; 285.4.
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: April 8, 1981; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015, August 19, 2019; September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
501.02 - Non-Resident Students
501.02 - Non-Resident StudentsStudents who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition. The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.
Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in their former resident school district will be permitted to attend. Students who plan to open enroll to their former resident district for the next school year may do so without approval of the board.
Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition. These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.
Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1 may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.
Legal Reference: Lakota Cons. Ind. School v. Buffalo Center-Rake Comm. School, 334 N.W.2d 704 (Iowa 1983). Mt. Hope School Dist. v. Hendrickson, 197 N.W.
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
(April 6, 1981; December 21, 1987; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
501.03 - Compulsory Attendance
501.03 - Compulsory AttendanceParents within the school district who have children over age six and under age sixteen (or the age of 17 if the student resides on the Meskwaki Settlement, re: Meskwaki Code Title 20, Chapter 9 Sec. 20-2906) by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, will have the children attend the school district at the attendance center designated by the board. Students will attend school the number of days or hours school is in session in accordance with the school calendar. Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of (1080 Hours). Students not attending the minimum days or hours must be exempted by this policy as listed below or, referred to the county attorney. Exceptions to this policy include children who:
-
have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school
-
equivalency diploma;
-
are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
-
are attending an approved or probationary approved private college preparatory school;
-
are attending an accredited nonpublic school;
-
are receiving independent private instruction; or,
-
are receiving competent private instruction.
It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child's mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child's qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.
The principal will investigate the cause for a student's truancy. If the principal is unable to secure the truant student's attendance, the principal should discuss the next step with the superintendent/school board. If after superintendent/school board action, the student is still truant, the principal will refer the matter over to the county attorney.
The school will participate in mediation if requested by the county attorney. The superintendent/designee will represent the school district in mediation. The school district will monitor the student's compliance with the mediation agreement and will report violations of the mediation agreement to the county attorney.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 259A; 279.10-.11; ch. 299; 299A.
Approved: August 26, 2024
Reviewed: June 22, 1981, April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; July 19, 1993: April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015, August 19, 2019 April 6, 1981; April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; January 15, 2024; August 26, 2024
Revised: August 26, 2024
501.04 - Entrance - Admissions
501.04 - Entrance - AdmissionsChildren in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district's regular education program beginning at age five. The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district's kindergarten program. The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.
Before the student may enroll in the district’s education program, the board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence of age. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.
Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate. Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent is the reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 144.45(5); 282.1, .3, .6.
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
501.05 - Attendance Center Assignment
501.05 - Attendance Center AssignmentThe board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center, to assign students to the attendance centers.
Parents or guardians of siblings in the same grade level academically in grades kindergarten through grade five may request the siblings be placed in the same or different classrooms. In order to be valid, the request must be made in writing and submitted to the school principal at the time of registration for classes, or within fourteen days after the children’s first day of attendance during the school year. If a valid request is received by the school principal, the
request must be honored. While a parent or guardian may make a placement request that siblings be placed together or apart, the district administration retains complete discretion to select the classroom teacher(s) to which siblings are assigned. If after the initial grading period following the placement of siblings in the same or different classrooms the school principal determines the placement is disruptive to the class; the principal may assign one or more of the siblings to different classrooms.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student. In making the recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of student population, possible transportation challenges, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.11; 282.7-.8.
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
501.06 - Students Transfers In
501.06 - Students Transfers InStudents who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.
The school district will request the student's cumulative records from the previous school district. If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination. The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level. Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.
The superintendent will determine the amount of credits to be transferred. If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent's discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.
The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. § 1232g. Iowa Code §§ 139A.8; 282.1, .3, .4; 299A
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: November 20, 1995; April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
501.07 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals
501.07 - Student Transfers Out or WithdrawalsIf the student's parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program. The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, hot lunch tickets, etc.
The notice should state the student's final day of attendance. If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student's records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.
If the parents wish to have the student's cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents must notify the superintendent in writing. This notice will include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student's cumulative records should be sent. If the new school district requests the student's cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent. The notice will inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.
If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. § 1232g. Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 299.1-.1A; 299A.11
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: March 21, 1988; April 18, 2011; August 19, 2019; September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
501.08 - Student Attendance Records
501.08 - Student Attendance RecordsAs part of the school district's records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded and maintained on file with the permanent records of the board secretary.
It is the responsibility of the principals to ensure that such reports are filed with the board secretary, the custodian of school records. This is a mandatory policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
501.09 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy
501.09 - Chronic Absenteeism and TruancyThe district believes that traditional, in-person school attendance leads to the greatest learning opportunities for students. Students who are present in school and engaged active learners take greater ownership over their educational outcomes. For this reason, it is the priority of the district to foster regular student attendance throughout the school year and reduce barriers to regular attendance for students in the district.
Chronic absenteeism/absences means any absence from school for more than ten percent of the school days in the semester established by the district.
Truant/truancy means a child of compulsory attendance age who is absent from school for any reason for at least twenty percent of the school days in the semester established by the district. Truancy does not apply to the following students who:
-
have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or has obtained a high school equivalency diploma
-
are excused for sufficient reason by any court of record or judge;
-
are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
-
are unable to attend school due to legitimate medical reasons;
-
are attending a private college preparatory school accredited or probationally accredited;
-
are excused under Iowa Code §299.22; and
-
are exempt under Iowa Code §299.24.
Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion. It is within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy. Students receiving special education services will not be assigned to an alternative setting unless the goals and objectives of the student's Individualized Education Program are capable of being met in the alternative setting.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the designated school officials, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. The administrative regulations will indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy. This is a mandatory policy.
Legal Reference: 34 C.F.R. sec. 300
28 C.F.R. Pt. 35
Iowa Code §§ 294.4; 299. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
501.09 R1 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy - Regulation
501.09 R1 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy - RegulationDaily, punctual attendance is an integral part of the learning experience. The education that goes on in the classroom builds from day to day and absences can cause disruption in the educational progress of the absent student. Irregular attendance or tardiness by students not only limits their own studies, but also interferes with the progress of those students who are regular and prompt in attendance. Attendance is a shared responsibility that requires cooperation and communication among students, parents and the school.
This regulation is divided into two sections: Section I addresses legal requirements related to chronic absenteeism and truancy and Section II addresses additional academic, disciplinary and extracurricular consequences students face due to chronic absenteeism and truancy. It is important for students to recognize that chronic absenteeism and truancy impacts all these facets of their educational experience.
SECTION I – Legal Requirements
Chronic Absenteeism
When a student meets the threshold to be considered chronically absent, the school official will send notice by mail or e-mail to the county attorney where the district’s central office is located. The school official will also notify the student, or if a minor, the student’s parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian via certified mail that includes information related to the student’s absences from school and the policies and disciplinary processes associated with additional absences.
School officials will send notice when the student’s absences meet the threshold, but before the student is deemed chronically absent (please refer to student handbook).
School Engagement Meeting
If a student is absent from school for at least fifteen percent of the days in the grading period, the school official will attempt to find the cause of the absences and start and participate in a school engagement meeting. All of the following individuals must participate in the school engagement meeting:
-
The student;
-
The student’s parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian if the student is an unemancipated minor; and
-
A school official.
The purpose of the meeting is to understand the reasons for the student’s absences and attempt to remove barriers to the student’s ongoing absences; and to create and sign an absenteeism prevention plan.
Absenteeism Prevention Plan
The absenteeism prevention plan will identify the causes of the student’s absences and the future responsibilities of each participant. The school official will contact the student and student’s parent/guardian at least once per week for the remainder of the school year to monitor the performance of the student and the student’s parent/guardian under the plan. If the student and student’s parent/guardian do not attend the meeting, do not enter into a plan or violate the terms of the plan, the school official will notify the county attorney.
SECTION II – Academic and Disciplinary Requirements
Students are required to be in attendance, pursuant to board policy, for 174 days per school year unless their absences have been excused by the principal or the principal’s designee for illness (absences of five or more consecutive days due to illness requires a doctor's note), family emergencies, doctor or dental appointment, recognized religious observances and school sponsored or approved activities. Reasonable excuses may also include family trips or vacations approved by the building principal if the student's work is finished prior to the trip or vacation. Absences that do not fall within the categories listed above will be considered unexcused unless approved by the principal. Parents are expected to telephone the school office to report a student's absence prior to 9:00 a.m. on the day of the absence.
If a student accumulates 10 unexcused absences in a class, he or she may lose credit for the class if the student was previously warned prior to 8 unexcused absences that two more may result in loss of credit. Prior to imposing the loss of credit in one or more classes, the principal will provide the student an opportunity for an informal hearing.
School work missed because of absences must be made up within two times the number of days absent, not to exceed 6 days. The time allowed for make-up work may be extended at the discretion of the classroom teacher. Teachers will not have attendance or grading practices that are in conflict with this provision.
Students will remain in class until the attendance team representation & superintendent make a decision regarding loss or restoration of credit. Full credit is awarded to all assignments and tests submitted that meet the teacher's specifications until a decision regarding credit has been made.
If a student loses credit based on their attendance, this will be recorded in the student's record as an "AD" administrative drop and could potentially impact eligibility to compete/participate in activities.
A student who loses credit in all courses due to excessive absences is assigned to a supervised study hall for the period(s) in which the course(s) meets or the student may be reassigned to another class or location. A student who, after a hearing before the board, loses credit in all courses due to unexcused absences, will not be allowed to participate in any school activities until the following semester. It will be at the Board’s discretion to place the student in an alternative setting for the remaining portion of the semester or drop the student from enrollment for the semester. However, the student is eligible to participate in practice if all other eligibility criteria have been met and the student was placed in an alternative setting.
The administration and guidance staff will make reasonable efforts to advise and counsel and may impose discipline upon any student approaching 5 unexcused absences. Such advice, discipline and counseling is in addition to the requirements listed in Section I of this regulation and includes, but is not limited to, oral or written notices to the student and his or her parents, conferences with the student and parents, written contracts, or loss of non-academic privileges such as extracurricular activities, open campus, late arrival, early dismissal, or school sponsored events/dances.
Approved: September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: September 9, 2024
501.11 - Student Release During School Hours
501.11 - Student Release During School HoursStudents will be allowed to leave the school district facilities during school hours only with prior authorization from their parents, unless the parent appears personally at the student's attendance center to arrange for the release of the student during school hours, or with the permission of the principal.
Approved reasons for release of a student during the school day will include, but not be limited to illness, family emergencies, medical appointments, religious instruction, classes outside the student's attendance center, employment for which the student has been issued a work permit and other reasons determined appropriate by the principal.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. (see handbook for details)
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 294.4
281 I.A.C. 12.3(4).
Approved: September 9, 2024
Reviewed: April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; September 9, 2024
Revised: September 9, 2024
501.14 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District
501.14 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Sending District rdenham@s-tama… Thu, 09/08/2022 - 11:25501.15 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District
501.15 Open Enrollment Transfers - Procedures as a Receiving District rdenham@s-tama… Thu, 09/08/2022 - 11:26501.16 - Homeless Children and Youth
501.16 - Homeless Children and YouthThe District shall make reasonable efforts to identify homeless children and youth of school age within the District, shall encourage their enrollment in school, shall eliminate existing barriers in District policies and procedures that may serve as barriers to their enrollment, and shall ensure that homeless children and youth have equal access to the same free public education, including public preschool education, as is provided to other children and youth.
Definitions. As used in this policy, “homeless children and youth” means individuals from age five through age 21 who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence, including children and youth who are:
- sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason;
- living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due the lack of alternative adequate accommodations;
- living in emergency or transitional shelters;
- abandoned in hospitals;
- children and youth who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designated for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;
- children and youth who are living in a car, park, public space, abandoned building, substandard housing, bus or train station, or similar setting; or
- migratory children who qualify as homeless because they are living in circumstances described in this definition.
Incarcerated children and youth and children in foster care are not considered homeless.
“School of origin” means the school that the homeless child or youth attended when permanently housed or the school in which the homeless child or youth was last enrolled, including a preschool.
“Unaccompanied youth” means a youth not in the physical custody of a parent or guardian, including youth living in runaway shelters, abandoned buildings, cars, on the streets, or in other inadequate housing, youth denied housing by their families, and school-age unwed mothers, living in homes for unwed mothers, who have no other housing available.
Liaison. The Drop Out Prevention Coordinator shall serve as the District’s liaison for homeless children and youth. The liaison shall ensure that homeless children and youth are identified by school personnel and through coordination activities with other entities and agencies; that homeless children and youth enroll in school and have a full and equal opportunity to succeed in school; and that the District is meeting all other requirements under state and federal law relating to homeless children and youth.
The liaison shall also assist parents, guardians and unaccompanied youth in enrolling in school and accessing school services, obtaining student records, arranging for immunizations, and shall help to coordinate transportation services.
No Segregation. Homeless children and youth shall not be separated from the mainstream school environment on the basis of their status as homeless. Homeless children and youth may be segregated from other students only for short periods of time as necessary for health or safety reasons or to provide temporary, special and supplemental services to meet the unique needs of homeless students. Homeless children and youth shall not be stigmatized or isolated on the basis of their status or homeless. Records indicating their status as homeless shall be maintained in accordance with confidentiality requirements.
Immunization Records. A homeless child or youth will not be denied enrollment for lack of immunization records if the child is transferring from another school and the school confirms the presence of the immunization record. The District liaison will make a reasonable effort to locate immunization records from the information provided or will arrange for the student to receive immunizations.
Student Records. Homeless children and youth transferring into the District may provide student records directly to the District. The District will not require that the records be forwarded from another district or school before the child may enroll. The District will then request the student’s records from the previous district or school attended by the student. Homeless children and youth transferring out of the District may be provided directly copies of student records to take with them.
Waiver of School Fees. School fees shall be waived in accordance with the District’s policy on waiver of fees or if necessary for the homeless child or youth to obtain equal access to a free public education. The District liaison shall also assist students in accessing resources for appropriate school clothing.
Free and Reduced-Price Meals. The application process for the free and reduced price meals shall be expedited for homeless children and youth. The district may determine if a student is homeless and requires free meals without completing the full application process.
School Placement. School placement determinations for homeless children and youth shall be made on the basis of the best interests of the homeless child or youth. The District will, to the extent feasible, keep a homeless child or youth in the school of origin, unless the parent or guardian or unaccompanied youth requests another school and the District concurs in attendance at the preferred school. If the District sends a homeless child or youth to a school other than the school of origin or a school requested by the parent, guardian, or unaccompanied youth, the District will provide a written explanation of its decision with notice of the right to appeal the decision pursuant to State appeal procedures.
The placement determination shall be student centered, individualized determination. Factors to be considered may include the age of the student, the distance of the commute and the impact on the student’s education, personal safety issues, the student’s need for special education and related services, the length of the anticipated stay in the temporary shelter or other temporary location, and the time remaining in the school year. Homeless children and youth may be assigned to other schools if necessary to receive a free and appropriate public education accordance with a special education IEP.
Transportation. If a homeless child or youth continues to live in the District but in a different attendance area than the school the student was previously attending in the District, the District, at the request of the parent, guardian, or at the request of the District liaison on behalf of an unaccompanied youth, shall provide or arrange for transportation to and from the school previously attended. If the homeless child or youth is no longer living in the District, but is continuing his or her education in the District, the District will apportion the responsibility and costs for providing the child with transportation with the district where the child is currently living in a manner consistent with the law.
Conflicts With Other Policies. Provisions in this policy shall supersede any conflicting provisions in other District policies, regulations or procedures.
(July 19, 2004; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
502.02 - Good Conduct Rule
502.02 - Good Conduct RuleParticipation in school activities is a privilege. School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.
Students who participate in extra-curricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year whether at or away from school. Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in school extra-curricular activities and other school sponsored activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy, and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral, or unhealthy throughout the school year.
Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures. Students disciplined under the conduct rule shall receive appropriate due process in concert with the nature of the misconduct. It shall be the responsibility of the principal to maintain a record of violations for the good conduct policy and supporting administrative regulations.
Any student declared ineligible under the prior school district’s Good Conduct Rule, and then without having completed the full period of ineligibility at that school transfers to the South Tama County High School, will not be eligible for interscholastic competition at South Tama County High School until the full period of ineligibility has been completed. Once that time period of ineligibility has been completed, the student is then immediately eligible for interscholastic competition at the South Tama County High School as far as any Good Conduct Rule is concerned.
It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding conduct for each school activity. (See Student Handbook and Activities Handbook).
(April 17, 1989; July 19, 1993. March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
502.06 - Weapons
502.06 - WeaponsThe board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.
School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes. Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes will be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district.
Parents of students found to possess weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property are notified of the incident. Possession or confiscation of weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes will be reported to law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.
Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school will be expelled for not less than one year. The superintendent has the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis. For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term "firearm" includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, any explosive, incendiary or poison gas, or otherwise defined by applicable law.
Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials or other individuals specifically authorized by the board are exempt from this policy. Students and individuals approved in writing by the Superintendent who are actively engaging in a school district approved firearms safety course, hunter education course or shooting sports activity are exempt from this policy. The superintendent will develop an administrative process or procedures to implement the policy and communicate with law enforcement relevant exemptions to this policy as appropriate.
Legal Reference: 18 U.S.C. § 921
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 280.21B; 483A.27(11), 724
281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)
Approved: August 26, 2024
Reviewed: December 19, 1994; May 15, 1995; November 20, 1995; November 17, 1997; May 17, 1999; May 21, 2001, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; August 26, 2024
Revised: August 26, 2024
502.07 - Appearance and Dress
502.07 - Appearance and DressThe board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment and/or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors. Therefore, to ensure an orderly learning environment, students and parents are responsible for the student wearing clean and appropriate clothing in attendance at school and school activities.
It is inappropriate and a violation of school policy for students to wear apparel promoting products that are illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or with references to prohibited conduct. Dress that is a threat to health or safety or is disruptive to the learning environment will not be acceptable. Further, certain written or spoken words or symbols on clothing or on the person may be prohibited, without being demonstrably disruptive, if the expression conflicts with the schools’ basic educational mission. The STC educational mission includes, but is not limited to, the goal of establishing a common core of values which support human dignity, self-respect, and responsibility towards self and others.
The presence of gang activity in the school and community has been detected by local law enforcement, school, and consultant personnel. Such activity has included the selling of controlled substances, violence, and intimidation.
The term “gang” in this policy is defined as a “criminal street gang’ as defined in Iowa law 723.A. A criminal street gang means any ongoing organization, association or group of three or more persons, whether formal or informal, having as one of its primary activities the commission of one or more criminal acts, which has an identifiable name or identifying sign or symbol, and whose members individually or collectively engage in or have engaged in a pattern of criminal gang activity. “Pattern of criminal gang activity” means commission, attempt to commit, conspiring to commit, or solicitation of two or more criminal acts, provided the criminal acts were committed on separate dates or by two or more persons who are members of, or belong to, the same criminal street gang.
To ensure an orderly learning environment, gang related behavior such as signs, symbols, and gestures are prohibited on school property, buses, and school sponsored events. Prohibited behavior may include apparel, jewelry, accessory, book, or manner of grooming which, by virtue of its color, arrangement, trademark, symbol or any other attribute, denotes membership in a gang and creates a danger of the commission of unlawful acts or violation of school regulations, or the substantial disruption of the orderly operation of the school. Similarly, behavior is prohibited which is identified as involving gang recruitment, initiation, hazing, wearing of colors with gang affiliations, intimidation, fighting, assault, or establishment of turf on school property or at school functions and school-related activities. Such behavior is likely to cause physical harm or personal degradation or disgrace which is harmful to self or to others and disruptive of the learning atmosphere of a school.
School personnel are authorized to cause the removal of gang signs and symbols appearing on personal items as well as those that are on public property. Persons who refuse to remove signs and symbols, which have gang implications or who behave in a manner which is gang related are subject to discipline up to and including removal from activities, detention, suspension or expulsion from school.
(November 18, 1996; June 16, 1997; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
502.07 - Student Substance Use
502.07 - Student Substance UseThe board believes it is imperative to promote the health and well-being of all students in the district. The district will provide a substance use prevention program and set restrictions on substance use by students in accordance with applicable law.
The board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of alcohol, tobacco/nicotine products, other controlled substances, or "look alike" substances that appear to be tobacco/nicotine products, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. "Controlled substances" in this policy refers to the misuse of both licit and illicit drugs.
The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.
Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion. Use, purchase or being in possession of tobacco/nicotine products for those under the age of twenty-one, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities. Possession, use or being under the influence of alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.
Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance use assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board. If such a student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.
The board believes the substance use prevention program will include:
-
Age-appropriate, evidence-based substance use prevention curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting social pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;
-
A statement to students that the use of controlled substances and the unlawful possession and use of tobacco/nicotine products and alcohol is harmful to student well-being;
-
Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of controlled substances, tobacco/nicotine products and/or alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;
-
A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions;
-
A statement that students may be required to complete a substance use evaluation to determine whether substance use disorder treatment is recommended and, if recommended, successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;
-
Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;
-
A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and,
-
Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference: 34 C.F.R. Pt. 86
Iowa Code §§ 123.46; 124; 279.8, .9; 453A.
Approved: August 26, 2024
Reviewed: April 6, 1981; April 17, 1989; November 17, 1997; January 18, 1999; March 15, 2010; April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; August 26, 2024
Revised: August 26, 2024
502.09 - Care of School Property/Vandalism
502.09 - Care of School Property/VandalismStudents will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property. Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district. They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations. They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.
(April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
502.10 - Search and Seizure
502.10 - Search and SeizureSchool district property is held in public trust by the Board. School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students, protected student areas, and/or student vehicles based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation, or law has been violated. The search shall be in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees, and visitors to the school district facilities.
School district authorities may also conduct periodic inspections of all, or a randomly selected number of, school lockers, desks, and other facilities or spaces owned by the district and provided as a courtesy to a student. The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, shall not create a protected student area and shall not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect to the locker, desk, or other facility.
School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized, or contraband materials discovered in the search. Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, non-prescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco, weapons, explosives, poisons, stolen property, and any other item of which the possession or use of may violate Board policy or the law. Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including, but not limited to, suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials. The Board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.
(April 6, 1981; June 15, 1992; November 20, 1995; May 18, 1998, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles
502.10 - Use of Motor VehiclesThe board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center. Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student's attendance center is a privilege.
Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at their designated attendance center(s) or at another district’s attendance center for the purpose of attending extracurricular activities. Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal. Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center. Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal.
Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal. Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 321
Approved: October 28, 2024
Reviewed: April 6, 1981; December 21, 1987; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; October 28, 2024
Revised: October 28, 2024
502.10 R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation
502.10 R1 - Search and Seizure RegulationI. Searches, in general.
A. Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion: A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up evidence
that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.
Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:
(1) eyewitness observations by employees;
(2) information received from reliable sources;
(3) suspicious behavior by the student; or,
(4) the student’s past history and school record although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.
B. Reasonable Scope: A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search.
Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:
(1) the age of the student;
(2) the sex of the student;
(3) the nature of the infraction; and
(4) the emergency requiring the search without delay.
II. Types of Searches
A. Personal Searches
- A student’s person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.
- Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.
(a) Pat-Down Search: If a pat-down search or a search of a student’s garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.
(b) A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student’s person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened. Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following these procedures.
B. Locker and Desk Inspections
Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times. The school district has a reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained. For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced inspections and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk. Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may be conducted by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual. Any contraband discovered during such searches will be confiscated by school officials and may be turned over to law enforcement officials.
The contents of a student’s locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule. Such searches should be conducted in the presence of another adult witness when feasible.
C. Automobile Searches
Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right. The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking lots. The interior of a student’s automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.
(August 19, 2019)
502.11 - Student Lockers
502.11 - Student LockersStudent lockers are the property of the school district. Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school. It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.
To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers. Either the student or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers. Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure. Either the student or another individual will be present during the search of lockers.
(April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
502.12 - Interviews with Students
502.12 - Interviews with StudentsA student may not be interviewed in school unless the building principal gives specific permission. Generally, individuals other than parents and school district officials and employees may not interview students during the school day. No interview shall be permitted unless the principal deems it essential to the welfare of the pupil as set forth in regulations, or he is directed to do so by court order.
Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students are made through the principal’s office. Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted. Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.
If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator’s judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student’s parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.
No student may be taken from the school without consent of the building principal, except by court order accompanied by a peace officer or a peace officer acting in the line of duty.
(April 6, 1981; June 15, 1992; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
502.12 R1 - Interviews with Students Regulation
502.12 R1 - Interviews with Students RegulationI. Investigation Conducted in the Educational Environment
A. Interviews Initiated by School Administrators
- Conducted by Administrators
a. Principals shall have the authority to conduct investigations and to question students pertaining to infractions of school rules, whether or not the alleged conduct is a violation of criminal law.
- Conducted by Law Enforcement Officers
a. The principal/designee shall determine when the necessity exists that law enforcement officers be contacted to conduct an investigation of alleged criminal behavior.
b. The principal/designee may request that law enforcement officers conduct an investigation of alleged criminal behavior during school hours. A reasonable attempt shall be made to contact the student's parents, guardian or representative prior to questioning of students by law enforcement officers. Such contacts or attempted contacts with parents, guardian or representative shall be documented by the administrator involved. In the absence of a student's parents, guardian or representative during any questioning of such students, the principal or other designated certificated school staff person shall be present.
c. If the investigation has centered on any particular student suspected of such alleged criminal activity, the procedure of taking students into custody by the police set forth in Section II shall be followed to the extent that they do not interfere with reasonable law enforcement procedures.
B. Interviews Initiated by Law Enforcement Officers
- Although cooperation with law enforcement officers will be maintained, it should not normally be necessary for law enforcement officers to initiate and conduct any investigation and questioning on the school premises during school hours pertaining to criminal activities unrelated to the operation of the school. Only in demonstrated emergency situations, when law enforcement officers find it absolutely necessary, will they be voluntarily permitted to conduct such an investigation during school hours. These circumstances should ordinarily be limited to those in which delay might result in danger to any person, or flight from the jurisdiction of a person reasonably suspected of a crime or destruction of evidence.
- In such cases, the officers shall be requested to obtain prior approval of the principal/designee before beginning such an investigation on school premises. The administrator shall document the circumstances of such investigations as soon as practicable. Alleged criminal behavior related to the school environment brought to the principal's attention by law enforcement officers shall be dealt with under Iowa law.
C. Questioning of Students During Investigation
- Violations of School Rules
a. In instances where school rules have allegedly been violated, the principal/designee may contact the suspected rule violator or potential witness to the infraction.
b. The suspected student shall be advised orally or in writing of the nature of the alleged offense and of the evidence, if any, against the student.
c. In questioning a potential student witness to an alleged disciplinary infraction, care should be taken by the administrator to insure that there is a reasonable likelihood that the student was indeed a witness.
- Violations of Criminal Law
a. During an investigation of violation of school rules, it may come to the attention of the administrator that the investigated activity may also be a violation of criminal law. In proceeding with the investigation, the principal/designee can attempt to ascertain whether there is sufficient justification to believe that a criminal offense was committed that warrants contacting law enforcement officials.
b. Where a suspected violation of criminal law has occurred on the school grounds, involving the operation of the school or during a school-sponsored activity, law enforcement officials may be notified and their presence requested for the questioning of suspected students. Unless circumstances dictate otherwise, questioning of the student shall not begin or continue until the law enforcement officers arrive. Reasonable attempts shall be made to contact a student's parents, guardian or representative who, unless an emergency exists, shall be given the opportunity to confer with the student and to be present with the student during such questioning. The administrator shall document the contact or attempted contact with the student's parents, guardian or representative. The law enforcement officers may wish to advise the student of his/her legal rights.
II. Taking a Student into Custody
A. Students may not be released to law enforcement authorities voluntarily by school officials unless the student has been placed under arrest or unless the parent, guardian or representative and the student agrees to the release. Administrators shall make reasonable objections to law enforcement authorities who attempt to remove students from school without placing them under arrest or without the acquiescence of the parent, guardian or representative and the student. When students are removed from school for any reason by law enforcement authorities, reasonable efforts will be made to contact the student's parents, guardian or representative immediately. Such effort shall be documented. The superintendent's office shall be notified immediately of any removal of a student from school by law enforcement officers under any circumstances.
B. Where it is necessary to take a student into custody on school premises, and the time permits, the law enforcement officer shall be requested to contact the school principal/designee and relate the circumstances necessitating such action. When possible, the principal/designee shall have the student summoned to the principal's office where the student may be taken into custody.
C. When an emergency exists, the school principal/designee may summon law enforcement officials to the school to take a student into custody.
D. When a student has been taken into custody or arrested on school premises without prior notification to the principal/designee, the school staff present shall encourage the law enforcement officers to notify the principal/designee of the circumstances as quickly as possible. In the event that the officers decline to notify the principal/designee, the school staff members present shall immediately notify the principal/designee.
E. If possible, parents, guardian or representative of the student shall be notified by the principal or other school administrator before the student is taken into custody by law enforcement officers or as quickly thereafter as can be accomplished. The administrator shall document such notification or attempted notification.
III. Disturbance of School Environment
A. Law enforcement officers may be requested to assist in controlling disturbances of the school environment which the principal or other school administrator has found to be unmanageable by school personnel or has the potential of causing harm to students and other persons or to property. Such potential of possible harm includes members of the general public who have exhibited inappropriate or illegal conduct on school premises or at a school event held on school property and who have been requested to leave by an administrator, but have refused or failed to do so.
IV. Disseminating and Reviewing Policies
A. This policy shall regularly be disseminated to staff members. School staff members shall be apprised of the contents of these provisions as they are updated, and at least annually.
B. School administrators are encouraged to meet at least annually with local law enforcement officials to discuss the district's policy and rules regarding law enforcement contacts with the district. Law enforcement officials will be asked to instruct their staffs as to the terms of the school's policy and rules.
(August 19, 2019)
502.13 - Physical Restraint and Corporal Punishment
502.13 - Physical Restraint and Corporal PunishmentThe South Tama County Community School District prohibits the use of corporal punishment as a form of student discipline. An employee shall not inflict, or cause to be inflicted, corporal punishment upon a student. For purposes of this section, “corporal punishment” means the intentional physical punishment of a student. An employee’s physical contact with the body of a student shall not be considered corporal punishment if it is reasonable and necessary under the circumstances and is not designed or intended to cause pain or as otherwise supported by law.
There are occasions when an employee needs to use physical restraint of a student to protect the student, others, or property from harm. An employee is permitted to:
- Use reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:
- To quell a disturbance or prevent an at that threatens physical harm to any person.
- To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a student’s control
- For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa law.
- For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa law.
- To remove a disruptive student from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises
- To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.
- To protect the safety of others.
- Use incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.
Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation. The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force of a student as outlined in this policy:
- The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;
- The nature of the student’s behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;
- The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;
- The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any;
- The motivation of the school employee using physical force.
Upon request, the student’s parents are provided the explanation of the reasons and documentation related to the use of physical force.
(January 16, 1989; May 17, 1999, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
502.13 E1 - Physical Restraint or Physical Confinement Documentation
502.13 E1 - Physical Restraint or Physical Confinement DocumentationStudent Name: Date of Occurrence: ___________________
Building of Attendance: __________________ Time of Occurrence: _________________
IEP? (check one) Yes ______ No ______ Duration of Occurrence: _______________
Name of staff members involved:
Describe the actions of the student and employees involved before the occurrence:
Describe the actions of the student and the employees involved during the occurrence:
Describe the actions of the student and the employees involved after the occurrence:
Describe student and staff debriefing:
Describe alternatives to physical restraint or physical confinement and detention attempted before the occurrence:
Describe any injuries to the student, employees or others, and any property damage:
Describe future approaches to the student’s behavior (including possible IEP meetings to address behavior concerns):
If the occurrence involved a period of physical confinement and detention that exceeded the shorter of 60 minutes or the school’s typical class period, the name of the administrator or designee who authorized any additional period of physical confinement and detention:
Student’s Parent or Guardian Contacted by:
Date: Time: Method:
If the parent or guardian is not contacted on the same day of occurrence, describe attempts to notify the parent or guardian that day:
Date that a copy of this documentation was provided to the parent or guardian (must be within 3 school days of the occurrence):
Documentation provided (check one):
By mail (postmarked within 3 school days of occurrence): _____
By electronic mail upon written request of parent/guardian: _____
By facsimile transmission upon written request of parent/guardian: ____
503.00 - Student Attendance
503.00 - Student Attendance dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 05/29/2020 - 12:40503.01 - Student Conduct
503.01 - Student ConductThe board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises. Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.
Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.
Students who fail to abide by this policy, and the administrative regulations supporting it, may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere. Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.
Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office. It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.
Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes. The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day. Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal, disciplining the student.
In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision. An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.
Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law. A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.
Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded. The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty. Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.
Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.
This policy is not intended to address the use of therapeutic classrooms or seclusion rooms for students.
Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference: Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975). Brands v. Sheldon Community School District, 671 F. Supp. 627 (N.D. Iowa 1987). Sims v. Colfax Comm. School Dist., 307 F. Supp. 485 (Iowa 1970). Bunger v. Iowa High School Athletic Assn., 197 N.W.2d 555 (Iowa 1972). Board of Directors of Ind. School Dist. of Waterloo v. Green, 259 Iowa 1260, 147
N.W.2d 854 (1967). Iowa Code §§ 279.8;282.3, 282.4, 282.5; 708.1. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6)
Approved: December 4, 2023, August 26, 2024
Reviewed: April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; December 4, 2023; August 26, 2024
Revised: December 4, 2023; August 26, 2024
503.01 R1 - Student Conduct - Regulation
503.01 R1 - Student Conduct - RegulationAdministrative Action
A. Probation
1. Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time. Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
2. The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation. The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond. Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.
B. In-School Suspension
1. In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules, which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
2. The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension. The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond. In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days. Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student's parents.
C. Out-of-School Suspension
1. Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.
2. A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school. The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:
a. Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student, and
b. The opportunity to respond to those charges.
At the principal's discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.
3. Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student's parents and the superintendent. A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student's parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact. Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.
D. Suspensions and Special Education Students
1. Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student's Individual Education Program (IEP). The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.
2. Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student's suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.
Iowa Code § 279.8; § 282.3; § 282.4; § 282.5; § 708.1
Approved: December 4, 2023; August 26, 2024
Reviewed: December 4, 2023; August 26, 2024
Revised: December 4, 2023; August 26, 2024
503.02 - Expulsion
503.02 - ExpulsionOnly the board may remove a student from the school environment for more than ten (10) consecutive school days.
Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law. It is within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.
It is within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes. Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student. The principal will keep records of expulsions in addition to the board's records.
When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student is provided with:
1. Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion;
2. The names of the witnesses and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the superintendent;
3. An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student's behalf;
4. The right to be represented by counsel; and
5. The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student's inspection.
In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures. A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct. A staffing team should determine whether the student's behavior is caused by the student's disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement. Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.
If the special education student's conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district's expulsion hearing procedures. If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.
Legal Reference: Goss v. Lopez, 419 U.S. 565 (1975). Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975). Southeast Warren Comm. School District v. Dept. of Public Instruction, 285
N.W.2d 173 (Iowa 1979). Iowa Code §§ 21.5; 282.3, .4, .5. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(6).
Approved: December 4, 2023: August 26, 2024
Reviewed: April 6, 1981; January 19, 1987; January 16, 1989; November 17, 1997, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; December 4, 2023; August 26, 2024
Revised: December 4, 2023; August 26, 2024
503.03 - Fines, Fees, and Charges
503.03 - Fines, Fees, and ChargesThe board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others. Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property.
The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually. Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent. It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.7(20); 279.8; 280.10, .11; 282.6; 285.1; 301.1. 281 I.A.C. 18.2.
Approved: November 20, 2023
Reviewed: July 15, 1996; May 20, 1996, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; November 20, 2023
Revised: November 20, 2023
503.07 - Student Disclosure of Identity
503.07 - Student Disclosure of IdentityIt is the goal of the district to provide a safe and supportive educational environment in which all students may learn. As part of creating that safe educational environment, no employee of the district will provide false or misleading information to the parent/guardian of a student regarding that student’s gender identity or intention to transition to a gender that is different from their birth certificate or certificate issued upon adoption.
If a student makes a request to a licensed employee to accommodate a gender identity, name, or pronoun that is different from what was assigned to the student in the student’s registration forms or records, the licensed employee is required by Iowa law to report the request to an administrator. The school administrator receiving the report is required by Iowa law to report the request to the student’s parent/guardian. This requirement also applies to all nicknames.
To maintain compliance with Iowa law and also provide efficiency in the reporting requirements listed above, the Superintendent will provide the opportunity for parents and guardians to list in the student’s registration paperwork any and all nicknames used for students.
Approved: September 18, 2023
Reviewed: September 18, 2023
Revised: September 18, 2023
503.07 E1- Report Of Student Disclosure Of Identity
503.07 E1- Report Of Student Disclosure Of IdentityDear (Parent/Guardian) _________________,
This letter is to inform you that your student (student’s name listed on registration) ________________
has made a request of a licensed employee to (check all that apply):
______ make an accommodation that is intended to affirm the student’s gender identity as follows:
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
______ use a name, pronoun or gender identity that is different from the name, pronoun and/or gender
identity listed on the student’s school registration forms. The name, pronoun, or gender identity
requested is _________________________________________________________________________.
If you would like to amend the student’s registration paperwork to permit the student’s requested
accommodation and/or include the use of the above-referenced name/pronoun/gender identity, please
complete the attached form and return it to the district administration office.
Sincerely,
____________________________________________ __________________
Administrator Date
Approved: September 18, 2023
Reviewed: September 18, 2023
Revised: September 18, 2023
503.07 E2 - Request To Update Student Identity
503.07 E2 - Request To Update Student Identity__________________________________________________ __________________
(Student’s current name on registration) (Student ID)
Please update my student’s names, pronouns, and/or gender identities on my student’s registration paperwork to include all of the following:
__________________________________________________________________________________
(Names)
__________________________________________________________________________________
(Pronouns)
__________________________________________________________________________________
(Gender identities)
__________________________________ __________________
Parent/Guardian Date
Approved: September 18, 2023
Reviewed: September 18, 2023
Revised: September 18, 2023
503.08 Discipline Policy
503.08 Discipline Policy
503.08 Discipline Policy
Discipline is designed to promote behavior that will enable students to learn and successfully participate in their educational and social environments. The district discipline policy for students who make a threat of violence or commit an act of violence is developed to help students understand their obligations to others in the school setting, secure the safety of all students, staff and the community, and to correct student behavior if a violation occurs (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 1).
Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting their age, grade level, and maturity, and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and tailored to the age, grade level and maturity of the student.
Discipline and other responses to threats or incidents of violence by a student with a disability, including removal from a class, placement in a therapeutic classroom, suspensions, and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws including, but not limited to, the IDEA, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and the Americans with Disabilities Act (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 3).
District Response to a Threat or Incident of Violence by a Student
Reporting a Threat of Violence or Incidence of Violence
In the case of any threat of violence or incident of violence that results in injury, property damage or assault by a student, the teacher will report to the school principal or lead administrator within 24 hours of the incident. The principal or lead administrator will notify the parent or guardian of the student(s) who threatened or perpetrated an act of violence and the student(s) who the threatened or perpetrated act of violence was made against within 24 hours after receipt of the teacher’s report and complete an investigation of the incident as soon as possible. The classroom teacher may also notify the parent or guardian of the student who made the threat or caused the incident, and the parent or guardian of the student against whom the threat or incident was directed (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 4).
An investigation will be initiated by the principal or lead administrator upon learning of an incident of violence or threat of violence through any credible means. If the principal or lead administrator finds that an incident of violence or threat of violence did occur, the administrator will determine the level of threat or incident by considering all aspects of the situation, including the student's intent and knowledge of the impact of their actions, their developmental level and context of the incident. The resolution will focus on identifying the cause behind the behavior and appropriate corrective action (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsections 1 and 4).
A student who makes a threat of violence, causes an incident of violence that results in injury or property damage, or who commits an assault, will be subject to escalating levels of discipline for each occurrence. When appropriate, referrals will be made to local law enforcement. The district retains the authority to assign the level of disciplinary measures appropriate to the severity of the threat of violence or incident of violence (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 5).
Threat of Violence
Threat of violence means a written, verbal, electronic or behavioral message that either explicitly or implicitly expresses an intention to inflict emotional or physical injury, property damage, or assault.
Incident of Violence
Incident of violence means the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, a group or community or property resulting in injury, property damage or assault. Incidents of violence are also referred to as physical aggression with injury or physical aggression without injury.
Injury
Injury means “physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition.” State v. McKee, 312 N.W.2d 907, 913 (Iowa 1981).
Property Damage
Property damage means any destruction, damage, impairment or alteration of property to which the individual does not have a right to take such an action. Property means real property, which includes any real estate, building, or fixture attached to a building or structure, and personal property, which includes intangible property (Iowa Code section 4.1(21)).
Assault
Assault means when, without justification, a student does any of the following:
An act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.
The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace (Following Iowa Code section 708.1).
Grades PK-2
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Responses may include any of the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; and/or o Temporary removal from class. • Unless the first offense is unusually serious, the administrator will avoid permanent removal from a class. |
Level 2 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Responses to the incident may include the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; o Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary or permanent removal from class; o In-school suspension; o Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or o Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate. |
Level 3 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Responses to an incident may include the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s). o Detention; o Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary or permanent removal from class; o In-school suspension; o Out-of-school suspension; o Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; o Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or o Recommendation for expulsion. |
Grades 3-4
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Responses to an incident may include the following: o Parent or guardian conference that may include the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; and/or o Temporary removal from class. • Unless the first offense is unusually serious, the administrator will avoid permanent removal from a class. |
Level 2 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Response to an incident may include, but are not limited to, the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate, with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; o Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary or permanent removal from class; o In-school suspension; o Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or o Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate. |
Level 3 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Response to an incident may include the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; o Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary or permanent removal from class; o In-school suspension; o Out-of-school suspension; o Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or o Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or o Recommendation for expulsion. |
Grades 5-8
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Responses to an incident may include the following: o Parent or guardian conference that may include the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; and/or o Temporary removal from class. |
Level 2 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Responses to an incident may include, but are not limited to, the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; o Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary or permanent removal from class; o In-school suspension; o Out-of-school suspension; o Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or o Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate. |
Level 3 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Response to an incident may include the following: o Parent or guardian conference that may include the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; o Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary or permanent removal from class; o In-school suspension; o Out-of-school suspension; o Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; o Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or o Recommendation for expulsion. |
Grades 9-12
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Responses to an incident may include, but are not limited to, the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; o Temporary removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary removal from class; o In-school suspension; and/or o Suspension of transportation, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle. |
Level 2 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Response to an incident may include the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; o Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary or permanent removal from class; o In-school suspension; o Out-of-school suspension; o Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; and/or o Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate. |
Level 3 |
• Requires parent or guardian notification. • Review of response to prior offense, if applicable, to inform increased level of response. • Requires individualized educational program (IEP) meeting, if the student has an IEP. • Response to an incident may include the following: o Parent or guardian conference that includes the student, when appropriate; o When appropriate and with written parent/guardian consent, counseling, and/or mental health counseling subject to available resources of the district; o Behavior intervention student agreement coupled with another response(s); o Restitution or opportunities to repair relationships coupled with another response(s); o Detention; o Temporary or permanent removal from extracurricular activities; o Temporary or permanent removal from class; o In-school suspension; o Out-of-school suspension; o Suspension of transportation privileges, if misconduct occurred in a school vehicle; o Placement in an alternative learning environment, including a therapeutic classroom, when appropriate; and/or o Recommendation for expulsion. |
Definitions (consistent with the Department’s Data Dictionary 2022-23)
Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes. The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day or on a non-school day. Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal disciplining the student.
Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.
In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision. An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.
Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law. A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.
Placement in an alternate learning environment means placement of a student in an environment established apart from the regular educational program that includes rules, staff and resources designed to accommodate student needs and to provide a comprehensive education consistent with the student learning goals and content standards established by the school district.
Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office. It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.
Supporting documents:
***This is the model policy published by the Iowa Department of Education, which all districts are required to adopt as a result of HF 604 passed in 2023.
Approved: January 15, 2024, August 26, 2024
Reviewed: January 15, 2024
Revised: January 15, 2024
503.08 R1 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause
503.08 R1 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause503.08 R1 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause
Incidents of Violence - Student Threats of violence and Incidents of Violence
Effective student discipline policies serve the needs of the District in maintaining the order of the education environment while safeguarding the education interests of all students. For this reason, it is crucial to engage many perspectives in crafting sound policies related to discipline. The board, in conjunction with teachers and administrators in the District, have assigned further meaning to concepts listed in this policy.
Incident Levels Defined
Incident levels must escalate, with Level 1 being less severe than Level 3 incidents. However, the District maintains discretion in applying the level of discipline appropriate for an incident. In making this determination, the administration will consider the following definitions of incident levels. Because no definition could encompass all possible threats or incidents, the administration has discretion in determining which level to assign the incident after looking at the nature of the incident as well as the age, grade level, and maturity of the student.
Level 1 Defined: A relatively minor threat of violence or a minor incident of violence involving a student. These incidents are typically characterized by low severity, minimal harm or intent, and a low likelihood of causing significant disruption or harm to others. Level 1 incidents may include verbal threats, minor altercations, or non-serious incidents that do not pose an immediate danger to others.
Level 2 Defined: A moderate threat of violence or a moderate incident of violence involving a student. These incidents are more serious than Level 1 and may involve intent to cause harm, although the harm caused is still limited in scope. Level 2 incidents could include physical fights with minor injuries, serious verbal threats, or behaviors that significantly disrupt the school environment and/or school day. Students who have previously been involved in a ‘Level 1’ event may escalate to a ‘Level 2’.
Level 3 Defined: A severe threat of violence or a serious incident of violence involving a student. These incidents are highly concerning and pose a significant risk to the safety and well-being of others and/or create a substantial disruption in the school community and community and/or school day. Level 3 incidents may include physical assaults causing substantial harm, credible threats of serious violence, or incidents involving weapons. Students involved in a ‘Level 2’ event may escalate to a ‘Level 3’.
Timeframe for Determining Repeated Incidents
The District will consider all incidents occurring within a given school year as sufficiently close in proximity between incidents to establish that a repeated incident has occurred. The rationale for establishing this timeframe will assist in providing clarity to the situation, for planning and coordinating a future plan, to plan for potential resource allocation, for administrative accountability, to assist in managing future risks, for historical analysis and to enhance overall communication efforts and to strengthen the decision making process. The administration will have the discretion to alter this time frame when appropriate under the circumstances, depending on the nature of the incident as well as the age, grade level and maturity of the student.
Considerations for Determining the Maturity of the Student
The District believes that gauging the maturity of a student is subject to interpretation and best left to the licensed employees who interact most closely with the student on a regular basis. Assessing a student’s maturity level is based on individual characteristics unique to each student. Therefore, in making a determination about the maturity of a student, the administration may consult with the student’s classroom teacher and other relevant licensed staff. The administration will consider the following factors in determining the maturity of the student:
-
The history of how this student handles their emotions.
-
The history of how this student has handled and managed responsibility.
-
The history of how this student has self-regulated their behavior.
-
The history of how this student has been a productive decision maker.
-
The history of how this student has interacted with other peers and adults.
-
The history of how this student has managed their time and productivity effectively.
Considerations for Determining Whether the Off-Campus Threat of Violence or Incident of Violence Will Directly Affect the Good Order, Efficient Management and Welfare of the School District
The District recognizes that students maintain First Amendment rights to free expression both within school and outside. However, free speech protections are not absolute and do not extend to true threats of violence toward an individual or a group of individuals. In considering whether a threat or incident of violence will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district necessitating the need for investigation, the administration will consider, among other things, the following factors:
-
The specificity of the threat for time, location or individual(s) targeted;
-
The reasonable likelihood of the student’s ability to carry out the threat;
-
The reasonable likelihood that the threat will interfere with the operation of the educational environment.
In addition to the notification requirements in policy, the administration will apprise the parents or guardians of any student who suffered violence or a threat of violence, of the rights to file complaints under any other relevant board policies including but not limited to anti-bullying/anti-harassment and Title IX.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §279.79
Cross Reference: 502 Student Rights and Responsibilities
503 Student Discipline
Approved: February 5, 2024; August 26, 2024
Reviewed: February 5, 2024
Revised: February 5, 2024
503.09 - Student Use of Personal Electronic Devices
503.09 - Student Use of Personal Electronic DevicesIn order to promote the best educational experience, students should feel connected to their educational environment and to others in the school community. Building meaningful connections can occur in a variety of ways. Technology has advanced peoples' ability to connect with one another across a variety of virtual platforms, and when used appropriately, adds value to the learning environment. However, it is vital to the developmental health and growth of students that the district provides opportunities for students to connect with peers and other members of their school community in-person whenever possible. In-person learning and interactions teach vital life and social skills that students will need for their continued success in the community.
For this reason, student use of personal electronic devices during instructional time is prohibited. The definition of personal electronic devices includes cell phones, headphones and other Bluetooth devices. Students have access to district-owned electronic devices as appropriate for the instructional needs of the learning environment and authorized by the classroom teacher. Personal electronic devices means any device that is capable of electronically communicating, sending, receiving, storing, recording, reproducing and/or displaying information and data. Students may wear smart or electronic watches but may not use any communication applications or features that are prohibited from use on other electronic devices and all notifications must be turned off.
Personal electronic devices that have been specifically authorized under a current individual education plan (IEP), a Section 504 plan, or an Individual Health Plan (IHP) are exempt from this policy. For purposes of this policy, instructional time is defined as the time from the beginning of class bell through the end of class bell. It does not include passing, lunch and/or recess periods.
Students who choose to use personal electronic devices outside instructional time but while on school property, at school-sponsored events, or in a manner that may impact the educational environment must use these devices in accordance with all applicable laws and board policies. Students who violate this policy may face disciplinary consequences. The Superintendent, in conjunction with building level administration, will develop administrative regulations in accordance with this policy.
Legal References:
16 C.F.R. 312
34 C.F.R. pt. 99
47 C.F.R. 54.520
Iowa Code 279.8
Approved: October 28, 2024
Reviewed: October 20, 1997: March 15, 2010; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; October 28, 2024
Revised: October 28, 2024
503.09 R1 - Student Use of Personal Electronic Devices - Regulation
503.09 R1 - Student Use of Personal Electronic Devices - RegulationThe district is committed to providing an inclusive educational environment for students and families. It is valuable for students' educational experience for families to engage in and support their students' educational experience. As part of this commitment, the district will take steps to create opportunities for students to engage in peer-to-peer activities, and ensure that student use of personal electronic devices does not occur during instructional time.
Every district staff member is empowered to assist in the enforcement of this policy and regulation as appropriate. To avoid distraction during instructional time, personal electronic devices must be silenced or turned off and not visible. Students may store their personal electronic devices in their backpacks, unless otherwise instructed. Staff members may establish classroom rules or protocols for placement of personal electronic devices during instructional times consistent with this regulation. If a student is observed using a personal electronic device during instructional time, the employee who observed the student behavior will notify building administration, who will require the student to turn in the device for safekeeping until the end of the school day. The device will be secured in the building's front office. The district, however, is not responsible for the loss, theft, or destruction of personal electronic devices brought onto school, or district property, or while the student is attending district or school-sponsored events.
For a student's first violation of this policy, the student may pick up the device at the end of the school day and the student's parent/guardian will be notified. For subsequent violations of this policy, the device will be released to the student's parent/guardian following a meeting with the student and the student's parent/guardian to create a plan to avoid further violations. If a student in violation of this policy refuses to turn over their device, they may be sent home for the remainder of the school day. Repeated violations of this policy may result in additional disciplinary consequences for students in accordance with board policy.
I.C. Iowa Code References Description
Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: October 28, 2024
Reviewed: October 28, 2024
Revised: October 28, 2024
504.00 - Student Activities
504.00 - Student Activities dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 05/29/2020 - 12:48504.01 - Student Organizations and Student Government
504.01 - Student Organizations and Student GovernmentStudent organizations or student government may be formed within any building of the District by working with the building principal. The purpose of such student groups is to enhance communication between the students and professional staff, enhance school spirit and expand opportunities for enrichment experiences for students.
The board shall approve any student organizations and student government. The superintendent shall determine qualifications and regulations for student groups and make recommendations to the board for groups seeking approval. Regulations and policies for student groups shall always remain the province of the board and administration.
Each student group shall be directed or guided by a certified school employee. Funds collected by any student group shall be deposited in the student activity fund at the earliest opportunity, and shall be controlled similarly to other school funds.
(April 6, 1981, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.02 - Student Publications
504.02 - Student PublicationsStudents may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal. Official school publications include material produced in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.
Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy. The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.
Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law. A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.
Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication may follow the student complaint process. Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted may follow the student complaint process.
The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code. This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions. The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.
(August 19, 2019)
504.02 R1 - Student Publications Code
504.02 R1 - Student Publications CodeExcept as limited by law and by school policy and regulations, the students of the South Tama County School District are protected in their exercise of freedom of expression in official school publications. “Official school publications” means material produced by students in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, publications, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.
It is the policy of the South Tama Community School District that all official school publications shall be free from prior restraint by school officials except that – students shall not express, publish, or distribute any of the following:
A. Materials which are obscene.
B. Materials which are libelous or slanderous under Chapter 659 of the Code of Iowa.
C. Materials which encourage students to do any of the following:
- Commit unlawful acts.
- Violate lawful school regulations.
- Cause the materials and substantial disruption of the orderly operation of the school.
Student editors of official school publications shall assign and edit the news, editorial, and feature contents of their publications subject to the limitation of this policy. Faculty advisors of students producing official school publications shall supervise the production of the students to maintain professional standards of English and journalism, and to comply with Iowa law. Students and faculty publication advisors shall be responsible for the content of official student publications. They shall be guided in their judgment by the Iowa Code and by ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism and education. Attention should be paid to the standards of the community.
Student expression in official school publications is not an expression of school policy. Public school districts and employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students, unless the school employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student’s speech or expression, and then only to the extent of the interference or alteration of that speech or expression.
It is the policy to encourage the resolution of complaints from anyone who feels aggrieved by student expression in official school publications by having individuals follow the student complaint process outlined in board policy. The same route of appeal is provided for a student who feels aggrieved by the actions involved in writing or creating the school publication.
Official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises. Distribution in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to commit unlawful acts; violate school rules; cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; disrupt or interfere with the education program; interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or infringe on the rights of others.
(February 17, 1992, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.03 - Freedom of Expression
504.03 - Freedom of ExpressionStudent expression, other than student expression in student-produced official school publications, made on the school district premises or under the jurisdiction of the school district or as part of a school-sponsored activity may be attributed to the school district; therefore, student expression must be responsible. Student expression must be appropriate to assure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.
Students will be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions as long as the expression is responsible. The expression will not, in the judgment of the administration, encourage the breaking of laws, defame others, be obscene or indecent, or cause a material and substantial disruption to the educational program. The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students’ speech furthers an educational purpose. Further, the expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district.
Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures. Employees are responsible for insuring students’ expression is in keeping with this policy.
(April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.04 - Student Activities
504.04 - Student ActivitiesThe Board believes school activities promote additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetime. School activities may also contribute to the students’ mental and physical growth as well as provide interaction in group activities. Participation in school activities is a privilege, and students should have an opportunity to participate in and reap the benefits of them.
All student activities affiliated with the school must be under the direction of school personnel. Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless they involve unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action. The events must not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.
Every student shall be encouraged to participate in at least one school-sponsored activity or contest. Any eligible student may elect to participate in the extra-curricular activities of the student’s choice. No coercion shall be used to force a student to participate in an activity. A student shall not be required to participate in one activity in order to be eligible to participate in another activity.
Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons, including behavioral and academic ineligibility. All students will have a comparable opportunity to participate in student activities. However, comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other’s athletic teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities.
Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity. No student shall participate in an athletic practice or contest without filing a doctor’s certificate of good health.
A student participating in interscholastic athletics shall provide evidence of suitable accident insurance, with medical and hospital benefits, before he/she begins practice. The school will make available to each student an insurance program via an insurance company licensed to provide insurance coverage in Iowa. Student participation in this program is voluntary. However, a student who participates in interscholastic athletics shall be adequately insured. Failure of an athlete to carry school insurance will require a written statement signed by guardian or parent relieving the school district of any and all responsibility due to an injury or death as a direct consequence of interscholastic athletics. Athlete, as defined here, means all students who participate in interscholastic athletics.
(December 21, 1987, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.05 - Student Performances
504.05 - Student PerformancesStudents, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program. Performance at such events is a privilege.
Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day. Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.
Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school district operations. The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.
In determining whether to approve a student performance, the superintendent shall consider the following guidelines:
- Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;
- All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and,
- Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.
It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students. Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent are the responsibility of the parent and the student.
(August 19, 2019)
504.05: Student Fund Raising
504.05: Student Fund Raising rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 09/20/2022 - 09:37504.06 - Student Social Events
504.06 - Student Social EventsStudents may participate in social events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program. Attendance at such events is a privilege.
All social events shall be under the control and supervision of school personnel. Approval for an event shall be secured from the principal of the building involved before making any public announcement. Hours, behavior, and activities related to social events shall be reasonable and proper as determined by the administration. Only those persons who can be expected to recognize the authority and responsibility of the school personnel shall be permitted to attend social functions. The school retains the right to require anyone to leave for inappropriate or unacceptable behavior.
(April 6, 1981, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.07 - Family Night
504.07 - Family NightThe Board’s belief is that students need a night during the week that is set aside as family night. During the school year, September 1st to June 1st, Wednesday night shall be set aside as family night.
School district employees shall not plan, organize or sponsor activities that involve students after 6:00 P.M. on family night. Exceptions to this practice are limited to the following:
- Varsity football practice will be extended to 6:30. If any varsity football player needs to ride the bus, he will be excused by 6:00 p.m.
- Activities that are planned or organized by a control board such as the Girls or Boys Athletic Union are exempt from this restriction. The policy is also waived when students are on an overnight activity approved by the Board of Education.
(March 20, 1989; December 16, 1991, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.08 - Student Travel - Excursions and Overnight Trip
504.08 - Student Travel - Excursions and Overnight TripWhile trips of an educational nature are desirable, it is suggested that trips involving the loss of school time be avoided, unless equal results cannot be achieved by scheduling the trip during vacation or summer.
Excursion trips should be defined as a trip by a school club, class or organization that is educationally justified. Excursion trips that extend beyond the normal school day, but would not involve overnight lodging, shall be authorized at the discretion of the principal. Overnight trips involving students of the South Tama County Community Schools are subject to the following procedures and guidelines:
- Except in unusual circumstances, each overnight trip must be approved through channels by the Board of Education in advance. For routine (as defined below) overnight trips in cases where time is a factor approval may be granted by the Superintendent and must be presented to the Board at the next regular board meeting. To assure timely approval, the approval process should be initiated well in advance so that all channels can be approached and the regular Board meeting pattern is observed. Insufficient time to process requests may cause otherwise meritorious requests to be turned down. Requests for approval are to be channeled as follows:
- Complete a formal request and gain approval from the Building Principal (forms may be developed for trips that are not part of the perennial state series of competitions). Requests should identify the grade, class, or club organization which must appropriately identify the group. The number of students should be specified and the trip itinerary shall be completed.
- Following Principal approval, submit the request to the Activity Director (reminder that fund raising activities for trips and other purposes are to have advanced Activity Director approval).
- The Activity Director will submit formal request to the Board for approval or may authorize the sponsor/coach to submit the request. Such requests are to be made through the Superintendent.
- Board action on perennial requests such as state series competition will normally be acted upon in the meeting in which presented. Other requests will usually be discussed at one Board meeting and voted for approval at the next regular meeting.
- All trips known or reasonably anticipated for the school year should be submitted to the Board during the September or October Board meetings. This includes all the possible state competitions that might involve over-night stays during the year.
- Federal law requires that any trip involving school transportation out-of-state must have an identifiable educational purpose.
- Use of school vehicles requires an adult, non-student, driver subject to administrative approval. Strong preference is that the driver(s) be regular school employees.
- A partial listing of criteria for approval of overnight trips includes:
- Trips which are in-state have priority over out-of-state trips.
- Routine Activities are Activities sanctioned by the state activities organizations or regents or mainstream collegiate organizations, and have a preference over other activities when part of the state series.
- A Non-Routine Activities request should include a written statement of:
- Educational purpose(s) or goals, benefits, an/or expectations.
- School equipment or transportation requested (out of pocket expenses will be an activity cost).
- Preparatory or follow-up activities that are planned.
- Method of financing the trip.
- Method of selecting participants.
- Number and tentative identification of adult sponsors.
- Itinerary.
- Activities which significantly provide monetary or other rewards for the coach/sponsor(s) will be discouraged.
- Trips which are inclusive for all members of an identifiable group (team, club, band, etc.) are favored over those which exclude members.
- Equitable access based upon clearly publicized criteria for exclusion is desired.
- High cost activities and activities for which lack of financing is a reason for exclusion are discouraged.
- Regular trips in the “field trip” category are discouraged as overnight trips.
- Normally Non-Routine trips are not to cause students to miss school for more than one day.
(June, 1986; November 17, 1997; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.09 - Student Honors and Awards
504.09 - Student Honors and AwardsThe school district will provide a program that establishes honors and awards including, but not limited to, academic letters, scholarships and good citizenship awards for students to assist students in setting goals. Students are made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them.
Any regularly enrolled student may be considered for honors or awards awarded by the school. Qualifications for such awards shall be established by professional school personnel who have been delegated the responsibility by the superintendent or the building principal. The superintendent or the building principal shall publish the systems by which awards are determined.
(April 6, 1981, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.10 - Commencement
504.10 - CommencementStudents who have successfully completed high school shall be granted diplomas. If a student desires to be excused from graduation activities, he/she may make application to the high school principal stating the reasons. Students may be prohibited from attending graduation ceremonies as a matter of discipline or failure to comply with school rules.
(April 6, 1981; June 15, 1992, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
504.11 - Student or Class Gifts
504.11 - Student or Class GiftsStudent groups may make expenditures for gifts to the district upon securing the recommendation of the building principal and the approval of the superintendent. Gifts may be accepted and acknowledged by the superintendent or his designated representative acting for the board.
(April 6, 1981; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.00 - Student Information
505.00 - Student Information dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 05/29/2020 - 14:07505.01 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences
505.01 - Student Progress Reports and ConferencesThe Board of Directors recognizes the importance of in-service education for administrators. The Board of Directors encourages administrators to attend professional meetings which will relate significantly to the general educational philosophy of the school system.
All requests to attend in-service programs must be approved by the Superintendent. Attendance limitations may be established based on budget allocation and the relevance of the program agenda as it pertains to the local educational objectives.
The superintendent is encouraged to attend an average of one general national convention each year as well as state and regional meetings. Other district administrators are encouraged to attend, with superintendent approval, state and regional meetings and approximately one general national convention every other year.
(December 17, 1979; August 21, 1989; June 15, 1992; September 20, 2010; July 9, 2012, June 20, 2016; April 23, 2019)
505.01 E1 - Student Records Checklist
505.01 E1 - Student Records ChecklistSubpoena or Judicial Order (Lawfully Issued)
- No Parent Signature Required
- Parent Notify in Advance
Student Financial Aid (Written Request)
- No Parent Signature Required
School or Staff in Same School System (No Written Request Necessary)
- No Parent Signature Required
Other School System Where Student Plans to Enroll (506.01E2)
- Copy to Parent Upon Request
- User Must Submit Written Request*
- No Parent Signature Required
- Parent Notify of Release
- Request Made Part of Student Records
United States Comptroller General (506.01E2)
- User Must Submit Written Request*
- No Parent Signature Required
- Request Made Part of Student Records
Department of Health Education & Welfare Secretary (506.01E2)
- User Must Submit Written Request*
- No Parent Signature Required
- Request Made Part of Student Records
National Institute of Education (506.01E2)
- User Must Submit Written Request*
- No Parent Signature Required
- Request Made Part of Student Records
Iowa Department of Education Official (506.01E2)
- User Must Submit Written Request*
- No Parent Signature Required
- Request Made Part of Student Records
Parent Inspection of Student Educational Records (506.01E5)
- Copy to Parent Upon Request
- Parent Signature Required**
Parent Request for Hearing to Challenge Record (506.01E4)
- Parent Signature Required**
- Scheduled Hearing Followed By Written Decision to Parent
Parent Authorization for School to Release Information (506.01E3)
- Copy to Parent Upon Request
- Parent Signature Required**
Notification of Transfer of Student Records (506.01E6)
- Copy to Parent Upon Request
- No Parent Signature Required
*Such written request is available for inspection by the parents or student and the school official responsible for record maintenance.
**When a student has attained the age of 18 years or is attending an institution of post-secondary education, the permission or consent required of the rights accorded the parent of the student will thereafter be required of and accorded only to the student.
505.01 E2 - Request of Non-Parent for Examination or Copies of Student Records
505.01 E2 - Request of Non-Parent for Examination or Copies of Student RecordsThe undersigned hereby requests permission to examine the South Tama County Community School District’s official student records of
(Legal Name of Student) (Date of Birth)
The undersigned requests copies of the following official student records of the above student:
The undersigned certifies that they are (check one):
(a) An official of another school system in which the student intends to enroll. ( )
(b) An authorized representative of the Comptroller General of the United States. ( )
(c) An authorized representative of the Secretary of the U.S. Department of ( )
Education or U.S. Attorney General.
(d) An administrative head of an educational agency as defined in Section 408 ( )
of the Education Amendments of 1974.
(e) An official of the Iowa Department of Education ( )
(f) A person connected with the student’s application for, or receipt of, financial ( )
aid (SPECIFY DETAILS ABOVE)
The undersigned agrees that the information obtained will only be re-disclosed consistent with the state or federal law without the written permission of the parents of the student, or the student if the student is of majority age.
(Signature)
(Title)
(Agency)
Date:
Address:
APPROVED:
Signature: City:
Title: State: Zip:
Dated: Phone Number:
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.01 E5 - Request of Parent for Examination or Copies of Student Records
505.01 E5 - Request of Parent for Examination or Copies of Student RecordsTo: Address:
Board Secretary (Custodian)
The undersigned desires to examine the following official education needs:
of ,
(Full Legal Name of Student) (Date of Birth) (Grade)
(Name of School)
My relationship to the student is:
(check one)
I do
I do not
desire a copy of such records. I understand that a reasonable charge may be made for the
copies.
Signature Parent’s Signature
Title Date
Date Address
City
State Zip Code
Phone Number
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.01 E6 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records
505.01 E6 - Notification of Transfer of Student RecordsTo: Date: Parent/or Guardian
Street Address:
City/State: Zip:
Please be notified that copies of the
Community School District’s official student records concerning
(full legal name of student) have been transferred to:
School District Name Address
upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.
If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here ______ and return
this form to the undersigned. A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.
If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in
violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing
to challenge the contents of such records.
Name
Title
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.01 E7 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena
505.01 E7 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a SubpoenaDate
Dear (Parent) :
This letter is to notify you that the South Tama County Community School District has
received a subpoena or court order requesting copies of your child’s
permanent records. The specific records requested are: .
The school district has until date on subpoena or court order to deliver the
documents to (requesting party on subpoena or court order) . If you have
any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at (phone number) .
Sincerely,
(Principal or Superintendent)
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.01 E8 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement
505.01 E8 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing AgreementStatement of Purpose: The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student’s adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsion and to support students in successfully completing their education.
Identification of Agencies: This agreement is between the South Tama Community School District (hereinafter “School District”) and (agencies listed) (hereinafter “Agencies).
Statutory Authority: This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38 (2003).
Parameters of Information Exchange:
- The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student’s permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system’s ability to effectively serve the student.
- Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.
- Information contained in a student’s permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.
- Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student’s family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student’s family.
- Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.
- Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.
- This agreement only governs a school district’s ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used. Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.
Records’ Transmission: The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled. The principal will forward the records within 10 business days of the request.
Confidentiality: Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent. Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law.
Amendments: This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing. Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.
Term: This agreement is effective from (September 1, 2000 or other date).
Termination: The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.
APPROVED:
Signature: Address:
Title: City:
Agency: State: Zip:
Dated: Phone Number:
Signature: Address:
Title: City:
Agency: State: Zip:
Dated: Phone Number:
Signature: Address:
Title: City:
Agency: State: Zip:
Dated: Phone Number:
Signature: Address:
Title: City:
Agency: State: Zip:
Dated: Phone Number:
This agreement is optional and can only be used if the board has adopted a policy approving of its use.
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.01 E9 - Annual Notice
505.01 E9 - Annual NoticeThe Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age (“eligible students”) certain rights with respect to the student’s education records. They are:
- The right to inspect and review the student’s education records within 454 days of the day the district receives a request for access.
Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect. The principal will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.
- The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in violation of the student’s privacy rights.
Parents or eligible students may ask the school district to amend a record that they believe is inaccurate or misleading. They should write the school principal, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or misleading.
If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.
- The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.
One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employees, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.
- The right to inform the school district that the parent does not want directory information, as defined below, to be released. Directory information can be released without prior parental consent.
Any student over the age of eighteen or parent not wanting this information released to the public must make object in writing by the last Friday in September to the principal. The objection needs to be renewed annually.
The following is a list of directory information:
NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE LISTING, DATE AND PLACE OF BIRTH, E-MAIL ADDRESS, GRADE LEVEL, ENROLLMENT STATUS, MAJOR FIELD OF STUDY, PARTICIPATION IN OFFICIALLY RECOGNIZED ACTIVITIES AND SPORTS, WEIGHT AND HEIGHT OF MEMBERS OF ATHLETIC TEAMS, DATES OF ATTENDANCE, DEGREES AND AWARDS RECEIVED, THE MOST RECENT PREVIOUS SCHOOL OR INSTITUTION ATTENDED BY THE STUDENT, PHOTOGRAPH AND LIKENESS AND OTHER SIMILAR INFORMATION.
As with all directory information, military recruiters and postsecondary educational institutions may legally access this information without prior parental consent. Parents not wanting military recruiters or postsecondary institutions to access the information must ask the school district to withhold the information. Also, school districts that provide postsecondary institutions and potential employers access to students must provide the same right of access to military recruiters. Parents not wanting military recruiters to contact their children, have the right to deny permission for this activity.
- The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S Department of Education,
400 Maryland Ave., SW
Washington, DC, 20202-4605
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.01 R1 - Student Records Regulation
505.01 R1 - Student Records RegulationStudent records are all official records, files, and data directly related to students, including all material incorporated into each student’s cumulative record folder and intended for school use or to be available to parties outside the school or school system specifically including, but not necessarily limited to: dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.
The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from parents for access to their child’s records, use of the data, and procedures for its transmittal within forty-five calendar days.
A. Access to Records
- The parent or legal guardian of a student will have access to these records upon written request to the board secretary.
The parent or legal guardian will, upon written request to the board secretary, have the opportunity to receive an interpretation of the records, have the right to question the data, and, if a difference of opinion is noted, is permitted to file a letter in the cumulative folder stating the dissenting person’s position. If further challenge is made to the record, the normal appeal procedures established by school policy will be followed.
A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records. Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student’s records without prior permission of the student.
- School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest. A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.
B. Release of Information Outside the School
- To release student records to other school(s) in which the student intends to enroll, the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student must be notified of the transfer and the kinds of information being released unless the school district annually notifies parents that the records will be sent automatically.
- Student records may be released to official education and other government agencies only if allowed by state or federal law.
- To release student records to other persons or agencies, written consent is given by the parent, legal guardian, or a student of majority age. This consent form will state which records are released, to whom they are released, and the reason for the release. A copy of the specific records being released will be made available to the person signing the release form if requested.
- Before furnishing student records in compliance with judicial orders or pursuant to any lawfully issued subpoena, the school district will make a reasonable attempt to notify the parents, legal guardian, or eligible student are notified in advance.
- Student records may be shared with juvenile justice agencies with which the school district has an interagency agreement. This information is shared without prior parental consent. The agreement is a public document available for inspection.
C. Hearing Procedures
- Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
- The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request. The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
- The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
- The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues. The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
- The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing. The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
- The parents may appeal the hearing officers decision to the superintendent within ten (10) working days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
- The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision, or the hearing officers decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within ten (10) working days. It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.
(August 19, 2019)
505.02 - Student Directory Information
505.02 - Student Directory InformationStudent directory information is designed to be used internally within the school district. Directory information shall be defined in the annual notice. It may include the student’s name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, grade level, enrollment status, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student, photograph and other likeness, and other similar information.
Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child’s information in the directory or in the general information about the students.
It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.
(New Edition December 15, 1997; May, 2002; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.02 E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information
505.02 E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory InformationThe South Tama County Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA). A copy of the school district’s policy is available for review in the office of the principal of all of our schools.
This law requires the school district to designate as “directory information” any personally identifiable information taken from a student’s educational records prior to making such information available to the public.
The school district has designated the following information as directory information: student’s name, address and telephone number; date and place of birth; email address, grade level, enrollment status, major field of study; participation in officially recognized activities and sports; weight and height of members of athletic teams; dates of attendance; degrees and awards received; and the most recent previous educational institution attended by the student; photograph and other likeness and other similar information.
You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than the first Friday of September of this school year. If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.
If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Return this Form if You Want to Refuse to Release Student Directory Information
South Tama County Community School District Parental Directions to Withhold
Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for 20_____ - 20_____ school year.
Student Name: Date of Birth:
School: Grade:
(Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Child) (Date)
This form must be returned to your child’s school no later than the first Friday of September. Additional forms are available at your child’s school.
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.03 - Student Library Circulation Records
505.03 - Student Library Circulation RecordsStudent library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries and media centers. As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent. Individuals who may access such records include a student’s parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department. Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student’s library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student’s parents. Parents may not access records, without the student’s permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.
It is the teacher-librarian’s responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records. Students’ library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district. If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying may be charged.
(March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
505.04 - Testing Program
505.04 - Testing ProgramA comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.
No student is required, as part of any applicable program, funded by the United State Department of Education, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:
-
political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent or guardian;
-
mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family;
-
sex behavior or attitudes;
-
illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;
-
critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
-
legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;
-
religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent or guardian; or
-
income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving
-
financial assistance under such program);
without the prior consent of the student (if the student is an adult or emancipated minor), or in the case of an unemancipated minor, without the prior written consent of the parent.
Prior to an employee or contractor of the district providing information on a student enrolled in the district on any survey related to the social or emotional abilities, competencies or characteristics of the student; the district will provide the parent/guardian of the student detailed information related to the survey and obtain written consent of the parent/guardian of the student. This includes the person who created the survey, the person who sponsors the survey, how the information generated by the survey is used and how information generated by the survey is stored. This requirement will not prohibit a district employee from answering questions related to a student enrolled in the district as part of developing or implementing an individualized education program for the student.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. § 1232h
Iowa Code §§ 280.3
Approved: September 18, 2023
Reviewed: April 20, 1981; June 20, 1994; December 19, 1994; July 7, 2003; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019; September 18, 2023
Revised: September 18, 2023
505.05 Graduation Requirements
505.05 Graduation Requirements505.05: Graduation Requirements
Students must successfully complete the courses required by the board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete __48__ credits prior to graduation. The following credits will be required for graduation:
English/Language Arts __8__credits
Science __6__credits
Mathematics __6__credits
Social Studies _ 3__credits
United States Government __1__credits
American History __2__credits
Physical Education __4__credits
Also included, but not listed here:
Employability __1__credit
Financial Literacy __1__credit
Health __2__credits
The required courses of study will be reviewed by the board annually.
Prior to graduation, the district will advise students on how to successfully complete the free application for federal student aid.
Graduation requirements for special education students include successful completion of four years of English, three years of math, three years of social studies and three years of science.
Students who complete a regular session in the Legislative Page Program of the general assembly at the state capitol will be credited 1⁄2 credit of social studies.
Students enrolled in a junior officers’ training corp will receive 1/8th physical education credit for each semester the student is enrolled in the program.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.7, 11, .41; 279.8; 279.61; 280.3, .14. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(5); 12.5
Approved: September 18, 2023
Reviewed: September 18, 2023
Revised: September 18, 2023
505.08 - Parent and Family Engagement District-Wide Policy (Formerly Parental Involvement)
505.08 - Parent and Family Engagement District-Wide Policy (Formerly Parental Involvement)Parent and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school. The board encourages parents and families to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success. In order to facilitate parent and family involvement, it is the goal of the district to conduct outreach and implement programs, activities and procedures to further involve parents and families with the academic success of their students. The board will:
(In each of the following six items, the board must describe within this policy how it will accomplish each of the items. This mandatory policy is not complete without providing specific information for each of these six categories.)
(1) Involve parents and families in the development of the Title I plan, the process for school review of the plan and the process for improvement by:
-
Bi-annual Title I Parental Meeting
-
Grade Level Curriculum Nights
(2) Provide the coordination, technical assistance and other support necessary to assist and build the capacity of all participating schools in planning and implementing effective parent and family involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance by:
-
Continue with parental workshops focusing on curriculum
-
Continue with open house events
-
Focus on a literacy night
-
Enhance volunteer efforts
-
Enhance newsletters with a focus on literacy
-
Enhance community involvement on committees, etc. that focus on learning
(3) To the extent feasible, coordinate and integrate parent and family engagement strategies under Title I with parent and family engagement strategies outlined in other relevant Federal, State, and local laws and programs by:
-
Enhance communication
-
Offer parental workshops
-
Include parents on decision making committees
-
Schedule conferences and monitor attendance
-
Celebrate student achievement
-
Respect cultural diversity
-
Schedule family events
(4) Conduct with the involvement of parents and family members, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parent and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served including identifying: barriers to greater participation by parents in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income parents, Limited English Proficient (LEP) parents, parents of any racial or ethnic minority, parents with disabilities and parents with limited literacy); needs of parents and family to assist their children’s learning; and strategies to support successful school and family interactions by:
-
Have parent group provide feedback on ESSA plans
-
Monitor student groups related to achievement
-
Monitor student group attendance data
-
Evaluate the fidelity of implementation of program through walkthroughs and monitoring use of staff as substitutes
(5) Use the findings of the annual evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent and family involvement and to revise, as necessary, the parent and family involvement policies by:
-
Hold annual data review and evaluation with parent group representing our school population to set goals for the following school year
(6) Involve parents and families in Title I activities by:
-
On-going communication
-
Parent Workshops each semester
-
Enhance volunteer opportunities
-
Emphasis on home school compact
-
Provide materials in multiple languages
The district shall involve parents in determining how to allocate reserved Title I funds in accordance with applicable laws.
The board will review this policy annually. The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year. The superintendent may develop an administrative process or procedures to implement this policy.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. §6318
Approved: February 5, 2024; October 14, 2024
Reviewed: February 5, 2024
Revised: February 5, 2024
505.08 R1 - Parent and Family Engagement Building-Level Regulation
505.08 R1 - Parent and Family Engagement Building-Level RegulationTo further the interests of student achievement, the superintendent will create necessary rules to engage parents and family members within the district in the following ways on a building-level basis:
1. Policy Involvement: The district will host an annual meeting and invite all parents to attend; and inform parents of their rights and the district’s requirements under Title I. This meeting will also invite parents to become involved in the planning, review and improvement of a building policy and in developing the district plan. The district will inform parents of:
-
programs under this policy,
-
curriculum and assessment used for students,
-
the opportunity to meet with administration to participate in decisions related to their children’s education,
-
a description and explanation of curriculum used in the school forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and
-
achievement levels of the challenging State academic standards.
2. Accessibility: Provide opportunities for informed participation of parents and family members in understandable formats and languages. This includes participation by parents and family members who may have disabilities, limited English proficiency, and migratory children. Offer a flexible number of meetings during the day, evening and weekends to facilitate parent involvement. The superintendent has discretion to allow schools to provide childcare for families of students during these meetings through Title I funds.
3. High Student Academic Achievement: Each school in the district will jointly develop with parents and family members a school-parent compact that outlines how parents, staff and students share responsibility for improving student academic achievement; and how a partnership will be built to achieve this. The compact will describe the responsibility of the school to provide high quality curriculum and instruction, and the parents’ responsibility to support their children’s learning. This will also address the importance of communication
between schools and parents through parent teacher conferences, regular reports to parents on their children’s progress, and ensuring regular meaningful communication between family and school staff.
4. Building Capacity for Involvement: Each school within the district will include in their plan ways to achieve the following:
-
Assist parents and families to understand topics including academic standards and assessments and how to monitor student progress;
-
Provide materials and training to help parents work with students to improve achievement;
-
Educate teachers and staff in how to communicate with parents and build ties to foster academic success;
-
Coordinate and integrate other federal, state and local programs to support parents in more fully participating in students’ education;
-
Ensure information related to programs is sent to parents and families in understandable formats; and
-
Provide other reasonable support to encourage parental involvement
5. Schools Operating a Schoolwide Program: Each school operating a schoolwide program under this policy shall:
-
Involve parents on a timely and ongoing basis in the planning, review and improvement of programs, including the parent and family engagement school policy drafting and review, and the joint development of the schoolwide program.
-
If the schoolwide program plan is not satisfactory to the parents of the participating children, parent comments will be requested and submitted with the plan to the district.
Approved: October 14, 2024
Reviewed: October 14, 2024
Revised: October 14, 2024
506.01 - Education Records Access
506.01 - Education Records AccessThe board recognizes the importance of maintaining education records and preserving their confidentiality as provided by law. Education records are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages. The board secretary is the custodian of education records. Education records may be maintained in the administrative office of the student's attendance center.
Definitions
For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:
-
“Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.
-
“Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student.
An education record may contain information on more than one student. Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information. Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.
Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records. Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student's education records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.
Copies of education records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the education records. Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or student from accessing the records. A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from education records.
Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the education records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.
If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education records.
Education records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student's written permission. This disclosure is made on the condition that the education record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student. This disclosure may be:
-
To school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
-
To officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the education records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
-
To the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
-
In connection with a student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid;
-
To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if such studies are conducted in such a manner as will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it was conducted;
-
To accrediting organizations;
-
To parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
-
To comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
-
[Consistent with an interagency agreement between the school district and juvenile justice agencies]
-
In connection with a health or safety emergency;
-
As directory information; or
-
In additional instances as provided by law.
The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student's education records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student. Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student's written permission. This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.
The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student's education records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records. The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessedmmthe student’s education records. This list for an education record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of education records.
Permanent education records, including a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation. Permanent education records will be kept in a fire-safe vault or they may be maintained electronically with a secure backup file.
When personally identifiable information, other than permanent education records, is no longer needed to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified. This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district. If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records, except for permanent records. Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes. For purposes of policy, “no longer needed to provide educational services” means that a record is no longer relevant to the provision of instruction, support, or related services and it is no longer needed for accountability and audit purposes. At a minimum, a record needed for accountability and audit purposes must be retained for five years after completion of the activity for which funds were used.
The school district will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved with the juvenile justice system.
The school district may share any information with the agencies contained in a student's permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system's ability to effectively serve the student. Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the parties without parental consent or court order. Information contained in a student's permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student's family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student's family.
Agencies will contact the principal of the attendance center where the student is currently or was enrolled. The principal will then forward copies of the records within a reasonable time following receipt of the request.
The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents' and eligible students' rights under this policy. Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students that they have the right to:
1. Inspect and review the student's education records;
2. Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
3. Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
4. File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.
The notice is given in a parents' or eligible student's native language. Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.
The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy. Complaints are forwarded to the Student Privacy Policy Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-8520.
Legal Reference: 20 U.S.C. § 1232g, 1415. 34 C.F.R. Pt. 99, 300, .610 et seq. Iowa Code §§ 22; 279.9B, 280.24, .25, 622.10.
Approved: October 14, 2024
Reviewed: January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; October 14, 2024
Revised: October 14, 2024
506.01 E2 - Education Records Access - Authorization for Release of Education Records
506.01 E2 - Education Records Access - Authorization for Release of Education RecordsAUTHORIZATION FOR RELEASE OF EDUCATION RECORDS
The undersigned hereby authorizes ____________________________________________
School District to release copies of the following official education records:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________
concerning
_____________________________________ ____________________
(Full Legal Name of Student) (Date of Birth)
____________________________________________________ from 20__ to 20___
(Name of Last School Attended) (Year(s) of Attendance)
The reason for this request is: _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________
My relationship to the child is: ____________________________________________________
Copies of the records to be released are to be furnished to:
( ) the undersigned
( ) the student
( ) other (please specify) _______________________________________________-
_____________________________________
(Signature)
Date:______________________
Address:________________________________
City:_______________________
State:______ ZIP____________
Phone Number: _________________________
Approved: October 14, 2024
Reviewed: January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; October 14, 2024
Revised: October 14, 2024
506.01 E3 - Education Records Access - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education Records
506.01 E3 - Education Records Access - Request for Hearing on Correction of Education RecordsREQUEST FOR HEARING ON CORRECTION OF EDUCATION RECORDS
To:____________________________________ Address: _______________________
Board Secretary (Custodian)
I believe certain official education records of my child, ______________________, (full legal name of student), ___________________(school name), are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of privacy rights of my child.
The official education records which I believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child are:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The reason I believe such records are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child is:
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
My relationship to the child is: _____________________________________
I understand that I will be notified in writing of the time and place of the hearing; that I will be notified in writing of the decision; and I have the right to appeal the decision by so notifying the hearing officer in writing within ten days after my receipt of the decision or a right to place a statement in my child's record stating I disagree with the decision and why.
_____________________________________
(Signature)
Date:___________________________________
Address:_________________________________
City: ____________________________________
State: ______ ZIP:_______________
Phone Number: ______________________
Approved: October 14, 2024
Reviewed: January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019; October 14, 2024
Revised: October 14, 2024
506.01 R1 - Student Fees Waiver and Reduction Procedures
506.01 R1 - Student Fees Waiver and Reduction ProceduresThe board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees. The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student’s parents’ ability to meet the financial criteria.
A. Waivers -
- Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student’s parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, or transportation assistance under open enrollment. Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.
- Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student’s parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition program. The reduction percentage will be 50 percent.
- Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student’s parents are facing financial difficulty. Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and will not extend beyond the end of the school year. Temporary waivers will not be applied to fees retroactively.
B. Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver will make an application on the form provided by the school district. Applications may be made at any time but must
be renewed annually.
C. Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions will be
followed.
D. Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the superintendent of schools.
E. Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.
F. Notice - the school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver. The following information will be included in registration materials.
Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived. Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees. Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact the district central office for a waiver form. This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.
(August 19, 2019)
507.00 - Student Health and Well-Being
507.00 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 05/29/2020 - 14:46507.02 - Special Health Services
507.02 - Special Health ServicesThe Board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day. These students shall receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program (IEP).
(November 15, 1993; October 16, 2000; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.03 - Health and Immunization Certificates
507.03 - Health and Immunization CertificatesStudents desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed physician and provide proof of such an examination to the school district. A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.
A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician is on file at the attendance center. Each student will submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent. Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.
Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law. The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so. Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission. Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission. The district may conduct TB tests of current students.
Students enrolling in kindergarten or any grade in elementary school in the district will have, at a minimum, a dental screening performed by a licensed medical professional (physician, nurse, physician assistant, dentist, dental hygienist) sometime between the student turning three (3) years of age and four (4) months following the student’s enrollment in the district, and will provide proof of such a screening to the district. Students enrolling in any grade in high school in the district will have, at a minimum, a dental screening performed by a licensed dentist or dental hygienist sometime between one (1) year prior to the student’s enrollment in the district and four (4) months following the student’s enrollment in the district, and will provide proof of such a screening to the district.
Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law. The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.
(June 15, 1992; November 17, 1997; April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.04 - Administration of Medication to Students
507.04 - Administration of Medication to StudentsSome students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program. These students shall receive medication concomitant with their educational program. When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by the licensed health personnel with the student and the student’s parent.
Medication, including over-the-counter medication, shall be administered only when the student’s parent or guardian (hereinafter “parent”) provides a signed and dated written statement requesting medication administration and the medication is in the original container which is labeled by the pharmacy or the manufacturer with the name of the child, name of the medication, the time of the day which it is to be given, the dosage, and the duration. Written authorization will also be secured when the parent requests student co-administration of medication when competency is demonstrated. It is the parent’s responsibility to ensure that the medication is current; that all information regarding the medication is current; and that the information provided to the district, including, but not limited to the written authorization, is current.
Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication as long as all other relevant portions of this policy have been complied with by the student and the student’s parent or guardian. A written statement by the student’s parent shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated. By law, students with asthma or other airway constricting diseases may self-administer their medication upon approval of their parents and prescribing physician regardless of competency.
Persons administering medication shall include a parent, the physician, the licensed registered nurse (school nurse), and persons who have successfully completed a medication administration course. A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion kept on file at the school district.
A written medication administration record shall be on file including:
- date;
- student’s name;
- prescriber or person authorizing administration;
- medication;
- medication dosage;
- administration time;
- administration method;
- signature and title of the person administering medication; and
- any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.
Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented. The school nurse, or in the nurse’s absence, the nurse’s designee shall have access to the medication which will be kept in a secure area. Students may carry medication only with the approval of the parents and building principal of the student’s attendance center. By law, students with asthma or other airway constricting diseases may self-administer their medication upon written approval of their parents and prescribing physician regardless of competency. Students do not have to prove competency to the school district. Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted. Medication information shall be confidential information.
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.04 E1 - Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self- Administration Consent and Authorization Form
507.04 E1 - Asthma or Airway Constricting Medication Self- Administration Consent and Authorization Form________________________________ __________ _______________ ____/____/____
Student’s Name (Last), (First), (Middle) Birthday School Date
In order for a student to self-administer medication for asthma or any airway constricting disease:
- Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
- Physician (person licensed under chapter 148, 150, or 150A, physician, physician’s assistant, advanced registered nurse practitioner, or other person licensed or registered to distribute or dispense a prescription drug or device in the course of professional practice in Iowa in accordance with section 147.107, or a person licensed by another state in a health field in which, under Iowa law, licensees in this state may legally prescribe drugs) provides written authorization containing:
- purpose of the medication,
- prescribed dosage,
- times, or;
- special circumstances under which the medication is to be administered.
- The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer’s labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
- Authorization is renewed annually. If any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.
Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease may possess and use the student’s medication while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self-administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed.
Pursuant to state law, the school district or accredited nonpublic school and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district or nonpublic school is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication by the student as established by Iowa law.
____________________ ______________ ________________ ________________
Medication Dosage Route Time
Purpose of Medication & Administration/Instructions: __________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
AUTHORIZATION – ASTHMA OR AIRWAY CONSTRICTING MEDICATION SELF-ADMINISTRATION CONSENT FORM
___________________________________ __________________________________
Special Circumstances Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date
___________________________________ _____/_____/_____
Prescriber’s Signature Date
___________________________________ __________________________________
Prescriber’s Address Emergency Phone
I request the above-named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) at school and activities according to the authorization and instructions.
I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student’s self-administration of medicine.
I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy ACT (FERPA).
I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.
(Student maintains self-administration record).)
_________________________________ _____/_____/_____
Parent/Guardian Signature Date (agreed to above statement)
_________________________________ ________________
Parent/Guardian Address
Home Phone _________________________
Cell/Work Phone______________________
Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.04 E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Student
507.04 E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Student
________________________________ ___/___/____ _________________ ___/___/___
Student’s Name (Last), (First), (Middle) Birthday School Date
School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:
- Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.
- The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer’s labeled container.
- The medication label contains the student’s name, name of medication, directions for use, and date.
- Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.
______________________ __________ ______________________ ________________
Medication/Health Care Dosage Route Time at School
____________________________________________________________________________
Administration instructions.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Special Directives Signs to observe and Side Effects
_____/_____/_____
Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date
_________________________________ _____/_____/_____
Prescriber’s Signature Date
_________________________________ ________________
Prescriber’s Address Emergency Phone
I request the above-named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy ACT (FERPA). I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
____________________________________ _____/_____/_____
Parent’s Signature Date
____________________________________ _______________________
Parent’s Address Home Phone
____________________________________ _______________________
Additional Information Business Phone
___________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Authorization Form
(January 17, 2005; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.05 - Communicable Diseases
507.05 - Communicable DiseasesGeneral Communicable Diseases Procedures
Students with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school as long as they are physically able to perform the tasks assigned to them and as long as their attendance does not create a substantial risk of transmission of the illness or other harm to the students or the employees. The term “communicable disease” shall mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person or animal to person or as defined by law.
A student will be excluded from school when the student’s condition has been determined to be injurious to the health of others or when the student is too ill to attend school. The health risk to an immuno-depressed student attending school shall be determined by their personal physician. The health risk to others in the school environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease shall be determined on a case by case basis by the superintendent working with advice of public health officials.
Since there may be greater risks of transmission of a communicable disease for some persons with certain conditions than for other persons infected with the same disease, these special conditions, the risk of transmission of the disease, the effect upon the educational program the effect upon the student and other factors deemed relevant by public officials or the superintendent shall be considered in assessing the student’s continued attendance at school. The superintendent may require medical evidence that students with a communicable disease are able to attend school.
Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district’s bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping. This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.
A student who is at school and who has a communicable disease which may create a substantial risk of harm to other students, employees, or others at school shall report the condition to the superintendent any time the student is aware that the disease actively creates such risk. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent or school nurse when the superintendent or school nurse has knowledge that a communicable disease is present, to notify the State Department of Health. Rumor and hearsay shall be insufficient evidence for the superintendent to act.
Health data of a student is confidential, and it shall not be disseminated. The superintendent may request that the Iowa Department of Health provide a review of the case and recommend regarding the permissibility of continued attendance of the student in the regular classroom, with or without restrictions. If the student is to be excluded from school, it is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the parents, to make arrangements for the student’s alternate educational program.
The Board realizes it is important for others to know which students in the district have a communicable disease. However, this must be weighed against the privacy and confidentiality rights of the student. Health data is regarded as private data, and it is not to be disseminated to the public, to students, or to employees without strict observance of data privacy rights. Knowledge of a communicable disease will be limited to the Board, superintendent, school nurse, and whomever else the superintendent determines has a need to know in order to properly and safely discharge their duties.
Bloodborne Pathogens Precautions
With or without the known presence of communicable disease, prudent precautions should become routine. Blood or any other body fluids, including vomit and fecal or urinary incontinence, in ANY child should be treated appropriately.
It is recommended that gloves be used when cleaning up any body fluids. Spills should be cleaned and the effected area washed with soap and water and disinfected with bleach (one part bleach to ten parts water) or other disinfectant and the mop or other cleaning material should be treated with the same bleach or disinfectant. All disposable materials including gloves and diapers, should be discarded into a plastic bag before placing in a conventional trash system. Hypodermic needles require special disposal procedures. Toys and other personal non-disposable items should be cleaned with soap and water and disinfected before passing to another person. A normal laundry cycle is adequate for other non-disposable items. All persons involved in the clean-up should wash their hands thoroughly afterward.
School personnel shall have the responsibility to periodically monitor and check students for head lice.
(April 6, 1981; April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; May 17, 1999; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.05 R1 - Testing for Tuberculosis
507.05 R1 - Testing for TuberculosisAll students applying for enrollment in the South Tama County Schools who have lived for at least three months of the past year in one of the following countries must provide proof of TB testing prior to attending school: Bangladesh, Brazil, China, Ethiopia, India, Indonesia, Mexico, Pakistan, Philippines, Russia, South Africa, Thailand, or Zaire. Tine test is not acceptable, Mantoux test is required.
If a student’s test result is positive, the student will be referred to public health officials, and if the student desires to continue enrollment he/she (and their parents) must provide evidence that the student is receiving timely treatment.
In cases where a student visits one of the above countries for more than three months in a year, repeat TB testing may not be required as long as the negative TB test has been given while attending STC Schools and the student exhibits negative symptoms. Repeat testing will be based upon signs and symptoms of Tuberculosis such as: fatigue, persistent cough, weight loss, fever, bloody sputum, and/or chest pain.
(September 15, 1997; December 17, 2001; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.06 - Student Injury or Illness at School
507.06 - Student Injury or Illness at SchoolThe school district and the board assume no responsibility for medical treatment of students. The building principal shall direct the immediate care of ill or injured persons who come within his/her area of responsibility. At each school, procedures for the proper handling of such emergencies shall be developed and made known to the staff.
When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the school district will attempt to notify the student’s parents as soon as possible. If a parent cannot be reached, the ill or injured child shall be transported home, to the hospital, or to a physician’s office as appropriate and necessary. Further medical attention is the responsibility of the parent or guardian, or the person designated for emergencies.
The school district, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have employees present administer emergency or minor first aid if possible. An ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.
It is the responsibility of the principal to file an accident report with the superintendent within twenty-four hours after the student is injured.
Annually, parents are required to complete a medical emergency authorization form indicating the procedures to be followed, if possible, in an emergency involving their child. The authorization form will also include the phone numbers of the parents and alternative numbers to call in case of an injury or illness.
(April 6, 1981; December 21, 1987; June 15, 1992; April 18, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.07 - Student Exposure to Irritants and Allergens
507.07 - Student Exposure to Irritants and AllergensStudents may be exposed to irritants that pose a risk to the student’s health and safety during the school day. Parents and students shall take all precautions to ensure that they are not exposed to such irritants and/or allergens.
If the parent(s) requests a meeting, the district will meet with the parent(s) and/or student to discuss the student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s), and, if appropriate, develop a plan to limit the above student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s). Every such plan to avoid exposure shall include a completed Parental Identification of Student Irritant and/or Allergen Form and a completed Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Student.
The district cannot guarantee that the student will never be exposed to such irritants and/or allergens. If a student is exposed to such an irritant and/or allergen and/or suffers from an allergic reaction, the district may administer medication to the student as necessary according to its policies and procedures.
(August 19, 2019)
507.07 E1 - Student Exposure to Irritants and Allergens Form
507.07 E1 - Student Exposure to Irritants and Allergens FormThe undersigned(s) are the parent(s), guardian(s), or person(s) in charge of ____________________________________ (student’s full legal name), who is in the ______ grade at the _________________________ building in the South Tama County Community School District.
I am requesting that the above student should not be exposed to or should be minimally exposed to the following irritant(s) and/or allergen(s) because such irritant(s) and/or allergen(s) pose a risk to the student’s health and safety during the school day: (Attach additional sheets if necessary):
(a) Irritant and/or Allergen: _______________________________________________________
Why Requesting Limited Exposure (i.e., identified allergy, doctor’s request, other reason):
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Possible Exposure Symptom(s):_______________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Proposed Plan for Limiting Exposure: ___________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Student:
_____ I have completed a Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Student so that the South Tama County Community School District, or its authorized representative, may administer medicine to the above-named student in the case of exposure to an irritant or an allergic reaction.
-OR-
_____ I have NOT completed a Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Student, and do not intend to do such.
Meeting with District Regarding Limiting Student Exposure to Irritant(s) and/or Allergen(s):
_____ I wish to request a meeting with the District to discuss the above student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s), and, if appropriate, develop a plan to limit the above student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s).
-OR-
_____ I DO NOT wish to request a meeting with the District to discuss the above student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s).
___________________________________ _________________
(Signature of Parent/Guardian) (Date)
___________________________________ _________________
(Printed Name of Parent/Guardian) (Phone Number)
(August 19, 2019)
507.08 - Student Emergency and Safety Plans and Drills
507.08 - Student Emergency and Safety Plans and DrillsStudents will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency. Emergency drills for fire, weather, other disasters, and school safety issues are conducted each school year. At least one of each type of drill should be held as early in the school year as possible so that all children will be thoroughly familiar with emergency procedures.
Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency, disaster, and school safety procedures. The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees. Employees will participate in emergency and school safety drills. Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.
(August 19, 2019)
507.09 - Student Insurance
507.09 - Student InsuranceThe school district may offer the parents of students in the district a health and accident insurance plan covering students. The Board of Directors, upon recommendation of the superintendent and the administrative staff, shall select an insurance company to issue such policies for all schools in the district.
The purchase of student insurance shall be voluntary with the entire cost being paid by the student or their parents or guardian. Participation in the insurance health and accident plan is not a contract with the school district, but rather, a contract between the insurance company and the student.
Students participating in intramural or extracurricular athletics are required to have health and accident insurance. The student will bring written proof of insurance or participate in the health and accident insurance program selected by the school district.
(April 6, 1981; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
507.09 - Wellness Policy
507.09 - Wellness Policy507.09: Wellness
The Board of Education is committed to the optimal development of every student. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level, in every setting.
The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student's understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with law and this belief, the board commits to the following:
The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:
-
Nutrition Education and Promotion: Schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
-
Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
-
Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle.
The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered t
-
Meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law;
-
Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum. This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities;
-
Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (e.g., class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance with law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations; and
-
Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in school nutrition standards on campus during the school day.
The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:
-
Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval;
-
Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy;
-
Making the policy and updated assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc). This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining the goals of the policy; and
-
Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy.
Legal Reference: 42 U.S.C. §§ 1751 et seq. 42 U.S.C. §§ 1771 et seq. Iowa Code §§ 256.7(29); 256.11(6).
Approved: November 20, 2023
Reviewed: November 20, 2023
Revised: November 20, 2023
507.09-R1 Wellness Regulation
507.09-R1 Wellness Regulation rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 07/12/2022 - 11:24508.00 - Student Transportation
508.00 - Student Transportation dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 05/29/2020 - 15:07508.02 - Student Use of Bicycles
508.02 - Student Use of BicyclesStudents within easy walking distance of school are encouraged to walk to school rather than ride bicycles to school. Compliance will eliminate hazards around the school grounds during very congested times.
Although the Board recommends students walk to school, those students who desire to ride bicycles may do so unless there is concern regarding student safety and welfare. Bicycle parking racks are provided for bicycle parking. Students may lock or chain their bicycles to the parking racks if they so desire. The school is not responsible for lost or damaged bicycles.
The principal of each building shall make regulations concerning the riding of bicycles to and from school. The privilege of riding a bicycle to school may be withdrawn from a student for failure to observe these regulations.
(April 6, 1981; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; August 19, 2019)
509.02 - Student Complaints
509.02 - Student ComplaintsStudent complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student’s teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint. It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.
If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within five calendar days of the employee’s decision. If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within five calendar days after speaking with the principal.
If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.
(August 19, 2019)
505.01 E10 - (Spanish Version) Annual Notice
505.01 E10 - (Spanish Version) Annual NoticeLa Ley de Privacidad y Derechos Educativos de la Familia (FERPA) otorga a los padres y estudiantes mayores de 18 años ("estudiantes elegibles") ciertos derechos con respecto a los registros de educación del estudiante. Son:
- El derecho a inspeccionar y revisar los registros educativos del estudiante dentro de los 454 días a partir del día en que el distrito recibe una solicitud de acceso.
Los padres o los estudiantes elegibles deben presentar al director de la escuela (o al funcionario escolar apropiado) una solicitud por escrito que identifique el registro (s) que desean inspeccionar. El director hará los arreglos para el acceso y notificará a los padres o al estudiante elegible de la hora y el lugar donde se pueden inspeccionar dichos registros.
- El derecho a solicitar la modificación de los registros educativos del estudiante que el padre o el estudiante elegible creen que son inexactos o engañosos o que violan los derechos de privacidad del estudiante.
Los padres o los estudiantes elegibles pueden pedirle al distrito escolar que enmiende un registro que ellos creen que es inexacto o engañoso. Deben escribir al director de la escuela, identificar claramente la parte del registro que desean cambiar y especificar por qué es inexacto o engañoso.
Si el distrito decide no enmendar el registro como lo solicitan los padres o el estudiante elegible, el distrito notificará a los padres o al estudiante elegible de la decisión y les informará sobre su derecho a una audiencia con respecto a la solicitud de enmienda. Se proporcionará información adicional sobre los procedimientos de audiencia al padre o al estudiante elegible cuando se le notifique el derecho a una audiencia.
- El derecho a consentir la divulgación de información de identificación personal contenida en los registros educativos del estudiante, excepto en la medida en que FERPA autorice la divulgación sin consentimiento.
Una excepción, que permite la divulgación sin consentimiento, es la divulgación a funcionarios escolares con intereses educativos legítimos. Un funcionario escolar es una persona empleada por el distrito como administrador, supervisor, instructor o miembro del personal de apoyo (incluido el personal médico o de salud y el personal de la unidad de cumplimiento de la ley); una persona que sirve en la junta escolar; una persona o compañía con la que el distrito ha contratado para realizar una tarea especial (como un abogado, auditor, empleado de AEA, consultor médico o terapeuta); o un padre o estudiante que preste servicios en un comité oficial, como un comité disciplinario o de quejas o un equipo de asistencia al estudiante, o que ayude a otro funcionario escolar a realizar sus tareas.
Un funcionario escolar tiene un interés educativo legítimo si el funcionario necesita revisar un registro educativo para cumplir con su responsabilidad profesional.
- El derecho a informar al distrito escolar que los padres no desean que se divulgue la información del directorio, tal como se define a continuación. La información del directorio se puede divulgar sin el consentimiento previo de los padres.
Cualquier estudiante mayor de dieciocho años o un padre que no quiera que esta información se divulgue al público debe presentar un escrito por escrito antes del director del último viernes de septiembre. La objeción debe ser renovada anualmente.
La siguiente es una lista de información de directorio:
NOMBRE, DIRECCIÓN, LISTA DE TELÉFONOS, FECHA Y LUGAR DE NACIMIENTO, DIRECCIÓN DE CORREO ELECTRÓNICO, NIVEL DE GRADO, ESTADO DE INSCRIPCIÓN, PRINCIPAL ÁMBITO DE ESTUDIO, PARTICIPACIÓN EN LAS OFICINAS OFICIALES DE ANÁLISIS DE LOS ANIMALES GRADOS Y PREMIOS RECIBIDOS, LA ESCUELA O INSTITUCIÓN ANTERIOR MÁS RECIENTE ASISTIDA POR EL ESTUDIANTE, FOTOGRAFÍA Y PROBABILIDAD Y OTRA INFORMACIÓN SIMILAR.
Al igual que con toda la información del directorio, los reclutadores militares y las instituciones educativas postsecundarias pueden acceder legalmente a esta información sin el consentimiento previo de los padres. Los padres que no desean que los reclutadores militares o las instituciones postsecundarias accedan a la información deben solicitar al distrito escolar que retenga la información. Además, los distritos escolares que proporcionan instituciones postsecundarias y posibles empleadores de acceso a los estudiantes deben proporcionar el mismo derecho de acceso a los reclutadores militares. Los padres que no quieran que los reclutadores militares se pongan en contacto con sus hijos, tienen derecho a denegar el permiso para esta actividad.
- El derecho a presentar una queja ante el Departamento de Educación de los Estados Unidos sobre presuntas fallas del distrito para cumplir con los requisitos de FERPA. El nombre y la dirección de la oficina que administra FERPA es:
Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S Department of Education,
400 Maryland Ave., SW
Washington, DC, 20202-4605
(Enero 17, 2005; Marzo 21, 2011; Enero 19, 2015; ____, 2019)
600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM
600 - EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 08:59600 Goals and Objectives of the Educational Program
600 Goals and Objectives of the Educational Program
600.01 - Long-Range Instructional Needs Assessment
600.01 - Long-Range Instructional Needs AssessmentLong-range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectations of students and determines how well students are meeting student learning goals. The board shall conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, higher education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation as responsible citizens and successful wage earners. Long-range needs assessment will include collecting, analyzing and reporting information from local, state, and national sources. This information will include state and local indicators, and student learning goals.
In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the board shall authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program. This School Improvement Advisory Committee will be coordinated with the staff committees that produce a Comprehensive School Improvement Plan that describes the process to develop, implement, and assess student achievement. The complete School Improvement Advisory Committee will meet annually to analyze achievement information and to prepare recommendations for the Board of Education.
It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the Board of Education and school district community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators. The superintendent shall report annually to the board of progress in this matter.
As a result of the Board and committee work, the Board shall determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district’s progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.
(May 15, 2000; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; <October 21, 2019)
601.01 - School District Instruction Organization
601.01 - School District Instruction OrganizationThe school district offers an education program for grades Kindergarten through twelve. The school district may offer an education program for preschool and/or Alternative Kindergarten (AK). The levels of instruction are organized by the following levels:
- Grades preschool through fourth shall be considered the Elementary School students;
- Grades fifth through eighth shall be considered the Middle School students;
- Grades nine through twelve shall be considered High School students.
Students may attend different attendance centers to meet individual learning needs such as accelerated learning or alternative education.
(April 20, 1981; April 17, 1989; May, 2002; July 7, 2003; September 20, 2010; January 17, 2011, July 9, 2012, August 18, 2014; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
601.01 School Calendar
601.01 School Calendar
Policy 601.01: School Calendar
The school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district. The school calendar is for a minimum of [180 days or 1080 hours] and includes, but is not limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and teacher conferences. Each year the minimum school calendar may include up to 5 days or 30 hours of instruction delivered primarily over the internet.
The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23. Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.
Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.
The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days or 30 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met. The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district's graduation requirements.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.
The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district's education program. The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20.9; 279.10, 280.3; 299.1 (2).
281 I.A.C. 12.1(7); 41.106.
I.C. Iowa Code References Description
Iowa Code § 20.9 Collective Bargaining - Scope of Negotiations
Iowa Code § 279.10 Directors- Powers and Duties - School Year Begin Date
Iowa Code § 280.3 Education Program - Attendance Center Requirements
Iowa Code § 299.1 Compulsory Education - Attendance Requirements
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code References Description
281 I.A.C. 12.1 General Standards
Cross References Description
214 Public Hearings
409.01 Employee Vacation - Holidays (I, II)
Approved: March 21, 2022; September 5, 2023
Reviewed: April 3, 2023; September 5, 2023
Revised: September 5, 2023
601.02 - School Day
601.02 - School DayPolicy 601.2: School Day
The student school day for grades one through twelve will consist of a minimum of six hours, not including the lunch period. The school day consists of the schedule of class instruction and class activities as established and sponsored by the school district. Time during which students are released from school for parent/teacher conferences may be counted as part of students’ instructional time. The minimum school day will meet the requirements as established for the operation of accredited schools.
The board may define the number of days kindergarten will be held and the length of each school day for the students attending kindergarten. The school day will consist of a schedule as recommended by the superintendent and approved by the board.
The school district may also record a day of school with less than the minimum instructional hours if the total hours of instructional time for grades one through twelve in any five consecutive school days equals a minimum of thirty hours, even though any one day of school is less than the minimum instructional hours because of a staff development opportunity provided for the instructional staff or parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day. If the total hours of instructional time for the first four consecutive days equal at least thirty hours because parent-teacher conferences have been scheduled beyond the regular school day, the school district may record zero hours of instructional time on the fifth consecutive school day as a school day. Schedule revisions and changes in time allotments will be made by the superintendent.
When the school is forced to close due to weather or other emergencies, the part of the day during which school was in session will constitute a school day. The [superintendent/building principal] will create administrative regulations necessary to utilize any remote learning opportunities that are available and permitted by law during the period of closure. The provision of special education and accommodations for students who have individualized education programs (IEPs) or Section 504 plans during periods of closure will be determined by each respective IEP or Section 504 team.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board annually of the length of the school day.
Legal Reference: 34 C.F.R. sec. 300
28 C.F.R. pt. 35
Iowa Code § 256.7 (3) (21) (32), 279.8, .10.
281 I.A.C. 12.1(1), .1(7-10).
I.C. Iowa Code References Description
Iowa Code § 256.7 DE - Duties of State Board -
Iowa Code § 279.10 Directors- Powers and Duties - School Year Begin Date
Iowa Code § 279.8 Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative
281 I.A.C. 12.1 General Standards
C.F.R. - Code of Federal Regulations References Description
28 C.F.R. 35 Judicial - Disability - Nondiscrimination -
Approved: April 17, 1989
Reviewed: July 15, 1991; June 16, 1997; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; August 18, 2014; January 19, 2015; March 9, 2015; October 21, 2019
Revised: February 21, 2023
601.04 - Class Size
601.04 - Class SizeIt is within the sole discretion of the board to determine the size of classes and to determine whether class grouping will take place. The size of each class shall depend upon the type of instruction needed to assist each student to develop academic and occupational capacities to the utmost. Effective staff utilization shall also be considered in organizing and scheduling classroom instruction.
The superintendent of schools with the administrative staff is instructed and directed to investigate new approaches and techniques in organizing and scheduling classroom instruction.
(April 20, 1981; July 7, 2003: January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; <October 21, 2019)
601.04 R1 - Student Building and Classroom Placement
601.04 R1 - Student Building and Classroom PlacementA. Building Placement
It is the responsibility of the South Tama County School District to enroll students in the closest appropriate attendance center. The only exceptions to this placement will be as follows:
- An emergency where the building cannot be used and the children need to be assigned to another building.
- An overcrowding of a building that requires students to be transported to another building that would have adequate space.
- A program is offered only at one site and in order for the child to be involved in that program they would have to attend that building.
- Any form of court ordered placement or change in student numbers.
- Board approved programs for voluntary transfer between centers.
B. Room (Teacher) Assignment
It is the philosophy of the South Tama County School District to leave room (teacher) assignment up to the individual building principal.
Some of the guiding principles that will be used in student placement are as follows:
- Needs of the child. Both social and academic.
- Recommendation from the previous years teacher.
- Other students assigned to a classroom therein dividing up problem groups and drawing from the strengths of each child.
- Parent Input – This will be sought as often as possible but the needs of all children will be considered when developing a class list.
(December 15, 1986; June 20, 1994; July 7, 2003; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.00 - Instructional Education
602.00 - Instructional Education dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 05/29/2020 - 15:42602.01 - Basic Instruction Program
602.01 - Basic Instruction ProgramThe basic instruction program will include the courses required for each grade level by the State Department of Education. The instructional approach will be gender fair and multicultural.
The basic instruction program of students enrolled in kindergarten is designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication skills, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education, and the ability to protect and increase physical well-being with attention given to experiences relating to the development of life skills and human growth and development.
The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades one through six will include English-language arts, reading, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, character education, and visual art.
The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight will include English-language arts, social studies, mathematics, science, health, human growth and development, family and consumer, career, technology education, physical education, music, and visual art.
The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve will include English‑language arts (6 units), social studies (5 units), mathematics (6 units), science (5 units), health (1 unit), physical education (1 unit), fine arts (3 units), world language (4 units), and vocational education (12 units). Specific courses shall include instruction in the subjects for college preparatory, comprehensive, and vocational training approved annually by the board.
The curriculum established for each grade level shall meet or exceed the educational requirements as established by state statute and the State Department of Education. The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instruction program for any grade level.
Each instruction program is carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent. Each instruction program’s plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities and the method for student evaluation.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide information regarding the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through six, grades seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.
(April 17, 1989; July 15, 1991; June 20,1994; June 17, 1995; July 7, 2003; February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.01 Curriculum Development
602.01 Curriculum Development rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 10/18/2022 - 10:11602.02 - Multicultural and Gender Fair Education
602.02 - Multicultural and Gender Fair EducationThe education program of the South Tama County Community School District revolves around a philosophy of equal educational opportunities and non-discrimination in educational programs and activities. Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their sex, race, color, national origin, religion, creed, age (except for permitting/prohibiting students to engage in certain activities), marital/parental status, sexual orientation, gender identity, genetic information, disability or socioeconomic status. The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students.
The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society. Special emphasis is placed on Asian-Americans, African-Americans, Hispanic-Americans, American Indians, European Americans, and persons with disabilities. It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.
(April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; July 7, 2003; February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.02 Curriculum Implementation
602.02 Curriculum Implementation rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 10/18/2022 - 10:20602.03 - Global Education
602.03 - Global EducationBecause of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual’s self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. Global education, in the education program, focuses on the lifelong growth in understanding through the study and participation of the world community and the interdependency of its people and systems - social, cultural, racial, economic, linguistic, technological, and ecological.
(June 15, 1992; May 15, 2000; July 7, 2003; February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.03 Curriculum Evaluation
602.03 Curriculum Evaluation rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 10/18/2022 - 11:01602.04 - Career Education
602.04 - Career EducationPreparing students for careers is one goal of the education program. Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve. This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program. Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature. The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.
(June 15, 1992; May 15, 2000; July 7, 2003; February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.05 - Citizenship Education
602.05 - Citizenship EducationEducating students for responsible citizenship is a role of public schools. As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about significant components of responsible citizenship including, but not limited to, the following:
- the history of the United States of America;
- the democratic principles of freedom, justice, and equality;
- the development of our democratic form of government;
- the necessity of citizen participation in political process to maintain a democratic form of government;
- our heritage – including customs, traditions, rituals, and symbols of allegiance to our country (including proper etiquette);
- our nation’s responsibilities in a global society.
This knowledge is reinforced by appropriate ceremonies and observances which aid students in the development of their interpretations of patriotism and citizenship. The opportunity to participate in patriotic ceremonies should be available on a regular basis to all students.
(December 18, 1989; July 7, 2003, January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.06 - Physical Education
602.06 - Physical EducationStudents in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal or school nurse of their attendance center. Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student’s religious beliefs.
Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:
- the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or
- the student has obtained a physical education waiver for a semester because the student is actively involved in an athletic program.
Twelfth grade students may also be excused from physical education courses if the student is enrolled in a cooperative, work study, or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student’s absence from school.
Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents.
(April 17, 1989; July 7, 2003; February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.08 - Driver Education
602.08 - Driver EducationIt is the policy of the South Tama County Community School District to offer a course in Driver Education. A Driver Education fee will be charged to students for the course, but the fee will not exceed the actual cost to provide the program. The Board of Education will designate the amount of the fee and review the amount on a regular basis.
Students will be given priority to enroll in Driver Education sessions based upon age within grade level. Grade level status will be determined at the beginning of the most recent fall or winter (January) terms. A student with priority may be bypassed if they fail to sign up for, or are not readily available to accept, an opening in a particular session.
Students recently completing grade eight are the lowest eligible grade level and may be registered by age priority within grade for summer registration.
(November 17, 1997; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.09 - Student Guidance & Counseling Program
602.09 - Student Guidance & Counseling ProgramThe board shall provide guidance and counseling programs for the students enrolled by a guidance counselor licensed with the State of Iowa and holding the qualifications required by the board. The guidance counseling services will serve grades kindergarten through twelve. The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development. The program shall be designed to coordinate with the education program and to involve school district personnel.
(April 17, 1989; May 15, 2000; July 7, 2003, January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.10 - Talented and Gifted Program
602.10 - Talented and Gifted ProgramThe board recognizes some students require qualitative differentiated programming beyond the regular education program. The board shall identify programming beyond the regular education program. The board shall identify students with special abilities and provide educational programming.
It shall be the responsibility of the principal to develop a talented and gifted program. It shall be the responsibility of the principal to develop procedures for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for in-service of school district personnel on their building TAG program.
(April 17, 1989; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.11 - Alternative Education Program
602.11 - Alternative Education ProgramAlternative education is a perspective not a procedure or a program and is based upon a belief that there are many ways to become educated, as well as many types of environments and structures within which this may occur. Alternative education programs could include a class or environment established within the regular educational program and designed to accommodate specific student educational needs such as, but not limited to, work-related training; reading, mathematics or science skills; communication skills; social skills; physical skills; employability skills; study skills; or life skills.
A decision to place a student in an alternative education program will be based on a review of all student records and a meeting of the parent or guardian with appropriate school representative to review the records fully and to discuss the matter.
The district will require students in alternative education programs to meet requirements established by a written personal education program (PEP). The district will maintain evidence of student accomplishments and progress in the programs. Students who attend an alternative high school in another school district may elect to receive a high school diploma from the South Tama County Community School District instead of from that school district, provided that they meet all South Tama County High School requirements for graduation.
(March 21, 1988; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.12 - Program for Students At-Risk
602.12 - Program for Students At-RiskThe board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program. The board shall provide a program to encourage and provide an opportunity for students at risk to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.
It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and principal to develop a program for students at risk, which shall identify students, for program evaluation, and for the training of school district personnel.
(April 17, 1989; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.13 - English Learners (EL) Instruction
602.13 - English Learners (EL) InstructionThe district will provide instruction for English Learners (EL) students whose primary home language is other than English and who have not yet become proficient in English. The district program for EL will include identification of students, assessment of proficiency and needs of students, provision of appropriate instruction, employment of staff to provide needed services, provisions for students to exit the program according to identified criteria, periodic review and evaluation of the program, provisions for parental notice, and provisions for proper identification and services for special education programs. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make such assignments as necessary for administrative support and coordination of the English Learner program.
(June 17, 1996; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015, October 21, 2019)
602.14 - Summer School Program
602.14 - Summer School ProgramSummer school may be conducted in such buildings, on such grade levels, for such length of time, as the Board, upon the recommendation of the superintendent of schools, may determine is appropriate.
The program offered during the summer school shall be designed so that the following purposes or objectives may be met:
- Remedial for those students who need and can profit from further work in the basic subject matter areas, and
- Enrichment experiences that would add educational benefits for each student may be provided.
(April 20, 1981; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011, July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.15 - Special Education
602.15 - Special EducationThe board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students. The board shall provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education. The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.
Students requiring special education shall attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities, and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student. The appropriate education for each student shall be written in the student’s Individualized Education Program (IEP).
Special education students shall be required to meet the requirements stated in board policy or in their IEPs for graduation. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.
Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 shall be provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system. The school district shall work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2. This shall be done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.
(June 15, 1992; October 16, 2000; January 17, 2011, July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
602.15 E1 - Provisions for Students with Disabilities Under Section 504
602.15 E1 - Provisions for Students with Disabilities Under Section 504Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 prohibits discrimination against persons with a disability in any program receiving federal financial assistance. The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) and its subsequent amendments, also require that program services and activities provided by the South Tama County Community School District may not discriminate on the basis of disability for students in the educational program.
A person with a disability is defined as anyone who:
- has a mental or physical impairment which substantially limits one or more major life activities such as caring for one’s self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working;
- has a record of such impairment; or
- is regarded as having such an impairment.
The South Tama County Community School District acknowledges its responsibility under Section 504 and the ADA to avoid discrimination in policies and practices regarding its programs, activities, students, and personnel. Therefore, the South Tama County Community School District prohibits discrimination against any person with a disability because of that person’s disability in any program, activity, or other educational benefit. This prohibition applies to all students, employees, volunteers, and others contractors with the school district.
Under Section 504, the school district has the responsibility to identify, evaluate, and, if the student is determined to be eligible under Section 504, to afford access to appropriate educational services. If the parent or person in parental relationship disagrees with the determination made by the professional staff of the school district, he/she has a right to a hearing with an impartial hearing officer.
The superintendent of schools shall serve as the STC District Section 504 and the ADA Coordinator. The superintendent shall have authority to make regulations and procedures to implement the intent of this policy.
(April 18, 1994; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011, July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
603.01 - Curriculum Materials
603.01 - Curriculum MaterialsThe curriculum of South Tama County Community School District shall be sufficiently broad to serve both the general and specialized needs of its students. Provisions shall be made for students of different talents, economic and cultural backgrounds, intellectual, emotional and physical capacities and future interests.
(April 20, 1981; July 21, 1986; June 15, 1992; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
603.03 - Curriculum Adoption
603.03 - Curriculum AdoptionAll course offerings and curriculum included in the instructional program of the school district must be approved by the Board of Education. The Board will approve only those course offerings that have been reviewed and recommended by the superintendent and that conform to the standards established by the State Department of Education.
The Board of Education establishes the following minimum criteria to be used in adopting a new course offering:
- It must be relevant to the goals established by the Board of Education.
- It must contain a list of objectives that the course is designed to achieve and methods by which progress, towards these, objectives can be evaluated.
- It must incorporate techniques and technology that has been demonstrated to be effective.
- If the proposed course offering is to replace an existing course, it must describe sound reasons as to why it should result in improvement.
- The proposed course offering must contain a list of curricular materials that are available for student and teacher usage.
- The recommended course offering must indicate what student population it is intended to serve.
A copy of each course offering approved will be placed in the central Board file.
(July 13, 1987; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011, July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
603.03 R1 - Curriculum Development and Adoption Cycle
603.03 R1 - Curriculum Development and Adoption CycleThe following is a recommended reference for the school district to consider curriculum development and adoption:
Year One
- Review standards/benchmarks, along with level I and II
- Review research, current trends and practices
- Review trend line assessment data
- Bring in speakers, attend conferences – if money is available
- Develop and carry out action plan
- Identify needs of students, department, and materials
- Review assessments and revise as needed
- Work on action plan and annual goals
Year Two
- Preview materials that meets the needs of students and teachers
- Selects materials
- Administer assessments and analyze data
- Work on action plan and annual goals
Year Three
- Implement material and monitor usage
- Review current research
- Administer and analyze assessments
- Set action plan and annual goals
- Review MCGF Infusions
Year Four
- Implement material and monitor usage
- Modify materials as needed
- Review current research
- Administer assessment and collect data
- Set action plan and annual goals
Year Five
- Evaluate assessment procedure
- Review current research
- Review philosophy
- Reevaluate departmental needs
- Continue to monitor materials use
- Administer and analyze assessments
- Set action plan and annual goals
Year Six
- Monitor materials use
- Administer and analyze assessments
- Set action plan annual goals
- Prepare for year one
(October 1, 1984; April 17, 1989; July 15, 1991; June 20, 1994; May 17, 1999; July 7, 2003; July 16, 2007; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
603.05 - Health Education
603.05 - Health Education603.05 Health Education
Students in grade levels one through twelve will receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; and communicable diseases. The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well- being.
The areas stated above are included in health education and the instructions are adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.
Parents who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction. The written request will include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent. The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.11; 279.8; 80; 280.3-.14.
Approved: April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019; October 2, 2023
Reviewed: October 2, 2023
Revised: October 2, 2023
604.01 - Instructional Materials Selection
604.01 - Instructional Materials SelectionThe board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district. This authority is delegated to certified personnel to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the school district. The certified personnel shall work closely together to ensure vertical and horizontal articulation of materials and textbooks in the education program.
In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, certified personnel shall consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society. Additionally, licensed employees are to select instructional materials that are free from discrimination, regardless of sex, race and color, national origin, religion and creed, age, marital/parental status, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, or socioeconomic status or familial status. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by certified personnel.
Educational materials given to the school district must meet the criteria for selection of instructional materials.
(April 20, 1981; April 17, 1989; July 7, 2003: January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
604.04 - Use of Information Resources
604.04 - Use of Information ResourcesIn order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources. In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes. Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the “fair use” doctrine. Under the “fair use” doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met.
While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district’s copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law. In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly. The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students. Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination. Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion.
Parents or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can copy it and re-play it. Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed. The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.
Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district’s procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the principal and teacher librarian who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.
Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district’s procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the principal, teacher or media specialist who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.
(February 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
604.04 R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulation
604.04 R1 - Use of Information Resources RegulationEmployees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the librarian. Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.
Under the “fair use” doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research. Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:
- Purpose and Character of the Use - The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
- Nature of the Copyrighted Work - The type of work to be copied.
- Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used - Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
- Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work - If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders
- Materials on the internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
- Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
- Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
- Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures. While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.
In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:
- A chapter from a book;
- An article from a newspaper or periodical;
- A short story, short essay or short poem; or,
- A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.
A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines. Each copy must include a notice of copyright.
- Brevity
- A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied: excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;
- Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;
- Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;
- One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied. "Special" works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose. Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.
- Spontaneity - Should be at the "instance and inspiration" of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
- Cumulative Effect - Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made. No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term. Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.
Copying Limitations
Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited. In those circumstances, the librarian should be contacted. The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:
- Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
- Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
- Employees shall not:
- Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;
- Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in anyone term;
- Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;
- Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright. The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
- Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
- Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library
A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:
- An unpublished work in its collection;
- A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
- A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision. Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.
A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying. The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price. In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied. In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or employee shall be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research. Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works
Teachers may:
- Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;
- Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song;
- In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available,
- Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
- Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
- Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted. Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist.
Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting. The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment.
Performances of non-dramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:
- The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
- None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
- Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.
All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner. Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.
Recording of Copyrighted Programs
Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording. Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately. Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the librarian or the subscription database, e.g. unitedstreaming.
Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period. Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests. No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast. A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers. Each additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.
After the first ten (10) consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum. Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the ten day period.
Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content. Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations. All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software
Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices. To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district shall support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs. To this end, the following guidelines shall be in effect:
- All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district shall be observed;
- Employees shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;
- A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged. If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;
- A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the technology director or librarian; and,
- A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language. The adapted program may not be distributed.
Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia
Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects.
Educators may perform or display their own multimedia based instructional activities. These projects may be used:
- In face-to-face instruction;
- In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
- In assignments to students;
- For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
- Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only: or,
- In their personal portfolios.
Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.
The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant to fair use in an educational multimedia project:
- Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
- Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less:
- Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology. For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology:
- Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds. No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
- Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more than five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
- Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;
Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher's work on the internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials. Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online. The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.
(October 21, 2019)
605.01 R1 Instructional Materials Selection Regulation
605.01 R1 Instructional Materials Selection Regulation605.01-R(1): Instructional Materials Selection (I,II) - Selection of Instructional Materials Regulation
I. Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials
A. The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the District.
B. The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.
C. While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teacher-librarian, students, parents and community members, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees.
D. Responsibility for coordinating the selection of instructional materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.
E. If the board appoints an ad hoc committee to make recommendations on the selection of instructional materials, the ad hoc committee is formed and appointed in compliance with the board policy on Ad Hoc Committees.
1. The superintendent will inform the committee as to their role and responsibility in the process.
2. The following statement is given to the ad hoc committee members:
Bear in mind the principles of the freedom to learn and to read and base your decision on these broad principles rather than on defense of individual materials. Freedom of inquiry is vital to education in a democracy.
Study thoroughly all materials referred to you and read available reviews. The general acceptance of the materials should be checked by consulting standard evaluation aids and local holdings in other schools.
Passages or parts should not be pulled out of context. The values and faults should be weighed against each other and the opinions based on the material as a whole.
In the event material is challenged, your report, presenting both majority and minority opinions, will be presented by the principal to the complainant at the conclusion of our discussion of the questioned material.
II. Material selected for use in libraries and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:
A. Religion - Material will represent any religion in a factual, unbiased manner. The primary source material of religions is considered appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school libraries or classrooms.
B. Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation's heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual. Required material will comply with all applicable laws.
C. Sexism - Material will reflect sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of individuals without preference or bias. Required materials will comply with all applicable laws.
D. Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.
E. Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present. This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is related to the maturity level of the intended audience.
F. Profanity and Sex - Material complies with all applicable laws and is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher-librarians and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.
G. Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.
The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.
These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.
III. Procedure for Selection
A. Material purchased for libraries and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, school library staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board. The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building administrator.
1. The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the school district. Specifically, the goals are:
a. To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;
b. To develop students' skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;
c. To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;
d. To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;
e. To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;
f. To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;
g. To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,
h. To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.
2. Materials selected are consistent with stated principles of selection. These principles are:
a. To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;
b. To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;
c. To present the racial, religious and ethnic groups in the community by:
1. Portraying people, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.
2. Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.
3. Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.
4. Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.
d. To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,
e. To strive for impartiality in the selection process.
3. The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria. These criteria are:
a. Authority-Author's qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;
b. Reliability:
1. Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material's goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.
2. Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.
c. Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.
d. Language:
1. Vocabulary:
a. Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;
b. Does not use "man" or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause others to feel excluded or dehumanized.
2. Compatible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.
e. Format:
1. Book
a. Adequate and accurate index;
b. Paper of good quality and color;
c. Print adequate and well spaced;
d. Adequate margins;
e. Firmly bound; and,
f. Cost.
2. Nonbook
a. Flexibility, adaptability;
b. Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;
c. Appropriate for audience;
d. Accurate authoritative presentation;
e. Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);
f. Durability; and,
g. Cost.
3. Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:
a. Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and nonsegregated social relationships.
b. Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;
c. Contain pertinent and effective illustrations;
d. Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.
f. Special Features:
1. Bibliographies.
2. Glossary.
3. Current charts, maps, etc.
4. Visual aids.
5. Index.
6. Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.
7. Provide a variety of learning skills.
g. Potential use:
1. Will it meet the requirement of reference work?
2. Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?
3. Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?
4. Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student's own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, gender identity and sexual stereotypes?
5. Will it expand students' sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?
6. Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?
7. Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interests?
8. Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?
9. Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?
10. Does it inspire learning?
11. Is it relevant to the subject?
12. Will it stimulate a student's interest?
4. Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials. The acceptance and placement of such gifts is within the discretion of the board.
5. In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher-librarians will ensure constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet school district needs or find use. The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.
Approved: 10/2/23
Reviewed: 10/2/23
Revised: 10/2/23
605.01: Instructional Materials
605.01: Instructional Materials605.01: Instructional Materials Selection (I, II)
Option I
The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district. The board delegates this authority to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by the school district. The Superintendent will provide licensed employees necessary training to ensure selected instructional materials comply with applicable laws. All instructional materials are available for review upon request and subject to all applicable laws.
In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by licensed employees.
In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent. The criteria stated above for selection of other instructional materials will apply to the selection of textbooks. The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks. Textbooks are reviewed on a 6 year cycle.
Education materials gifted to the school district must meet the criteria established above. The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.
The superintendent will establish additional criteria to guide the selection of instructional materials through administrative regulation, ensuring alignment with educational goals and compliance with laws.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; .74; 280.3, .14; 301. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).
Option II
The board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district. The board delegates this authority to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials will be utilized and purchased by the school district to licensed employees. The licensed employees will work closely together to ensure vertical and horizontal articulation of textbooks in the education program.
The board may appoint an ad hoc committee to assist the licensed employees in selecting instructional materials. The committee may be composed of any of the following groups of stakeholders: school district employees, parents, community members or representatives of community groups.
In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, the licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by the selection committee.
In making its recommendations to the superintendent, the licensed employees will select materials which:
-
support the educational philosophy, goals and objectives of the school district;
-
consider the needs, age, and maturity of students;
-
are within the school district's budget;
-
foster respect and appreciation for cultural diversity and difference of opinion;
-
stimulate growth in factual knowledge and literary appreciation;
-
encourage students to become decision-makers, to exercise freedom of thought and to make independent judgment through the examination and evaluation of relevant information, evidence and differing viewpoints;
-
portray the variety of careers, roles, and lifestyles open to all people ; and,
-
increase an awareness of the rights, duties, and responsibilities of each member of a multicultural society.
In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after a recommendation from the superintendent. The criteria stated above for selection of instructional materials will also apply to the selection of textbooks. The superintendent may appoint licensed employees to assist in the selection of textbooks.
Gifts of instructional materials must meet these criteria stated above for the selection of instructional materials. The gift must be received in compliance with board policy 704.04, "Gifts - Grants - Bequests."
The superintendent will establish additional criteria to guide the selection of instructional materials through administrative regulation, ensuring alignment with educational goals and compliance with laws.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8, 74;
Approved: 10/2/23
Reviewed: 10/2/23
Revised: 10/2/23
605.02 Instructional Materials Inspection and Display
605.02 Instructional Materials Inspection and Display605.02: Instructional and Library Materials Inspection and Display
Parents and other members of the school district community may view the instructional and library materials used by the students. All instructional materials, including teacher's manuals, films, tapes or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents.
Instructional and library materials may be viewed on school district premises. The district will publish on the district’s website a comprehensive list of all books available to students in libraries operated by the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding the inspection of instructional materials.
Legal Reference: Goals 2000: Educate America Act, Pub. L. No. 103-227, 108 Stat. 125 (1994).
Approved: 10/2/23
Reviewed: 10/2/23
Revised: 10/2/23
605.03 - Teaching About Religion
605.03 - Teaching About ReligionThe school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum. The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum. Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion will not take place.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keeping with the following guidelines:
- the proposed activity must have a secular purpose;
- the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and
- the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.
(October 21, 2019)
605.03 Objection to Instructional Materials
605.03 Objection to Instructional Materials605.03: Objection to Instructional and Library Materials
Members of the school district community may object to the instructional and library materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials. Information related to the process for reconsideration of instructional and library materials will be made available on the district’s website.
Parents or guardians of students enrolled in the district have the ability to request that their student not be able to access certain instructional material or check out certain library materials. For purposes of prohibiting access to instructional materials, Iowa law has defined instructional materials to mean either printed or electronic textbooks and related core materials that are written and published primarily for use in elementary school and secondary school instruction and are required by a state educational agency or district for use by students in the student’s classes by the teacher of record. Instructional materials does not include lesson plans.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 74; 77; 280.3, .14; 301. 281 I.A.C. 12.3(12).
Approved: 10/2/2023
Reviewed: 10/2/2023
Revised: 10/2/2023
605.03 R1 - Religious Based Exclusion from Instructional Program
605.03 R1 - Religious Based Exclusion from Instructional ProgramThe board recognizes the existence of various religious beliefs and acknowledges the American tradition of separation of church and state. Parents who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the principal. The principal shall determine an alternative activity or study for the students.
(April 17, 1989; July 7, 2003: January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
605.03-E1 Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee
605.03-E1 Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 10/18/2022 - 11:17605.03-E2 Objection to Instructional Materials-Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Request Form
605.03-E2 Objection to Instructional Materials-Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Request Form rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 10/18/2022 - 11:19605.03-E4 Objection to Instructional Materials-Request to Prohibit a Student from Checking Out Specific Library Materials
605.03-E4 Objection to Instructional Materials-Request to Prohibit a Student from Checking Out Specific Library Materials rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 10/18/2022 - 11:20605.03-E5 Objection to Instructional and Library Materials - Request to Prohibit a Student from Accessing Specific Instructional Material
605.03-E5 Objection to Instructional and Library Materials - Request to Prohibit a Student from Accessing Specific Instructional Material605.03-E(5): Objection to Instructional and Library Materials - Request to Prohibit a Student from Accessing Specific Instructional Material
Request to prohibit a student from checking out certain instructional materials to be submitted to the building administrator. Please complete one form per student.
REQUEST INITIATED BY ________________________________DATE _________________
Name ____________________________________________________________________________
Address ____________________________________________________________________________
City/State________________________ Zip Code __________Telephone__________________
Name of affected Student _______________________________________________________________
Requester’s Relationship to Student (must be parent/legal guardian)______________________
BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM ACCESSING:
Author___________________________ Hardcover_____ Paperback_____ Other_____
Title___________________________________________________________________
Publisher (if known)_______________________________________________________
Date of Publication________________________________________________________
MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL TO PROHIBIT STUDENT FROM ACCESSING:
Title___________________________________________________________________
Producer (if known)_______________________________________________________
Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.)__________________________________
__________________ _______________________________________________
Dated Signature
Approved: 10/2/23
Reviewed: 10/2/23
Revised: 10/2/23
605.03-R1 Objection to Instructional and Library Materials -Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation
605.03-R1 Objection to Instructional and Library Materials -Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation605.03-R(1): Objection to Instructional and Library Materials - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation
A. A member of the school district community may raise an objection to instructional materials used in the school district's education program. While the individuals recommending the selection of such material were duly qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting such material; the district must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process. School employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.
1. The complainant will address the complaint at the lowest organizational level of licensed staff. Often this will be the classroom teacher.
2. The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional or library materials will try to resolve the issue at the lowest organizational level. The materials generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.
a. The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the district's selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.
b. The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use. In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the teacher-librarian who can identify and explain the use of the material.
c. The school official or employee receiving the initial complaint will direct the complainant to complete the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form, and notify the building level principal of receipt of the complaint within two school days after the reconsideration form is received. School officials may offer to assist the complainant in completing the form, but if a complainant refuses to complete the form, the complaint will be deemed invalid and no further action will be taken.
B. Request for Reconsideration
1. A member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional and library materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the school district's education program. This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the school district and the community who are not directly involved in the selection process.
2. Each attendance center and the school district's central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Requests for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Forms.
3. The individual will state the specific reason the instructional or library material is being challenged. The Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form is signed by the individual and filed with the building-level principal.
4. The building-level principal will promptly file the objection with the Superintendent for re-evaluation.
5. The Superintendent will convene a reconsideration committee within two weeks of receipt of the Reconsideration Form.
6. The committee will make their recommendation to the Superintendent within five school days of meeting.
7. The Superintendent will issue a decision related to the Reconsideration Request Form within 5 school days of receipt of the committee’s recommendation. A copy of the Superintendent’s decision will be provided to the complainant.
8. An appeal of the Superintendent’s decision may be filed with the board secretary within five days of the Superintendent’s decision. The board will determine whether to hear the appeal at the next regular meeting or within 30 days of the Superintendent’s decision, whichever is later. If the board elects to hear the appeal, the board will act to affirm, modify or reverse the decision of the Superintendent. The board’s decision will be communicated to the complainant. The board’s decision will be deemed final.
9. Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process. However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B.10.d. of this rule.
10. The Reconsideration Committee
a. The reconsideration committee is made up of eight members.
(1) One licensed employee designated annually, as needed, by the superintendent.
(2) One teacher-librarian designated annually by the superintendent.
(3) One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.
(4) Three members of the community are appointed annually, as needed, by the board.
b. The committee will select their chairperson and secretary.
c. The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.
d. Special meetings may be called by the board to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances. A recommendation for temporary removal will require a two-thirds vote of the committee.
e. The committee may be subject to applicable open meetings and public records laws. Notice of the committee meeting is made public through appropriate communication methods as required by law.
f. The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.
g. The committee will determine its agenda for the meeting which may include the following:
(1) Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.
(2) An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.
(3) Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.
(4) Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available.
h. The Committee will determine whether interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views. The committee may request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee.
i. The committee's final recommendation may be to take no removal action, to remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the educational use of the challenged material. The sole criterion for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use. The written final recommendation and its justification are forwarded to the superintendent, the complainant and the appropriate attendance centers.
j. The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the Superintendent of the status of the reconsideration request throughout the reconsideration process. The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties are given appropriate notice of meetings as required by law.
k. Following the superintendent’s decision with respect to the committee's recommendation, the individual may appeal the decision to the board for review.
l. A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original selection or use of the material.
m. Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee members before the materials will again be reconsidered.
n. If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may consolidate related challenges, or decline to hear multiple challenges to the same materials. Generally, the committee will not hear subsequent challenges to the same materials within the same school year.
Approved: 10/2/23
Reviewed: 10/2/23
Revised: 10/2/23
605.04 - Outside Resource People in Instructional Program
605.04 - Outside Resource People in Instructional ProgramThe Board of Directors recognizes that one of the greatest resources of the school system is to be found in the people of community who have special knowledge and particular talents to contribute to the school program. The Board of Directors, therefore, encourages the use of community resources and citizens to assist in furthering the educational program. Use of outside personnel and resources shall be approved by the building principal.
If a teacher wishes to schedule a resource person he/she should make arrangements with the building principal prior to contacting the resource person. Note that administrative regulations on recruitment and selection of personnel requires that a criminal records check may be required of individual volunteers under selected circumstances.
(April 20, 1981; May 17, 1999; July 7, 2003: January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
605.04 Technology and Instructional Materials
605.04 Technology and Instructional Materials605.04 - Technology and Instructional Materials
The board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the educational program. The board encourages school district personnel to investigate efficient and effective ways to utilize instructional television, audiovisual materials, computers, and other technological advances as a part of the curriculum.
It shall be the responsibility of the principal to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually. The superintendent shall report the results of the principals’ evaluation and make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.
Approved:
Reviewed:
Revised:
605.05 - Technology and Instructional Program
605.05 - Technology and Instructional ProgramThe board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the educational program. The board encourages school district personnel to investigate efficient and effective ways to utilize instructional television, audiovisual materials, computers, and other technological advances as a part of the curriculum.
It shall be the responsibility of the principal to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually. The superintendent shall report the results of the principals’ evaluation and make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.
(April 17, 1989; July 7, 2003: January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
605.05 School Library
605.05 School LibraryPolicy 605.05: School Library
The school district will maintain a school library in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.
Materials for the libraries will be acquired consistent with all applicable laws and board policy, "Instructional Materials Selection." The district shall provide access to all parents and guardians of students enrolled in the district an online catalog of all books available to students in the school libraries. This access will be displayed on the school district’s website. Any challenges to library materials will be handled following the process for handling challenges to instructional and library materials as established in board policy.
It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school library is located to oversee the use of materials in the library.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, and for the weeding of library and instructional materials.
Leal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 256.7(24); 279.8; 280.14; 301.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(11), (12).
Approved: 10/2/23
Reviewed: 10/2/23
Revised: 10/2/23
605.06 - Internet - Appropriate Use
605.06 - Internet - Appropriate Use605.06: Internet - Appropriate Use
Because technology is a vital part of the school district curriculum, the Internet will be made available to employees and students. Appropriate and equitable use of the Internet will allow employees and students to access resources unavailable through traditional means.
Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers. Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students. If a student already has an electronic mail address, the student may, with the permission of the supervising teacher,) be permitted to use the address to send and receive mail at school.
The Internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students and employees. It is a global network which makes it impossible to control all available information. Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet. Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network. Some students might encounter information which may not be of educational value. Student Internet records and access records are confidential records treated like other student records. Students’ Internet activities will be monitored by the school district to ensure students are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors.
The school district will use technology protection measures to protect students from inappropriate access, including sites that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors. The school district will monitor the online activities of students and will educate students about appropriate online behavior, including interacting on social networking sites and chat rooms. Students will also be educated on cyberbullying, including awareness and response. Employees will provide age appropriate training for students who use the Internet. The training provided will be designed to promote the school district’s commitment to:
-
The standards and acceptable use of Internet services as set forth in the Internet Safety Policy;
-
Student safety with regard to:
-
safety on the Internet;
-
appropriate behavior while online, on social networking Web sites, and
-
in chat rooms; and
-
cyberbullying awareness and response. Compliance with the E-rate requirements of the Children’s Internet Protection Act
-
Employees and students will be instructed on the appropriate use of the Internet. Parents will be required to sign a permission form to allow their students to access the Internet. Students will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the STC Technology Loan Agreement/Internet Acceptable Use policy and regulations, that they will comply with the policy and regulations, and that they understand the consequences for violation of the policy or regulations.
In compliance with federal law, this policy will be maintained at least five years beyond the termination of funding under the Children’s Internet Protection Act (CIPA) or E-rate.
Legal Reference: 47 C.F.R 54.520
Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: November 20, 2023
Reviewed: November 20, 2023
Revised: November 20, 2023
605.06 R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use - Regualtion
605.06 R1 - Internet - Appropriate Use - Regualtion605.06 R1: Internet - Appropriate Use - Regulation
I. Responsibility for Internet Appropriate Use.
A. The authority for appropriate use of electronic Internet resources is delegated to the licensed employees.
B. Instruction in the proper use of the Internet will be available to employees who will then provide similar instruction to their students.
C. Employees are expected to practice appropriate use of the Internet, and violations may result in discipline up to, and including, discharge.
II. Internet Access.
A. Access to the Internet is available to teachers and students as a source of information and a vehicle of communication.
B. Students will be able to access the Internet through their teachers. Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses (will not /may) be issued to students at this time.
1. Making Internet access available to students carries with it the potential that some students might encounter information that may not be appropriate for students. However, on a global network, it is impossible to control all materials. Because information on the Internet appears, disappears and changes, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.
2. It is a goal to allow teachers and students access to the rich opportunities on the Internet, while we protect the rights of students and parents who choose not to risk exposure to questionable material.
3. The smooth operation of the network relies upon the proper conduct of the end users who must adhere to strict guidelines which require efficient, ethical and legal utilization of network resources.
4. To reduce unnecessary system traffic, users may use real-time conference features such as talk/chat/Internet relay chat only as approved by the supervising teacher.
5. Transmission of material, information or software in violation of any board policy or regulation is prohibited.
6. System users will perform a virus check on downloaded files to avoid spreading computer viruses.
7. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet.
III. Permission to Use Internet - Annually, parents will grant permission for their student to use the Internet using the prescribed form.
IV. Student Use of Internet.
A. Equal Opportunity - The Internet is available to all students within the school district through teacher access. The amount of time available for each student may be limited by the number of available terminals and the demands for each terminal.
B. On-line Etiquette.
1. The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations. As a user of the Internet, students may be allowed access to other networks. Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures. It is the user's responsibility to abide by the policies and procedures of these other networks.
2. Students should adhere to on-line protocol:
a. Respect all copyright and license agreements.
b. Cite all quotes, references and sources.
c. Remain on the system long enough to get needed information, then exit the system.
d. Apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.
3. Student access for electronic mail will be through (the supervising teacher's account/their own account). Students should adhere to the following guidelines:
a. Others may be able to read or access the mail so private messages should not be sent.
b. Delete unwanted messages immediately.
c. Use of objectionable language is prohibited.
d. Always sign messages.
e. Always acknowledge receipt of a document or file.
C. Restricted Material - Students will not intentionally access or download any text file or picture or engage in any conference that includes material which is obscene, libelous, indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd; advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law; constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses others; or presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.
D. Unauthorized Costs - If a student gains access to any service via the Internet which has a cost involved or if a student incurs other types of costs, the student accessing such a service will be responsible for those costs.
V. Student Violations--Consequences and Notifications.
Students who access restricted items on the Internet are subject to the appropriate action described in board policy or regulations or the following consequences:
1. First Violation - A verbal and written "Warning" notice will be issued to the student. The student may lose Internet access for a period of time at the discretion of the building principal. A copy of the notice will be mailed to the student's parent and a copy provided to the building principal.
2. Second Violation - A verbal and written "Second Violation" notice will be issued to the student. A copy of the notice will be sent to the student's parent and a copy provided to the building principal. The student will forfeit all Internet privileges for a minimum of 2 weeks.
3. Third Violation - A verbal and written "Third Violation" notice will be issued to the student. A copy of the notice will be sent to the student's parent and a copy provided to the building principal. The student will forfeit all Internet privileges for the quarter or for the balance of the school year. This will also be at principal discretion depending on the nature of the infraction.
Approved: November 20, 2023
Reviewed: November 20, 2023
Revised: November 20, 2023
605.07 R1 - Use of Information Resources
605.07 R1 - Use of Information Resources605.07 - R1: Use of Information Resources - Regulation
Employees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the teacher-librarian and principal. Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.
Under the "fair use" doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research. Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:
-
Purpose and Character of the Use – The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
-
Nature of the Copyrighted Work – The type of work to be copied.
-
Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used – Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use;
-
copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
-
Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work – If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders:
-
Materials on the Internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
-
Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
-
Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
-
Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures. While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.
In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:
-
A chapter from a book;
-
An article from a newspaper or periodical;
-
A short story, short essay or short poem; or,
-
A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.
A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect” set by the following guidelines. Each copy must include a notice of copyright.
-
Brevity
-
A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied; excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;
-
Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;
-
Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;
-
One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied. “Special” works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose. Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.
-
-
Spontaneity – Should be at the “instance and inspiration” of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
-
Cumulative Effect – Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made. No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term. Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.
Copying Limitations
Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited. In those circumstances, the teacher-librarian and principal should be contacted. The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:
-
Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
-
Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
-
Employees shall not:
-
Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;
-
Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in any one term;
-
Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;
-
Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright. The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
-
Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
-
Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.
-
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library
A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:
-
An unpublished work in its collection;
-
A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
-
A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision. Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.
A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying. The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price. In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied. In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or staff member shall be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research. Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works
Teachers may:
-
Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;
-
Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song;
-
In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available.
-
Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
-
Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
-
Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted. Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist.
Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting. The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment.
Performances of nondramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:
-
The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
-
None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
-
Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.
All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner. Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.
Recording of Copyrighted Programs
Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording. Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately. Certain programming such as that provided on public
television may be exempt from this provision; check with the teacher-librarian and principal or the subscription database, e.g. unitedstreaming.
Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period. Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers, and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests. No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast. A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers. Each additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.
After the first ten consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45 calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum. Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the 10 day period.
Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content. Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations. All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software
Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices. To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district shall support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs. To this end, the following guidelines shall be in effect:
-
All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district shall be observed;
-
Staff members shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;
-
A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged. If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;
-
A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the technology director; and,
-
A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language. The adapted program may not be distributed.
Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia
Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, PowerPoints, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects.
Educators may perform or display their own multimedia projects to students in support of curriculum-based instructional activities. These projects may be used:
-
In face-to-face instruction;
-
In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
-
In assignments to students;
-
For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
-
Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only; or,
-
In their personal portfolios.
Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.
The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant of fair use in an educational multimedia project:
-
Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
-
Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less;
-
Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology. For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology;
-
Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds. No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
-
Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more that five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
-
Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;
Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher’s work on the Internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials. Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online. The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted and materials are restricted from further use.
Notices – Before including this section, make sure employees are ready to comply with it and notices are posted.
The building principal is responsible for ensuring that appropriate warnings are posted. The warnings are to educate individuals using school district equipment of the copyright law. Warning notices must be posted:
-
On or near copiers;
-
On forms used to request copying services;
-
On computers; and at other places where orders for copies of materials are accepted.
Approved: October 2, 2023
Reviewed: October 2, 2023
Revised: October 2, 2023
605.08 - Production of Materials and Services by Students and Employees
605.08 - Production of Materials and Services by Students and EmployeesMaterials and services produced by students at the expense of the school district are be the property of the school district. Materials and services produced by students at the student’s expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are be the property of the student.
Materials and services produced by employees at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district, including but not limited to, materials and services produced in the scope of the employee’s duties as an employee of the school district and materials and services produced using school district time or resources. Materials and services produced by employees at the employee's expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the employee.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine incidental expense.
(October 21, 2019)
606.00 - Alternative Programs
606.00 - Alternative Programs dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 05/29/2020 - 17:00606.01 - Private Instruction
606.01 - Private InstructionThe District recognizes that families with students of compulsory attendance age may select alternative forms of education outside the traditional school setting, including private instruction. In the event a child of compulsory attendance age, as defined by law, does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school, the applicable legal requirements for other forms of private instruction must be followed.
Unless otherwise exempted, the child must receive private instruction, which is instruction that uses a plan and a course of study in a setting other than a public or organized accredited nonpublic school. Private instruction includes competent private instruction, which includes two options for delivery of instruction, and independent private instruction, which includes one option for delivery of instruction.
Competent private instruction is private instruction that is provided on a daily basis for at least one hundred forty-eight (148) days during a school year, to be met by attendance for at least thirty-seven (37) days each school quarter, and which results in the student making adequate progress. Competent private instruction is provided by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by other individuals identified in law. Students receiving competent private instruction are eligible for dual enrollment into their resident school district. Students receiving competent private instruction are also eligible for open enrollment into another school district.
A parent choosing competent private instruction for a student must notify the school district prior to the first day of school on forms provided by the school district. The forms are available in the central administration office. One copy of the completed forms will be kept by the school district and another copy will be forwarded to the area education agency.
Independent private instruction is private instruction that meets the following criteria:
- is not accredited;
- enrolls not more than four unrelated students;
- does not charge tuition, fees or other remuneration for instruction;
- provides private or religious-based instruction as its primary purpose;
- provides enrolled students with instruction in mathematics, reading and language arts, science, and social studies;
- provides, upon written request from the Superintendent of the school district in which the independent private instruction is provided or from the Director of the Department of Education, a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent private instruction, and the names of the students enrolled;
- is not a nonpublic school and does not provide competent private instruction as defined herein; and
- is exempt from all state statutes and administrative rules applicable to a school, a school board or a school district, except as otherwise provided by law.
(June 22, 1981; April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; July 7, 2003; February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
606.02 - Home School Assistance Program
606.02 - Home School Assistance ProgramThe board, recognizing alternatives to education outside the formal public school system, authorizes the establishment of a home school assistance program. This program will assist students receiving competent private instruction by providing licensed employees of the school district to assist the parent, guardian or legal custodian in the education of the student. Students registered for the home school assistance program will be counted in the basic enrollment.
The parent, guardian or legal custodian registering for the home school assistance program will agree to comply with the requirements established by the faculty of the program.
(February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
606.03 - Dual Enrollment
606.03 - Dual EnrollmentThe parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district. The student is considered under dual enrollment.
The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary prior to the third Friday of September each year on forms provided by the school district. On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating. The forms are available at the central administration office.
A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district’s extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district. The policies and administrative rules of the school district will apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled the school district. These policies and administrative rules will include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of the fees required for participation. After the student notifies the school district which activities in which they wish to participate, the school district will provide information regarding the specific programs.
A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student’s annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.
(February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
606.04 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution
606.04 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational InstitutionIn accordance with this policy, students in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or career and technical education credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions. Students and parents or guardians shall be made aware of the post-secondary instructional opportunities as part of the development of each student’s individual career and academic plan as required by law. The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy and the following post-secondary educational opportunities.
Concurrent Enrollment
The board may, in its discretion, enter into a contractual agreement with a community college to provide courses for eligible students in grades nine through twelve when comparable courses are not offered by the school district. Notice of the availability of the concurrent enrollment program shall be included in the school district’s registration handbook, and the handbook shall identify which courses, if successfully completed, generate post-secondary credit. Students shall not be charged tuition for concurrent enrollment courses and shall not be required to reimburse the school district for tuition if they do not successfully complete a course. Students or their parents or guardians may be required to pay a fee consistent with the school district’s established textbook policy and other materials for the concurrent enrollment course to the extent permitted by law. Students or their parents or guardians may also be required to provide their own transportation to and from concurrent enrollment courses to the extent permitted by law. However, transportation shall be the responsibility of the school district for any contracted course that is used to meet school district accreditation requirements.
Students who successfully complete a concurrent enrollment course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit in accordance with the institution's policies and high school credit that will be reflected on their high school transcript. The superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a concurrent enrollment course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.
Post-Secondary Enrollment Option
Students in grades nine and ten who the school district has identified as talented and gifted students and eligible students in grades eleven and twelve may utilize the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option (“PSEO”) program. Students are eligible to take post-secondary educational courses if they meet all of the requirements outlined in this policy and as required by the post-secondary educational institution and if the student has obtained the approval of the superintendent and/or designee. Eligible students wishing to participate in the post-secondary educational courses shall apply to the eligible post-secondary educational institution.
To qualify, a course must be a nonsectarian, credit-bearing course that leads to a degree. A course is not eligible for the PSEO program if a comparable course if offered by the school district. In addition, courses at a community college with which the school district has a concurrent enrollment agreement are not eligible for the PSEO program. Students shall not be charged for tuition, textbooks, materials or fees related to a PSEO course with the exception of equipment that becomes the property of the student.
The school district shall reimburse the post-secondary institution for tuition and other expenses for each PSEO course up to $250. Students who successfully complete a PSEO course, as determined by the post-secondary institution, shall receive post-secondary credit and high school credit. The superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a PSEO course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed. Students may not enroll on a full-time basis to any post-secondary institution through the PSEO program.
Transportation to and from the post-secondary institution is the responsibility of the student or parent or legal guardian of the student enrolled in a PSEO course. Eligible students may take up to seven hours of post-secondary credit during the summer months and receive high school credit upon successful completion of a post-secondary course. However, the student or student’s parent or legal guardian is responsible for all costs associated with courses taken during the summer.
Students who fail a PSEO course and fail to receive credit are required to reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course up to the $250 reimbursement maximum. Prior to registering, students under the age of eighteen are required to have a parent or guardian sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit. Reimbursement waivers may be granted by the board if sufficient verification is provided to show that the student was unable to complete the course for reasons outside the student’s control, including but not limited to, physical incapacity, a death in the student’s immediate family or a move out of the school district.
If a student is unable to demonstrate proficiency or the school district or accredited nonpublic school determines that the course unit completed by the student does not meet the school district’s standards, the superintendent shall provide in writing to the student’s parent or guardian the reason for the denial of credit.
(February 21, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
606.1 Class Size - Class Grouping
606.1 Class Size - Class Grouping rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 04/05/2022 - 15:08606.6 Insufficient Classroom Space
606.6 Insufficient Classroom Space rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 04/05/2022 - 15:10607.01 - Student Progress Reporting
607.01 - Student Progress ReportingThe Board of Directors recognizes the following objectives or purposes of a system of student reporting practices:
- To inform parents of the progress made by their children.
- To bring parents into closer understanding of the work of the school and to bring the school into closer understanding of the parent’s perception.
- To record for students their growth of achievement.
- To assist students in evaluating their growth or achievement.
- To assist the student, their parents, and the school in working cooperatively for the welfare of the student.
Students and parents shall receive a periodic progress report outlining the student’s current grade in each class. Students who are at risk of receiving a failing grade or whose achievement has declined and their parents shall be notified prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade. The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.
The Superintendent of Schools, with assistance of the professional staff, may develop a manual related to procedures for evaluating and reporting pupil progress to parents.
(April 20, 1981; June 20, 1994; July 7, 2003; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
607.02 - Student Health Services
607.02 - Student Health Services607.02 Student Health Services
Health services are an integral part of assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance. Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental and social well being. Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers. The school district’s needs, and resources determine the linkages.
Except in emergent care situations or child abuse assessments, the district will not administer invasive physical examinations or health screenings of a student that are not required by state or federal law without first obtaining the written consent of the student’s parent or guardian.
-
Emergent care situation means a sudden or unforeseen occurrence of onset of a medical or behavioral condition that could result in serious injury or harm to a student or others in the event immediate medical attention is not provided. Emergent care situation includes the need to screen a student or others for symptoms or exposures during an outbreak or public health event of concern as designated by the department of public health.
-
Invasive physical examination means any medical examination that involves the exposure of private body parts or any act during such examination that includes incision, insertion, or injection into the body, but does not include a hearing, vision or scoliosis screening.
-
Student health screening means an intentionally planned, periodic process to identify if students may be at risk for a health concern and to determine if a referral for an in-depth assessment is needed to consider appropriate health services. Student health screening does not include an episodic, individual screening done in accordance with professional licensed practice.
The superintendent, in conjunction with the (school nurse, health advisory committee, public health nurse, school health team, etc.) will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy. The superintendent will provide a written report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.
“The school district will annually notify parents of physical exams or screenings conducted on students except for vision, hearing or scoliosis.”
Legal Reference:
42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq. 34 C.F.R. pt. 99, 104, 200, 300 et seq. 29 U.S.C. § 794(a)
28 C.F.R. 35
20 U.S.C. 1232g § 1400 6301 et seq.. Iowa Code §§ 22.7, 139A.3. .8, .21; 143.1, 152, 256.7(24), .11, 279; 280.23 . 281 I.A.C. 12.3(4), (7), (11); 12.4(12); 12.8
282 I.A.C. 22. 641 I.A.C. 7. 655 I.A.C. 6
Approved: October 19, 1987; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015;August 19, 2019; October 16, 2023
Reviewed: October 16, 2023
Revised: October 16, 2023
607.02 - Student/Parent Conferences
607.02 - Student/Parent ConferencesClose communication between home and school is an important factor in establishing a highly effective school program. Planned conferences between parents and teachers is an important way to bring about understanding and close cooperation between the home and school. Close communication should be maintained through conferences with all parents, not just with those where academic or other problems suggest the need for closer communication.
Conferences between parents and teachers regarding a child should be treated by the teacher as an opportunity to help the child and every effort should be made to make the conference constructive, objective, and pleasant. Conferences should provide an opportunity for a mutual exchange of information and ideas for the welfare of the child.
Occasionally parents will call on teachers when they have responsibilities for class instruction. Although the purpose of such a visit may be worthy, teachers should discourage the practice and suggest that the parent arrange for conferences outside of regular class time. Teachers should be prepared to give after-school or pre-school time for conferences when desirable.
Conferences for parents will be scheduled following or during the first and third quarters. In addition to these conferences, teachers are expected to request additional conferences with parents as the needs may indicate.
The principal or supervisor should be present at any parent-teacher conference when the principal or supervisor believes his/her presence would be necessary and/or beneficial.
(April 17, 1989; June 15, 1992; June 20, 1994; July 7, 2003; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
607.02 R1 - Student Health Services Administrative Regulations
607.02 R1 - Student Health Services Administrative Regulations607.02 R1: Student Health Services Administrative Regulations
I. Student Health Services - Each school building may develop a customized student health services program based on its unique needs and resources. Scientific advances, laws, and school improvement necessitate supports to students with health needs to receive their education program.
Supports to improve student achievement include:
-
qualified health personnel
-
school superintendent, school nurse, and school health team working collaboratively
-
family and community involvement
-
optimal student health services program with commitment to its continuing improvement
Components provided within a coordinated school health program include:
-
health services
-
nutrition
-
healthy, safe environment
-
staff wellness
-
health education
-
physical education and activity
-
counseling, psychological, and social services
-
family and community involvement
Student health services are provided to identify health needs; facilitate access to health care; provide for health needs related to educational achievement; promote health, well-being, and safety; and plan and develop the health services program.
II. Student Health Services Essential Functions
A. Identify student health needs:
1. Provide individual initial and annual health assessments
2. Provide needed health screenings
3. Maintain and update confidential health records
4. Communicate (written, oral, electronic) health needs as consistent with confidentiality laws
B. Facilitate student access to physical and mental health services:
1. Link students to community resources and monitor follow through
2. Promote increased access and referral to primary health care financial resources such as Medicaid, HAWK-I, social security, and community health clinics
3. Encourage appropriate use of healthcare
C. Provide for student health needs related to educational achievement:
1. Manage chronic and acute illnesses
2. Provide special health procedures and medication including delegation, training, and supervision of qualified designated school personnel
3. Develop, implement, evaluate, and revise individual health plans (IHPs) for all students with special health needs according to mandates in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Rehabilitation Act (Section 504), and American with Disabilities Act (ADA)
4. Provide urgent and emergency care for individual and group illness and injury
5. Prevent and control communicable disease and monitor immunizations
6. Promote optimal mental health
7. Promote a safe school facility and a safe school environment
8. Participate in and attend team meetings as a team member and health consultant
D. Promote student health, well-being, and safety to foster healthy living:
1. Provide developmentally appropriate health education and health counseling for individuals and groups
2. Encourage injury and disease prevention practices
3. Promote personal and public health practices
4. Provide health promotion and injury and disease prevention education
E. Plan and develop the student health services program collaboratively with the superintendent, building administrator, school nurse, and school health team:
1. Gather and interpret data to evaluate needs and performance
2. Establish District wellness committee and school health team
3. Develop health procedures and guidelines
4. Collaborate with staff, families, and community
5. Maintain and update confidential student school health records
6. Coordinate program with all school health components
7. Coordinate with school improvement
8. Evaluate and revise the health service program to meet changing needs
9. Organize scheduling and direct health services staff
10. Develop student health services annual status report
11. Coordinate information and program delivery within the school and between school and major constituents
12. Provide health services by qualified health professionals to effectively deliver services, including multiple levels of school health expertise such as registered nurses, physicians, and advanced registered nurse practitioners
13. Provide for professional development for school health services staff
III. Expanded Health Services
These additional health services address learning barriers and the lack of access to health care. Examples include school-based services in the school, school-linked services connected to the school, primary care, mental health,
I.C. Iowa Code References Description
Iowa Code § 139A Communicable/Infectious Diseases
Iowa Code § 143.1 Public Health Nurses
Iowa Code § 152 Nursing
Iowa Code § 22.7 Confidential Records
Iowa Code § 256.11 DE - Educational Standards
Iowa Code § 256.7 DE - Duties of State Board
Iowa Code § 279 Directors - Powers and Duties
Iowa Code § 280.23 Student Health Services
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code References Description
281 I.A.C. 12.3 Administration
281 I.A.C. 12.4 School Personnel
281 I.A.C. 12.8 General Accreditation Standards - Student Achievement
282 I.A.C. 22
Educational Examiners - Authorizations -
641 I.A.C. 7 Public Health - Immunizations -
Approved: August 19, 2019; October 16, 2023
Reviewed: October 16, 2023
Revised: October 16, 2023
607.04 - Student Promotion, Acceleration, and Retention
607.04 - Student Promotion, Acceleration, and RetentionThe school district strives to place each student in an environment where maximum development will take place. Students will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student’s achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.
The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the licensed employee and the principal. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed as early in the school year as possible. It is within the sole discretion of the board to retain students in their current grade level.
Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed. It is within the sole discretion of the board to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
It shall be the policy of the school district to retain children at grade level when they do not have the skills necessary to be successful in the next grade. The district has the responsibility to assure that a child is ready for promotion to the next grade level. When considering a child for promotion item I, II, and III below will be examined and the final decision will be based upon the best interest of the child.
I. Academic Ability
Determined by:
- Standardized Achievement Tests
- Classroom Tests Administered by the Classroom Teachers
- Intelligence Tests Administered by a Psychologist
- History of Grades Received.
II. Social and Emotion Adaptability
Determined by:
- Ability to get along with the peers. (Teacher Observation)
- Interview with a Psychologist and/or other professional educator.
- Teacher Observation in the Classroom, Hallway, Lunchroom and the Playground.
III. Physical Maturation
Determined by:
- Ability to undertake the same tasks as the rest of the students in the grade when they plan to be placed in for the next year.
- Recommendation from the Physical Education Teacher and the School Nurse, Counselor, or Principal.
IV. Requests and Procedure:
- When a parent has made a request for retention the principal shall strongly consider this request in making the final decision.
- Requests shall be made directly to the building principal(s) involved and must be submitted prior to May 1st.
- The building principal makes the final decision.
- The parent will be notified not later than July 1st as to the district’s decision.
- Thorough documentation will be kept in the individual’s cumulative folder.
V. Appeal
The parents may request a meeting with the Superintendent of Schools to review the data if they are unhappy with the initial recommendation.
(August 18, 1986; June 15, 1992; May 15, 2000; July 7, 2003; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; October 21, 2019)
700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS
700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 09:00700.00 - Statement of Guiding Principles
700.00 - Statement of Guiding PrinciplesThe Board of Directors shall make provisions for auxiliary services deemed needed to enhance the educational climate for all students.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
701.01 - Depository of Funds
701.01 - Depository of Funds701.01: Depository of Funds
Each year at its annual meeting, the board will designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories. The maximum deposit amount to be kept in the depository will be stated in the resolution. The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district's funds.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting. Note: While this policy is not mandatory, the content of it is.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 12C2; 279.33
Approved: December 18, 2023
Reviewed: December 18, 2023
Revised: December 18, 2023
701.05 Fiscal Management
701.05 Fiscal ManagementPolicy 701.05: Fiscal Management
The Board recognizes its fiduciary responsibility to oversee the management of school district funds in keeping with the school district vision, mission and goals. To achieve this purpose, the board may engage in learning about the financial needs, operations and requirements of the district as appropriate for the board’s understanding of the district’s financial position. The Board also commits to engaging in annual financial goal setting for the district based upon measurable data and projections for the district.
After the fiscal year has closed, the Superintendent or their designee will provide to the Board concise, timely, well organized financial data. The Board will exercise its oversight responsibilities by reviewing relevant PK-12 public education sector indicators to understand the financial trends of the district.
The board will establish and review financial goals annually. The District will measure whether these goals were obtained as of June 30, but only after completion of the Certified Annual Report due September 15th each year.
Providing the best possible educational experience for all students and meeting federal, state, and local academic goals for each student requires maximizing General Fund resources for use in the instructional program. The board may request from the School Budget Review Committee (SBRC) additional modified spending authority (MSA) where it may be available for items such as:
-
Special education deficit balances
-
Advances to support increasing student enrollment
-
Supports for students identified as English Learners
-
At risk / dropout prevention programming
-
Initial staffing associated with opening new buildings or programs
-
Any other lawful purpose
Any award of modified supplement amount will be levied as a cash reserve based on the recommendation of the superintendent/designee and approved by the Board of Education in keeping with the fiscal management performance measures provided for in district policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 257.7, 31; 279.8
I.C. Iowa Code References
Iowa Code § 257.31
Iowa Code § 257.7
Approved: February 6, 2023
Reviewed: February 6, 2023
Revised: February 6, 2023
701.05(R1) - Fiscal Management - Financial Metrics
701.05(R1) - Fiscal Management - Financial Metrics arobson@s-tama… Wed, 03/01/2023 - 08:34702.00 - Student School Transportation
702.00 - Student School Transportation dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 05/29/2020 - 18:08702.01 - School Transportation Services
702.01 - School Transportation ServicesThe policy and rules and regulations for the transportation of students to and from school shall be in strict compliance with statutory provisions, State Department of Education regulations and rules, and regulations established and approved by the Board of Directors.
Any individuals eligible for transportation services pursuant to state or federal law shall receive appropriate transportation services. The board shall annually approve bus routes upon the recommendation of the superintendent and the transportation director. Routes will be determined after considering the number of students to be transported in each area of the district, the seating capacity of the buses, the distance to be traveled, safety factors, efficiency and economy of the routes, and such other factors as deemed pertinent. The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee may temporarily adjust routes as deemed necessary.
(April 18,1983; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.01 R1 - Students Eligible for School Transportation Services Regulation
702.01 R1 - Students Eligible for School Transportation Services RegulationElementary students are legally eligible for transportation if they live more than two (2) miles from the school designated for attendance, and secondary students are entitled if they live more than three (3) miles.
Transportation of students who require special education services will generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate. Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.
Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and is specified in the individualized education program (IEP) or the individualized family service plan (IFSP). When the IEP or IFSP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:
- Transportation from the student’s residence to the location of the special education and back to the student’s residence, or childcare placement for students below the age of six.
- Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, en route to and from the special education.
- Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.
The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.
A student may be required, at the board’s discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile. The board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable. It is within the discretion of the board to determine such conditions.
Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the school district. Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, are reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state.
Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district will follow the terms of the agreement. Students, who choose to attend a school in a school district other than their resident school district, will provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.
Students residing within corporate limits are not entitled to transportation to and from school except under the following conditions:
- Transportation is provided from the elementary attendance center and Middle School building to the High School attendance center for all High School pupils residing within the corporate limits of any town within the district.
- The board may at their discretion, provide transportation for resident elementary children who live within corporate limits, if it is proven that extreme safety hazards exist. Transportation is provided from present attendance centers for all students attending school within the corporate limits of a town other than that within which they reside, except all high school students will be transported to the High School building.
- School bus transportation for students participating in after school activities is available to the attendance centers located in Chelsea, Tama, and Toledo as well as to the community of Montour.
- Special transportation may be provided for any pupil whose handicap for subsequent special education service requires him/her to be transported to and from or in and about school.
- A parent or guardian of an elementary student whose residence is more than two (2) miles away may request that a licensed child day care facility be designated for pick-up and delivery of their child. The request shall be for a period of at least one semester and may not be submitted more than twice during a school year.
(April 18, 1983; December 16, 1991; June 16, 1997; May 20, 2002; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.01 R2 - Students Not Eligible for School Transportation Services Regulation
702.01 R2 - Students Not Eligible for School Transportation Services RegulationI. Route Transportation for Non-Eligible Students
Students who are not already eligible for bus transportation may avail themselves to bus route transportation, provided that each of the following conditions is met:
- Parents or guardians provide a written request for transportation stating the date(s) and locations desired for pick-up and/or delivery.
- No added mileage is required along existing bus routes.
- There is existing space available on the bus route being requested.
- The student’s conduct and behavior remains satisfactory.
- Requested areas for stops must meet required standards for safety in the opinion of transportation employees who are charged with making those judgments.
- The parent or guardian assumes responsibility to assure that children are promptly available for pick-up and adequately supervised upon delivery.
II. Discipline
Students who are unruly on the bus may be temporarily denied bus transportation after the building principal has had contact with the parent or guardian.
III. Distance from School
Distance from school or to a bus route shall be measured on the public highway only and over the most passable and safest route as determined by the Board of Directors, starting on the roadway opposite the private entrance to the residence of the pupil and ending in the roadway opposite the entrance to the school grounds or designated point on his route. Determination of distance shall be made by the Director of Transportation.
IV. Bus Stops or Pickup
Each year the Director of Transportation will establish the routes listing all bus stops. No other stops will be approved except by the Board of Education.
V. Inter-District Bus Transportation
Any student in the district may ride a bus between attendance centers without a pass.
(November 21, 1988; December 16, 1991; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.02 - School Transportation and Inclement Weather
702.02 - School Transportation and Inclement WeatherSchool district vehicles will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so. Because weather conditions may vary around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.
The superintendent or his/her designee will make the final judgment as to when to temporarily suspend bus services because of inclement weather or other emergencies make conditions unsafe. The judgment will be assisted by the transportation supervisor and “on location” reports of drivers. It is the driver’s responsibility to report road conditions. If radio contact is not possible, the driver will proceed to the next stop which does not present a hazard and make telephone contact personally, with the assistance of a student rider, monitor, or other person. When conditions deteriorate during the day, after school has begun, school may be canceled and students sent home.
Drivers, principals, and parents will be notified by designated commercial radio and TV stations when school and transportation is canceled or delayed.
If we have inclement weather where any individual driver determines that he/she does not have at least 300 feet of visibility in a pick up or drop off zone, he/she should try and do the following:
- When picking up a student pull in the driveway of the place of residence and make the pick up off of the highway, turn around in the homestead and proceed on to the next stop and repeat the above if it happens in another pick up or drop off zone.
- If unable to pull into the driveway and turn around, the driver should continue and not stop but notify the transportation manager by radio that this family was passed up due to unsafe conditions.
- If the driver believes conditions are unsafe to continue, the driver should pull off the roadway, alert the transportation manager, and wait until conditions improve or until assistance or direction is provided.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; June 15, 1992; June 20, 1994; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.03 - School Transportation for School and Non-School Use
702.03 - School Transportation for School and Non-School UseI. General Considerations
Specific uses of school vehicles for the following is authorized in order listed:
- To cooperate with civil and military authorities in case of a disaster preparedness plan.
- The daily and regular transportation of students to and from school, the transportation of school lunches and such incidental transportation of board members, staff and parents as may arise.
- To and from school sponsored activities when under the directions of a qualified member of the staff. If the faculty member is an approved school bus driver, he/she can act both as a driver and faculty sponsor.
- To facilitate the operation of school sponsored summer educational and extra-curricular programs.
- Use by non-school sponsored groups and individuals.
The school vehicles shall not be used for activities except those planned and supervised by school authorities. Every effort shall be made to use local school vehicle transportation whenever a group of students is transported.
II. Non-School Sponsored Groups and Individuals Considerations
The school district will make school vehicles available to non-school groups when it does not interfere with the regular educational program or activity program of the students of the school system, and buses with qualified drivers are available. The following terms and purposes will be observed:
- Adult “Pep” Buses: School bus transportation may be used for adults, as spectators to attend those events outside the regular school day in which STC students are participating provided that at least 20 adults are transported on each bus. Each adult is to be charged a fee sufficient to reimburse the district for the cost as indicated below.
Elementary or preschool age children may ride the adult pep bus at the regular student rate provided that they are accompanied by their own parent or guardian.
- Rental for Non-School Purposes (in order of priority):
a.
For students who regularly attend STC district when the purpose of the sponsorship is primarily non-profit (Example: 4H groups, etc.).
b. For senior citizen groups when the purpose of the sponsorship is primarily non-profit.
c. For other adult groups when the purpose of the sponsorship is primarily non-profit and the sponsoring individual or group is non-profit in nature.
d. Non-profit groups in a fund raising endeavor, and for profit commercial enterprises activities judged acceptable by the administration. Fees calculated in this category shall be multiplied by 1.25 (or 125% of actual costs). The administration may elect to negotiate an alternative fee above estimated costs for special purposes and long-term regular use.
Non-school groups have the following restrictions placed on their use of school vehicles:
- School vehicles may not be scheduled for use by individuals or groups who have past-due accounts for past facility or bus rental fees or assessments.
- Rental of school vehicles may be denied for selected occasions, such as holidays, if necessary school personnel are not available.
- School vehicles can only be used if an adult resident of the district signs an agreement to pay the required fees, to accept liability for all damages and personal injury resulting from and during the usage, and to adhere to regulations established by the administration. The Board of Directors shall be the sole judge of unwarranted destruction of property or damages.
- School vehicles can only be used if a school employee or other adult, judged to be qualified by the administration, is available to take responsibility for supervision. When costs are involved, the organization or individual arranging for use shall pay for supervision. If non-school sponsored student groups are permitted to use facilities, they may be required to pay the cost of adult supervision. Employees of the school who are paid extra for supervision of facilities must be paid by the district and the district may be reimbursed by the organization/individual using the facilities.
- It will be the responsibility of the organization renting the school vehicles to refuse admission to the school vehicles to person or persons who may be under the influence of drugs or alcohol.
- The use of a school vehicles is restricted for purposes accepted by the administration as being in good taste. Good taste will include a judgment of community acceptability, timing, etc.
- Use of school vehicles may be denied if the use would cause the district to require a school employee to work on a Sunday morning.
- The administration may deny the use of school vehicles when it might interfere with higher priority use, when it might interfere with required maintenance or cleaning, when safety or supervisions provisions cause concern, when the nature of the activity causes concern or is not clearly defined, or when energy costs indicate the fees would be insufficient to cover costs.
- School vehicles will not normally be rented to groups or individuals who reside outside the South Tama County District, and buses will not normally be rented unless those to be transported are primarily residents of South Tams County District.
Non-school groups interested in renting school transportation should contact the superintendent or his designee at least one week prior to the event. The superintendent or his designee will direct the transportation and secure the driver. Groups will pay the annual cost per mile as figured on the latest completed Annual Transportation Report. Except for adult pep buses, an additional fee will be charged non-school groups to reimburse for the cost of driver salary, benefits, and expenses for non-driving time. All payments will be made to the South Tama Community District.
All laws and rules pertaining to student transportation will be observed by non-school groups transported.
(April 18, 1983; December 19, 1994; July 7, 2003 ; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.03 R1 - School Transportation for School Trips Regulation
702.03 R1 - School Transportation for School Trips RegulationI. Requests for Field Trips
Requests for field trips should be made on a trip request form and should be approved by the Principal. These requests should identify the grade and class and tell why the trip is being taken. The number of students should be specified and the time for the bus to be at the building and the length of the trip and return time should also be listed. Requests for transportation for field trips should be made Wednesday preceding the week of the trip.
Parents may be invited to accompany the class on a field trip. They may be of some help in caring for the children and this practice helps to interpret the school program to parents.
Requests for field trips shall be directed to the principal and then to the Superintendent’s designee so bus travel may be arranged.
II. Transportation for Field Trips
Certain school vehicles will be available for trips which can be taken between the hours of 9:00 A.M. – 3:00 P.M. All activity and field trips should be made in the following conveyances only:
- School bus or school-owned vehicles
- Commercial Carrier
- Passenger cars or other conveyances carrying one adult designated as the sponsor or chaperone.
Students arriving at any activity by means other than authorized by the school, are ineligible for that activity, and will not be allowed to participate unless previously approved by the appropriate event supervisor for good cause and in writing.
Each student is required to return from all activity trips by the same conveyance he/she used to arrive. The only exception to this rule is that a parent may, upon written request, secure permission for the student to return with the parent.
The activity sponsor is responsible for the conduct of students to, from, and at the scheduled activity.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; May 17, 1999; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.03 R2 - School Transportation for Activity Shuttle Regulation
702.03 R2 - School Transportation for Activity Shuttle RegulationThe school district may offer an after-school shuttle for eligible students in grades 6-12, to Chelsea/Vining, Montour, and to Tama. The following guidelines shall apply to after school shuttles:
- The minimum number of eligible students to authorize an activity shuttle will be one (1) student.
- If an activity bus is scheduled for eligible students, then ineligible students may be permitted to ride, but a bus will not be scheduled if no eligible student is scheduled, and may be canceled without advance notice if no eligible student is scheduled to ride.
- Eligible students are those who engage in STC sponsored activities requiring time after school and include:
- Students engaged in an STC activity (sports, fine arts, etc.) that are scheduled for practice or performance after school and end prior to the activity bus departure.
- Special occasions, not seasonal activities, related to a school class or activity which are verified by the teacher/sponsor (such as: group projects, rehearsals, etc.).
- Organized building level tutoring sessions for students (does not include staying after school as assigned by a specific teacher for work not completed.)
- Ineligible students are students who delay transportation home for reasons other than a STC sponsored activity and includes:
- Students who voluntarily or involuntarily stay after school for discipline reasons or volunteer work not related to a class project or activity that is verified by a sponsor, coach, or teacher. (NOTE: Students detained after school for disciplinary reasons or make-up work may ride the shuttle if it is already scheduled. If not, they will be given a choice of at least two dates in which his/her family can arrange alternate transportation.)
- Students who visit with friends after school, run personal or family errands, etc.
- Students who attend or participate in activities or functions that are not school related.
- Students who attend school activities as spectators.
- Students who hold after-school jobs or perform community service whether in the school or outside school.
- For season activity (such as a sport) – a family whose eligible student participates will be expected to verify that the student will utilize the shuttle service. The sponsor/coach of the activity is to notify school officials when it is known in advance that an activity will be suspended for a particular date(s). The school must be notified by the family when it is known in advance that the student will temporarily or indefinitely cease using the shuttle service.
- If a small number (to be determined by the administration) of students use a shuttle on a regular basis, the attendance center will notify transportation officials if all such students are absent on a given date so that the shuttle can be canceled.
- For intermittent or special occasions – (such as rehearsals) the sponsor/coach/teacher will verify that eligible students wish to ride the shuttle and notify transportation, at least one full day in advance, of which eligible students are scheduled to ride on which date(s).
(December 15, 1997; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.04 - Conduct on School Transportation
702.04 - Conduct on School TransportationStudents utilizing school transportation will conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers. Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.
The driver will have the authority to maintain order on the school vehicle. It is the responsibility of the driver to report misconduct to the transportation director and building administrator.
The board supports the use of video cameras on school vehicles used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular, or extracurricular events. The video cameras will be used to monitor student behavior and may be used as evidence in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding. The videotapes are student or employee records subject to school district confidentiality, and applicable board policy.
Transportation privileges will be withdrawn and/or denied to any and all students who fail to conform to accepted standards of our handbooks, regulations and policies. The superintendent, or designee, may suspend a student from bus transportation for misconduct related to bus transportation. For gross misconduct or repeated misconduct following other forms of discipline, the superintendent may recommend to the Board that a student be suspended from bus transportation for a long term.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; June 20, 1994; May 20, 1996; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.04 R1 - Video/Audio Recording on School Transportation Regulation
702.04 R1 - Video/Audio Recording on School Transportation RegulationThe board supports the use of video/audio cameras on school transportation as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees. The video/audio cameras may be used on buses or other school vehicles used for transportation to and from school, field trips, curricular events and extracurricular events. The contents of the video/audio recordings may be used as evidence in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.
Student and Employment Records
The content of the video/audio recordings may be a student or employment record subject to board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student and employment records. If the video/audio recording is considered a student record, only those persons with a legitimate educational purpose may view the video/audio recordings. In most instances, those individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, transportation director, bus driver and special education staffing team. A video/audio recording recorded during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity. If the content of the video/audio recording becomes the subject of a student or employee disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.
Notice
The school district will annually provide the following notice to students and parents:
The South Tama County Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of video/audio cameras on school district buses. The video/audio cameras will be used to monitor student behavior to maintain order on the school buses to promote and maintain a safe environment. Students and parents are hereby notified that the content of the video/audio recordings may be used in a student disciplinary proceeding. The content of the video/audio recordings are confidential student records and will be retained with other student records. Video/audio recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration. Parents may request to view video/audio recordings of their child if the video/audio recordings are used in a disciplinary proceeding involving their child.
The following notice will also be placed on all school transportation equipped with a video/audio camera:
This vehicle is equipped with a video/audio monitoring system.
Review of Video/Audio Recordings
The school district may review video/audio recordings randomly. The video/audio recordings may be recirculated for erasure after 10 school days.
Viewing of video/audio recordings is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose. A written log will be kept of those individuals viewing the video/audio recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing, and the date the video recording was viewed.
Video/Audio Monitoring System
Video/audio cameras will be rotated randomly on school district transportation.
Determination of how video/audio cameras will be used and which school buses or vehicles will be equipped with video/audio equipment will be made by the superintendent in consultation with the building principals and transportation director.
Student Conduct
Students are prohibited from tampering with the video/audio cameras on the school buses or vehicles. Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering.
(November 18, 2019)
702.05 - School Vehicle Idling
702.05 - School Vehicle IdlingThe board recognizes that it has a role in reducing environmental pollutants and in assisting students and others to be free from pollutants that may impact their respiratory health. Unnecessary vehicle idling emits pollutants and wastes fuel. The board directs the superintendent, in conjunction with the Director of Transportation, to work on administrative regulations to implement this policy and reduce school vehicle idling time.
(December 6, 2010; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
702.06 - School Vehicle Seat Belt Use
702.06 - School Vehicle Seat Belt UseIt is the goal of the South Tama County Community School District to provide the safest student transportation possible. The District requires that all students riding a school district bus equipped with seat belts or any school vehicle equipped with seat belts wear seat belts while the bus is in motion. Beginning in 2019-20, the District is purchasing school buses equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts, and the requirements of this policy will apply to students riding on said buses.
Drivers are not responsible and/or liable for students wearing seat belts while riding in any school vehicle. Drivers will instruct students to put on seat belts prior to the bus leaving a school. Drivers will announce prior to the bus leaving that each student needs to be in their seat with the seat belt fastened.
Students who may require assistance in using seat belts should ask the bus driver for help so that all students are safely belted in their seats before the bus is in motion. All students will receive instruction on the proper use of seat belts during the twice-annual bus safety drills.
Students refusing to use seat belts create a safety concern for themselves and others, and are subject to school district disciplinary actions. Repeated refusal to wear seat belts can result in suspension from bus riding privileges.
(February 4, 2020)
704.02- Debt Management
704.02- Debt Management704.02: Debt Management
DEBT LIMITS
Credit Ratings
The school district seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives. The school district recognizes that external economic, natural, or other events may from time to time affect the creditworthiness of its debt. Nevertheless, the school district is committed to ensuring that actions within their control are prudent.
Debt Limits
For general obligation debt, the school district’s outstanding debt limit shall be no more than five percent (5%) of the actual value of property within the school district’s boundaries, as prescribed by the Iowa constitution and statutory restrictions.
For revenue debt, the school district’s goal is to provide adequate debt service coverage of at least 1.20 times the annual debt service costs.
In accordance with Iowa law, the school district may not act as a conduit issuer or issue municipal securities to raise capital for revenue-generating projects where the funds generated are used by a third party (“conduit borrower”) to make payments to investors.
PURPOSES AND USES OF DEBT
Capital Planning
To enhance creditworthiness and prudent financial management, the school district is committed to systematic capital planning, intergovernmental cooperation and coordination and long-term financial planning.
Capital Financing
The school district may issue long-term debt for capital projects as authorized by Iowa law, which include, but are not limited to, the costs of planning, design, land acquisition, buildings, permanent structures, attached fixtures or equipment, and movable pieces of equipment. Capitalized interest may be included in sizing any capital project debt issue. The types of debt instruments to be used by the school district include:
-
General Obligation Bonds
-
General Obligation Capital Loan Notes
-
Bond Anticipation Notes
-
Revenue Anticipation Notes
-
School Infrastructure Sales, Services and Use Tax Revenue Bonds
-
Lease Purchase Agreements, including Certificates of Participation
Working Capital Financing
The school district may issue debt for working capital for operations after cash flow analysis has determined that there is a mismatch between available cash and cash outflows. The school district shall strive to repay working capital debt by the end of the fiscal year in which the debt was incurred. A Working Capital Reserve may be included in sizing any working capital debt issue.
Refundings
Periodic reviews of all outstanding debt will be undertaken to determine if refunding opportunities exist. Refunding will be considered (within federal tax law restraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or if the refunding is otherwise in the best interests of the school district, such as to release restrictive bond covenants which affect the operations and management of the school district.
In general, advance refundings for economic savings will be undertaken when a net present value savings exceeds three percent of the refunded debt can be achieved. Current refundings, which produce a new present value savings of less than three percent will be considered on a case by case basis taking into consideration bond covenants and general conditions. Refundings with negative savings will not be considered unless there is a compelling public policy objective for doing so.
DEBT STANDARDS AND STRUCTURE
Length of Debt
Debt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with a fair allocation of costs to current and future beneficiaries or users. Long-term debt will not be issued for periods exceeding the useful life or average useful lives of the project or projects to be financed. All debt issued will adhere to state and federal law regarding the length of time the debt may be outstanding.
Debt Structure
Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the school district given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source. To the extent possible, the school district will design the repayment of its overall debt to rapidly recapture its credit capacity for future use.
Generally, the school district will only issue fixed-rate debt. In very limited circumstances, the school district may issue variable rate debt, consistent with the limitations of Iowa law and upon a finding of the board that the use of fixed rate debt is not in the best interest of the school district and a statement of the reasons for the use of variable rate debt.
All debt may be structured using discount, par or premium coupons, and as serial or term bonds or notes, or any combination thereof, consistent with Iowa law. The school district should utilize the coupon structure that produces the lowest True Interest Cost (TIC) taking into consideration the call option value of any callable maturities.
The school district will strive to structure their debt in sinking fund installments for each debt issue that achieves, as nearly as practicable, level debt service within an issue or overall debt service within a particular classification of debt.
Derivatives (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, caps, collars, corridors, ceiling and floor agreements, forward agreements, float agreements, or other similar financing arrangements), zero-coupon or capital appreciation bonds are not allowed to be issued consistent with State law.
Decision Analysis to Issue Debt
Whenever the school district is contemplating the issuance of debt, information will be developed concerning the following four categories commonly used by rating agencies assessing the school district’s credit worthiness, listed below.
Debt Analysis – Debt capacity analysis; purpose for which debt is proposed to be issued; debt structure; debt burden; debt history and trends; and adequacy of debt and capital planning.
Financial Analysis – Stability, diversity, and growth rates of tax or other revenue sources; trend in assessed valuation and collections; current budget trends; appraisal of past revenue and expenditure trends; history and long-term trends of revenues and expenditures; evidences of financial planning; adherence to GAAP; audit results; fund balance status and trends in operating and debt funds; financial monitoring systems and capabilities; and cash flow
projections.
Governmental and Administrative Analysis – Government organization structure; location of financial responsibilities and degree of control; adequacy of basic service provision; intergovernmental cooperation/conflict and extent of duplication; and overall planning efforts.
Economic Analysis – Geographic and location advantages; population and demographic characteristics; wealth indicators; types of employment, industry and occupation; housing characteristics; new construction; evidences of industrial decline; and trend of the economy.
DEBT ISSUANCE
Credit Enhancement
Credit enhancements (.i.e., bond insurance, etc.) may be used but only when the net debt service on the debt is reduced by more than the costs of the credit enhancement.
Costs and Fees
All costs and fees related to issuing the debt will be paid out of debt proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving proceeds of the debt issue.
Method of Sale
Generally, all school district debt will be sold through a competitive bidding process. Bids will be awarded on a TIC basis providing other bidding requirements are satisfied.
The school district may sell debt using a negotiated process in extraordinary circumstances when the complexity of the issue requires specialized expertise, when the negotiated sale would result in substantial savings in time or money, or when market conditions of school district credit are unusually volatile or uncertain.
Professional Service Providers
The school district will retain external bond counsel for all debt issues. All debt issued by the school district will include a written opinion by bond counsel affirming that the school district is authorized to issue the debt, stating that the school district has met all Iowa constitutional and statutory requirements necessary for issuance and determining the debt’s federal income tax status. The bond counsel retained must have comprehensive municipal debt experience and a thorough understanding of Iowa law as it relates to the issuance of the particular debt.
The school district will retain an independent financial advisor. The financial advisor will be responsible for structuring and preparing all offering documents for each debt issue. The financial advisor retained will have comprehensive municipal debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring and pricing of municipal securities.
The treasurer shall have the authority to periodically select other service providers (e.g., escrow agents, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants, rebate specialist, etc.) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs. These services can include debt restructuring services and security or escrow purchases.
Compensation for bond counsel, financial advisor and other service providers will be as economical as possible and consistent with industry standards for the desired qualification levels.
DEBT MANAGEMENT
Investment of Debt Proceeds
The school district shall invest all proceeds received from the issuance of debt separate from the school district’s consolidated cash pool unless otherwise specified by the authorizing bond resolution or trust indenture. Investments will be consistent with those authorized by Iowa law and the school district’s Investment Policy to maintain safety of principal and liquidity of the funds.
Arbitrage and Record Keeping Compliance
The treasurer shall maintain a system of record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently, or may become applicable through the lifetime of all tax-exempt or tax credit bonds.
Federal tax compliance, record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures shall include not be limited to:
1. post-issuance compliance procedures (including proper use of proceeds, timely expenditure of proceeds, proper use of bond financed property, yield restriction and rebate, and timely return filing);
2. proper maintenance of records to support federal tax compliance;
3. investments and arbitrage compliance;
4. expenditures and assets;
5. private business use; and
6. designation of primary responsibilities for federal tax compliance of all bond financings.
Financial Disclosure
The school district is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to cooperating fully with rating agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensible and accurate financial information. The school district is dedicated to meeting secondary disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Official Statements accompanying debt issues, Annual Audits, and Continuing Disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The treasurer shall be responsible for ongoing debt disclosure as required by any Continuing Disclosure Certificate for any debt issue and for maintain compliance with disclosure standards promulgated by state and federal regulatory bodies
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 74-76; 278.1; 298; 298A.
Approved: December 18, 2023
Reviewed: December 18, 2023
Revised: December 18, 2023
704.03 - Investments
704.03 - Investments704.03: Investments
School district funds in excess of current needs are invested in compliance with this policy. The goals of the school district's investment portfolio in order of priority are:
-
To provide safety of the principal;
-
To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
-
To obtain a reasonable rate of return.
In making investments, the school district will exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.
School district funds are monies of the school district, including operating funds. "Operating funds" of the school district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt. When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less. If, during the current budget year an amount of public funds will exceed operating funds by at least thirty-
three percent, the amount of public funds that exceed operating funds by greater than thirty-three percent may be invested in certificates of deposit at federally insured depository institutions which mature within sixty-three months or less, in accordance with state and federal laws. When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.
The board authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.
-
Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district's authorized depositories;
-
Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT);
-
Obligations of the United States government, its agencies and instrumentalities;
-
Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions;
-
Repurchase agreements in which underlying collateral consists of investments in government securities. The school district must take delivery of the collateral either directly or through an authorized custodian. Repurchase agreements do not include reverse repurchase agreements;
-
An open-end management investment company registered with the federal securities exchange commission and commonly referred to as a money market mutual fund. The money market mutual fund will use only the investments individually authorized by law for school districts.
It is the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.
It is the responsibility of the treasurer to bring a contract with an outside person to invest school district funds, to advise on investments, to direct investments, to act in a fiduciary capacity or to perform other services to the board for review and approval. The treasurer will also provide the board with information about and verification of the outside person's fiduciary bond. Contracts with outside persons will include a clause requiring the outside person to notify the school district within thirty days of any material weakness in internal structure or regulatory orders or
sanctions against the outside person regarding the services being provided to the school district and to provide the documents necessary for the performance of the investment portion of the school district audit. Contracts with outside persons will not be based on the performance of the investment portfolio.
The treasurer is responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio's performance, transaction activity and current investments including the percent of the investment portfolio by type of investment and by issuer and maturities. The report will also include trend lines by month over the last year and year-to-year trend lines regarding the performance of the investment portfolio. It will also be the responsibility of the treasurer to obtain the information necessary to ensure that the investments and the outside
persons doing business with the school district meet the requirements outlined in this policy.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district's depositories, auditor and outside persons doing investment business with the school district.
It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices. The investment practices are designed to prevent losses, to document the officers' and employees' responsibility for elements of the investment process and address the capability of the management.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 11.2, .6; 12.62; 12B.10; 10A; 12C; 22.1, .14; 28E.2; 257; 279.29; 283A; 285; 502.701; 633.123.
Approved: January 3, 2024
Reviewed: January 3, 2024
Revised: January 3, 2024
704.04 - Audit
704.04 - Audit707.04: Audit
In accordance with state law, to review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an independent auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district. The superintendent will use a request for proposal procedure in selecting an auditor. The administration will cooperate with the auditors. Annual audit reports shall remain on file as permanent records of the school district.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 11.6
Approved: April 12, 1971; April 17, 1989; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020; January 3, 2024
Reviewed: January 3, 2024
Revised: January 3, 2024
704.04 - Gifts, Grants, Bequests
704.04 - Gifts, Grants, Bequests704.04 Gifts, Grants, Bequests
The board believes gifts, grants, and bequests to the school district may be accepted when they will further the interests of the school district. When the gift, grant or bequest is monetary greater than $500.00, the board will have sole authority to determine whether the gift furthers the interests of the school district. Gifts, grants, and bequests that are less than $500.00 or are physical items need approval of the appropriate administrator.
Gifts, grants, and bequests greater than $500.00 are approved by the board. Once it has been approved by the board, a board member or the superintendent may accept the gift on behalf of the school district.
Gifts, grants, and bequests once accepted on behalf of the school district become the property of the school district. Gifts, grants, and bequests are administered in accordance with terms, if any, agreed to by the board.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.42; 565.6.
Approved: October 2, 2023
Reviewed: October 2, 2023
Revised: October 2, 2023
704.04(R1) - Donations for Student Meals
704.04(R1) - Donations for Student Meals704.04 R1 Donations for Student Meals
The South Tama County Community School District accepts donations for negative student
meal accounts. At times, the food and nutrition department periodically receives donations from various sources. If an individual or organization wishes to make a donation for negative lunch
accounts, the check should be made out to South Tama County Community Schools with
negative lunch balances cited in the memo area of the check. Cash donations should have a
note citing the money is for negative lunch balances. Tax deductible receipts are provided for any donation of $250 or more. If the District receives a check/cash with instructions to apply payment to a specific student(s) account, no donation tax form can be applied. All other donations will be equally pro-rated across accounts as follows:
-
All donated funds will be deposited in the Unpaid Student Meals Account in accordance with law and shall only be used to pay individual student meal debt.
-
Donated funds shall be applied to the debt of students that are currently enrolled with the District.
-
Donated funds will be applied to student accounts which qualify for free and reduced price meals
-
If donation is $500.00 or less the donation will be applied equally to all student
accounts with a balance of -$150.00 or more. If no accounts fall in this category we will apply it to accounts with a balance of -$125.00 or more. We will continue to go down by $25.00 until an account(s) is in that category.
-
If the donation is greater than $500.00 it will be applied to all accounts at -$100.00 or more.
-
After the funds are distributed, an individualized letter will be sent to the parent/guardian for each student account that receives a portion of the donation. The identity of the donor will not be shared with the parent/guardian.
Approved: October 2, 2023
Reviewed: October 2, 2023
Revised: October 2, 2023
704.05 - Student Activities Fund
704.05 - Student Activities Fund704.05: Student Activities Fund
Revenue raised by students or from student activities is deposited and accounted for in the student activities fund. This revenue is the property of and is under the financial control of the board. Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the activities director(s).
Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, club dues, and special activities or result from admissions to special events or from other fund-raising activities, all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the board and under the specific control of the activities director(s). They will be deposited in a designated depository and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with instructions issued by the superintendent.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep student activity accounts up-to-date and complete. Any unencumbered class or activity account balances will automatically revert to the activity fund when a class graduates or an activity is discontinued.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
Approved: February 4, 2020, December 18, 2023
Reviewed: December 18, 2023
Revised: December 18, 2023
704.06 - Online Fundraising Campaigns/Crowdfunding
704.06 - Online Fundraising Campaigns/CrowdfundingPolicy 704.06: Online Fundraising Campaigns/Crowdfunding
The Board of Education believes online fundraising campaigns, including crowdfunding campaigns, may further the interests of the district. Any person or entity acting on behalf of the district and wishing to conduct an online fundraising campaign for the benefit of the district shall begin the process by seeking prior approval from the board or their designee. Any fundraising efforts conducted using the district's name, symbols, or imagery will be conducted in accordance with all policies, regulations and rules for fundraising within the district. Money or items raised by an online fundraising campaign will be the property of the district only upon acceptance by the board, and will be used only in accordance with the terms for which they were given, as agreed to by the board.
Approval of requests shall depend on factors including, but not limited to:
-
Compatibility with the district’s educational program, mission, vision, core values, and beliefs; Congruence with the district and school goals that positively impact student performance;
-
The district’s instructional priorities;
-
The manner in which donations are collected and distributed by the crowdfunding platform; Equity in funding; and
-
Other factors deemed relevant or appropriate by the district.
If approved, the requester shall be responsible for preparing all materials and information related to the online fundraising campaign and keeping district administration apprised of the status of the campaign.
The requestor is responsible for compliance with all state and federal laws and other relevant district policies and procedures. All items and money generated are subject to the same controls and regulations as other district property and shall be deposited or inventoried accordingly. No money raised or items purchased shall be distributed to individual employees.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 279.42; 565.6.
Approved: April 3, 2023
Reviewed: April 3, 2023
Revised: April 3, 2023
704.07 - Sale of Bonds
704.07 - Sale of Bonds704.07: Sale of Bonds
The board may conduct an election for the authority to issue bonded indebtedness. Revenues received from the issuing of bonded indebtedness shall be deposited into the capital projects fund.
Revenues generated from an approved bond issue shall be used only for the purpose stated on the ballot. Once the purpose on the ballot is completed, any balance remaining in a capital projects fund may be retained for future capital projects in accordance with the purpose stated on the ballot or any remaining balance may be transferred by board resolution to the debt service fund or the physical plant and equipment levy fund. Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund.
Approved: June 16, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020; January 3, 2024
Reviewed: January 3, 2024
Revised: January 3, 2024
705.01 - Purchasing - Bidding
705.01 - Purchasing - BiddingPolicy 705.01: Purchasing – Bidding
The board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the school district community. As permitted by law, purchasing preference will be given to Iowa goods and services from locally-owned businesses located within the school district or Iowa based companies if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and meet the required specifications. However, when spending federal Child Nutrition Funds, geographical preference is allowed only for unprocessed agricultural food items as a part of response evaluation. Other statutory purchasing preferences will be applied as provided by law, including goals and reporting with regard to procurement from certified target small businesses, minority-owned businesses, and female-owned businesses.
Goods and Services
The board shall enter into goods and services contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those requiring board approval as described below or as provided by in law. The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories, or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.
Purchases for goods and services shall conform to the following:
-
The superintendent shall have the authority to authorize purchases without prior board approval and without competitive request for proposals,quotation or bids for goods and services up to $5,000.
-
For goods and services cost at least $5,000 and up to $50,000, the superintendent shall receive proposals, quotations, or bids for the goods and services to be purchased prior to board approval. The quotation process may be informal, and include written or unwritten quotations.
-
For goods and services exceeding $50,000, the competitive request for proposal (RFP) or competitive bid process shall be used and received prior to board approval. RFPs and bids are formal, written submissions via sealed process.
In the event that only one quotation or bid is submitted, the board may proceed if the quotation or bid meets the contract award specifications.
The contract award may be based on several cost considerations including, but not limited to the following:
-
The cost of the goods and services being purchased;
-
Availability of service and/or repair;
-
The targeted small business procurement goal and other statutory purchasing preferences; and Other factors deemed relevant by the board.
The board may elect to exempt certain professional services contracts from the thresholds and procedures outlined above.
The thresholds and procedures related to purchases of goods and services do not apply to public improvement projects.
Public Improvements
The board shall enter into public improvement contract(s) as the board deems to be in the best interest of the school district. ‘Public improvement’ means “a building or construction work which is constructed under the control of a governmental entity and for which either of the following applies: (1) has been paid for in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity; (2) a commitment has been made prior to construction by the governmental entity to pay for the building or construction work in whole or in part with funds of the governmental entity. This includes a building or improvement constructed or operated jointly with any public or private agency.”
The district shall follow all requirements, timelines, and processes detailed in Iowa law related to public improvement projects. The thresholds regarding when competitive bidding or competitive quotations is required will be followed. Competitive bidding is required for public improvement contracts exceeding the minimum threshold stated in law. Competitive quotations are required for public improvement projects that exceed the minimum threshold amount stated in law, but do not exceed the minimum set for competitive bidding. The board shall approve competitive bids and competitive quotes. If the total cost of the public improvement does not warrant either competitive bidding or competitive quotations, the district may nevertheless proceed with either of these processes, if it so chooses.
The award of all contracts for the public improvement shall be awarded to the lowest responsive, responsible bidder. In the event of an emergency requiring repairs to a school district facility that exceed bidding and quotation thresholds, please refer to Policy 802.03 - Emergency Repairs.
The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors. The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 26; 28E; 72.3; 73; 73A; 285; 297; 301. 261 I.A.C. 54. 281 I.A.C. 43.25.
Approved: December 18, 2023
Reviewed: December 18, 2023
Revised: December 18, 2023
705.01(R2) - Purchasing - Bidding - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contracts
705.01(R2) - Purchasing - Bidding - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contracts705.01-R1: Purchasing - Bidding - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure
In connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities.
When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee will use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract:
1. Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;
2. Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or
3. Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online Federal System for Award Management at https://sam.gov/reports/awards/standard to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions.
2 CFR Part 200 Subpart B-General Provisions
200.113 Mandatory Disclosures
A non-Federal entity or applicant for a Federal award must disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award. Non-Federal entities that have received a Federal award including the term and condition outlined in Appendix XII—Award Term and Condition for Recipient Integrity and Performance
Matters are required to report certain civil, criminal, or administrative proceedings to SAM. Failure to make required disclosures can result in any of the remedies described in §200.338 Remedies for noncompliance, including suspension or debarment. (See also 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.) It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to timely report to the relevant federal or pass through agency any violations of federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery or gratuity potentially impacting a federal grant.
Approved: January 3, 2024
Reviewed: January 3, 2024
Revised: January 3, 2024
705.01(R2) - Purchasing - Bidding Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contract
705.01(R2) - Purchasing - Bidding Using Federal Funds in Procurement ContractRegulation 705.01-R(2): Purchasing – Bidding Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contract
In addition to the District’s standard procurement and purchasing procedures, the following procedures for vendors/contractors paid with federal funds are required. When federal, state, and local requirements conflict, the most stringent requirement will be followed.
2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.318 (c)(1)
No District employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award and administration of contracts supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest. Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract. District officers, employees, and agents may neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts. However, for situations where the financial interest is not substantial or the gift is an unsolicited item of nominal value, district employees must abide by all relevant board policies. Violation of this requirement may result in disciplinary action for the District employee, officer, or agent.
2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.320 (e)(1-4)
Procurement for contracts paid with federal funds may be conducted by noncompetitive (single source) proposals when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) the item is only available from a single source; (2) public exigency or emergency will not permit the delay resulting from competitive bids; (3) the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the non-Federal entity; or (4) after solicitation of a number of sources, competition is inadequate.
2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.321
The District will take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) placing such businesses on solicitation lists; (2) soliciting such businesses whenever they are potential sources; (3) when economically feasible, dividing contracts into smaller tasks or quantities to allow participation from such businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation by such businesses; (5) when appropriate, utilizing the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and (6) requiring the primary contractor to follow steps (1) through (5) when subcontractors are used.
The district will include the following provisions in all procurement contracts or purchase orders include the following provisions when applicable:
2 CFR Part 200 Appendix II
(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate.
(B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement.
(C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.”
(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency.
(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence.
(F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency.
(G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251- 1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA).
(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.
(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award.
(J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.
§200.216 Prohibition on certain telecommunications and video surveillance services or equipment 2
(a) The district is prohibited from obligating or expending loan or grant funds to:
1. Procure or obtain;
2. Extend or renew a contract to procure or obtain; or
3. Enter into a contract (or extend or renew a contract) to procure or obtain equipment, services, or systems that uses covered telecommunications equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as critical technology as part of any system. As described in Public law 115-232, section 889, covered telecommunications equipment is telecommunications equipment produced by Huawei Technologies Company or ZTE Corporation (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities).
i. For purpose of public safety, security of government facilities, physical security surveillance of critical infrastructure, and other national security purposes, video surveillance and telecommunication equipment produced by Hytera Communications Corporation, Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Company, or Dahua Technology Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities).
ii. Telecommunications or video surveillance services provided by such entities or using such equipment.
iii. Telecommunications or video surveillance equipment or services produced or provided by an entity that the Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Director of the National Intelligence of the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, reasonably believes to be an entity owned by or controlled by, or otherwise connected to, the government of a foreign country.
(b) In implementing the prohibition under Public Law 115-232, section 889, subsection (f), paragraph (l), heads of executive agencies administering loan, grant, or subsidy programs shall prioritize available funding and technical support to assist affected businesses, institutions and organizations as is reasonably necessary for those affected entities to transition from covered communications equipment and services, to procure replacement equipment and services, and to ensure that communications service to users and customers is sustained.
(c) See Public Law 115-232, section 889 for additional information.
(d) See also §200.471.
I.C. Iowa Code References Description
Approved: April 3, 2023
Reviewed: April 3, 2023
Revised: April 3, 2023
705.04 - Expenditures for Public Purpose
705.04 - Expenditures for Public PurposePolicy 705.04: Expenditures for a Public Purpose
The board recognizes that school district funds are public funds, and as such, should be used to further a public purpose and the overall educational mission of the school community. The district is committed to managing and spending public funds in a transparent and responsible manner. Prior to making a purchase with public funds, an individual should be comfortable defending the purchase/reimbursement to the taxpayers in the district. If the individual is uncomfortable doing so, the purchase may not fulfill a public purpose and additional guidance should be sought before the purchase is made.
Individuals who have concerns about the public purpose of a purchase or reimbursement should utilize the district’s Internal Controls policy and regulation as a resource for questioning a purchase. Concerns should be reported to the superintendent and/or the board president.
The superintendent shall develop a process for approving expenditures of public funds. The board will review expenditures and applicable reports as necessary to ensure proper oversight of the use of public funds. To the extent possible, expenditures shall be pre-approved by the district prior to expending the funds. Purchases of food and refreshment for district staff, even within district, should comply with the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy, and all other applicable policies. All purchases/reimbursements shall comply with applicable laws, board policies and district accounting requirements.
Additional guidance regarding appropriate expenditures of school funds is provided in the regulation accompanying this policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Constitution Art. III, sec. 31;
Iowa Code §§ 68A.505; 279.8; 721.2. 281 I.A.C. 98.70
I.C. Iowa Code References Description
Iowa Code § 279.8 Directors - General Rules - Bonds of Employees -
Iowa Code § 68A.505 Campaign Finance - Use of Public Money -
Iowa Code § 721.2 Misconduct in Office - Non Felonious -
I.A.C. Iowa Administrative Code References Description
281 I.A.C. 98
Approved: January 3, 2024
Reviewed: January 3, 2024
Revised: January 3, 2024
705.04 R1- Expenditures for Public Purpose - Use of Public Fund Regulation
705.04 R1- Expenditures for Public Purpose - Use of Public Fund Regulation705.04-R1: Expenditures for a Public Purpose - Use of Public Funds Regulation
The following is a list of examples organized by activity for what is allowable, or not allowable as a purchase/reimbursement using public funds. This regulation is intended as guidance and there may be situations that are not listed here. Any questions regarding the appropriateness of an expenditure should be submitted to administration prior to expending funds.
Reimbursements to an Individual
-
Use of Credit/Procurement Card: All purchases through a district-owned credit or procurement card shall be pre-approved and comply with the district’s policy 705.02 – Credit and Procurement Cards.
-
Mileage: Individuals who are required to travel (other than to and from work) as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for mileage costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
-
Travel accommodations: Employees who are required to travel and stay overnight as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy, 401.07.
-
Alcohol: Alcohol is a personal expense and is never allowable for purchase or reimbursement using public funds.
-
Food/Refreshments: Food and refreshments are typically a personal expense. Meetings spanning meal times should be avoided when possible. When a district meeting is required to take place spanning a customary meal time, the superintendent or designee shall determine whether food and/or refreshment will be provided to employees whose presence is required during the meeting. The cost of food and refreshment for employees shall be reasonable, and when possible, a separate itemized receipt for each employee is required. If an itemized receipt is not available, approval is required by the school business official prior to reimbursement. In all cases, the names and number of employees shall be noted on the receipt.
-
Apparel/Personal Items: Apparel and personal items including, but not limited to items such as t-shirts, hats, mugs, etc. provide personal benefit to individuals and are a personal expense. These items shall not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds.
-
Gifts: Gift cards or gifts given to individuals are personal expenses and public funds should not be used (except for recognition/staff retirement, listed below) for these purposes. Voluntary collections from staff would be an acceptable way of purchasing gifts.
-
Retirement and Recognition Gifts: Recognizing an employee or volunteer’s years of dedication to educating the community and commitment to the district serves a public purpose by honoring individuals with a token gift, or honorarium, in recognition of their service. The same is true for individual awards, mementos, or items purchased in recognition of employee service to the district. These purchases may use public funds, provided the expenditures are modest and approved by the superintendent.
-
Honoraria: District employees may at times receive an honorarium from an outside source as compensation for the employee’s time devoted to preparing and delivering a presentation within the scope of their professional field. Honorariums may only be accepted by employees when the employee has used their personal time outside of their work for the district to prepare and deliver the presentation. If the employee uses district time or resources to prepare or deliver a presentation, any honorarium shall be given to the district.
-
Break Room Supplies: The purchase of perishable or disposable supplies for employee break rooms is primarily designed for individual consumption and is a personal expense. This includes items such as coffee, coffee filters, plates, cups, spoons, napkins, etc.
Supplies for Public Areas
-
Limited refreshments such as water and coffee may be available in public reception areas of the district including, but not limited to the central office, the building administrator’s office, etc. These refreshments may be purchased with the use of public funds, as they provide light refreshment to members of the community.
Staff Parties/Receptions
-
Parties and receptions to benefit individual staff members are considered a personal expense and should not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds. This includes but is not limited to holiday parties.
-
Hosting a group reception to honor all employees retiring from the district in a given school year is allowable as a public expense. Hosting a retirement reception provides a direct benefit to the community as an opportunity for the community to attend and honor the retiring employees’ years of dedication and service to the district.
School/ Student Activity Banquets
-
School/student activity banquets are typically a personal expense and will not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds unless the public purpose is submitted for review and pre-approved by the superintendent.
Memorial Gifts
-
Memorial flowers to convey sympathy or congratulations are allowable as a public expense if they have been approved by the superintendent. Memorial cards are always appropriate.
-
Memorial gifts of any sort other than flowers and a card are a personal expense.
Student Incentives
-
It is within the discretion of the building principal to authorize the purchase of awards holding a nominal value to commemorate the achievements of a student or group of students. These awards should be designed to reward behavior and values that exemplify the educational and community mission of the district. Awards should not be gift cards or other monetary awards.
-
Flowers and decorations for school dances held as part of the district’s student activity program are an allowable expense paid out of the student activity fund, provided the purchases are approved by the building principal.
Meetings
-
To the extent possible, meetings which span normal meal times should be avoided.
-
Meetings of the district’s board of directors and board committees are made up of individuals who volunteer a large amount of their personal time to serve the needs of the school community. These meetings are also scheduled at times most convenient for the public, and often span normal meal hours. Food and refreshment purchased for board members is an acceptable use of public funds. The service of these unpaid volunteers directly benefits the entire school community. The superintendent has discretion to purchase/reimburse reasonable expenses for providing food and refreshment to these unpaid volunteers during these meetings.
Some expenditures will be considered personal expenses regardless of the context. These include purchase or reimbursement of alcohol, and personal items not included as retirement or memorial gifts listed above.
Approved: January 15, 2024
Reviewed: January 15, 2024
Revised: January 15, 2024
707.05(R1) - Internal Controls - Procedures
707.05(R1) - Internal Controls - Procedures707.05-R1: Internal Control - Procedures
Fraud, financial improprieties, or fiscal irregularities include, but are not limited to:
-
Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.
-
Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.
-
Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.
-
Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.
-
Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.
-
Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.
-
Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to the district.
-
Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.
-
Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.
-
Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.
-
Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.
-
Acting for purposes of personal financial gain, rather than in the best interest of the district.
-
Providing false, inaccurate or misleading financial information to district administrators or the board of directors.
The superintendent, and/or board president shall notify the State Auditor's office of any suspected fraud, embezzlement or financial irregularities as required by law. The district will comply with all investigation procedures and scope as directed by the State Auditor's office. All employees involved in the investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential. The superintendent and/or board president may engage qualified independent auditors to assist in the investigation.
If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, and/or the board president, or the board vice-president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a report to the board and appropriate personnel. The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.
Approved: January 15, 2024
Reviewed: January 15, 2024
Revised: January 15, 2024
707.5 Internal Controls
707.5 Internal Controls rdenham@s-tama… Sun, 05/08/2022 - 16:26710.01 - School Food and Nutrition Program
710.01 - School Food and Nutrition ProgramThe purpose of the school food and nutrition program shall be to provide nutritional, balanced meals to the students of the school district on a non-profit basis and to utilize the program as an instrument to teach nutrition education.
The school district will operate a school lunch and breakfast program in each attendance center. The school food program services will include hot lunches through participation in the National School Lunch Program and supplementary foods for students during the school day. Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk or juice and other incidental items.
School food service facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities. Under the direct supervision of the food service director, school foods facilities may also be used for food service to:
- Teachers or other school personnel groups.
- Parent-teacher meetings.
- Board of Directors approved organization meetings.
The use of school food facilities by outside clubs, organizations, or groups shall be scheduled so they do not interfere with the school’s educational and extra-curricular program.
The school food program is operated on a nonprofit basis. The revenues of the school food program will be used only for paying the regular operating costs of the school food program. Supplies of the school food program will only be used for the school food program.
The board will set, and periodically review, the prices for school lunches, breakfast and special milk programs. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of school lunch, breakfast and milk. Employees, students and others will be required to purchase tickets for meals consumed.
The food service director, in consultation with the superintendent, will determine the appropriate costs to charge any other organization wishing to use the food service department and/or facilities. The amount charged shall be at a rate to insure that school funds are not used and set at a cost as per other policy.
It is the responsibility of the food service director to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent and head cook for the proper functioning of the school food program.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; May 2, 2011; June 23, 2014; November 18, 2019)
710.01 School Nutrition Program
710.01 School Nutrition Program rdenham@s-tama… Sun, 05/08/2022 - 16:30710.02 Free or Reduced Costs Meal Eligibility
710.02 Free or Reduced Costs Meal Eligibility rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 08/02/2022 - 15:30710.04 Meal Charges
710.04 Meal Charges rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 08/02/2022 - 15:34711.3 Student Transportation for Extracurricular Activities
711.3 Student Transportation for Extracurricular Activities rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 05/17/2022 - 10:15711.4 Summer School Program Transportation Service
711.4 Summer School Program Transportation Service rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 05/17/2022 - 10:307115.5 Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students
7115.5 Transportation of Nonresident and Nonpublic School Students rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 05/17/2022 - 10:30800 - BUSINESS PROCEDURES
800 - BUSINESS PROCEDURES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 09:00800.00 - Statement of Guiding Principles
800.00 - Statement of Guiding PrinciplesThe Board of Directors recognizes that its primary purpose is to provide the best education possible within the limits of the established curriculum and the financial ability of the school district. The Board of Directors also recognizes its deep responsibility to the citizens of the school district for the efficient use of public funds. It shall, therefore, be the duty of the Board of Directors to determine guidelines for the most effective use of public funds and for reporting to the public.
(April 12, 1971; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
801.07 - Transfer or Loan of Funds
801.07 - Transfer or Loan of FundsWhen the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by the board resolution. School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner. School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed. Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.
The Board may loan monies between funds as it deems necessary and only in a manner consistent with state law. The Board shall exercise this authority judiciously. A loan from one fund to the other will be at a rate of interest consistent with the state rate. The period of the loan shall be for a reasonable period and no longer than one year from the beginning date of the loan.
It shall be the responsibility of the Director of Finance and Operations to make recommendations to the board regarding intra-fund transfers and loans and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer or loan.
(April 12, 1971; June 16, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
801.08 - Financial Accounting System
801.08 - Financial Accounting SystemThe Board of Directors adopts the Uniform Financial Accounting for Iowa School Districts, recommended by the Department of Education, as its system of financial accounting.
(July 11, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
801.08 R1 - Classification of Accounts and Financial Records
801.08 R1 - Classification of Accounts and Financial RecordsFinancial records of the school district shall be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law. School district monies shall be received and expended from the appropriate fund and/or account. The funds and accounts of the school district shall include, but not be limited to:
Governmental fund type:
- General fund
- Special revenue fund
- Management levy fund
- Physical plant and equipment levy fund
- Public education and recreation levy fund
- Student activity fund
- Capital projects fund
- Debt service fund
Proprietary fund type:
- Enterprise fund
- School nutrition fund
- Child care fund
- Internal service fund
Fiduciary funds:
- Trust or agency funds
- Expendable trust funds
- Nonexpendable trust funds
- Agency funds
- Pension trust funds
Accounting groups:
- General fixed assets account group
- General long-term debt account group
As necessary the board may, by board resolution, create additional funds within the governmental, proprietary, and fiduciary fund types. The resolution shall state the type of fund, name of the fund, and purpose of the fund.
The general fund is used primarily for the education program. Special revenue funds are used to account for monies restricted to a specific use by law. Proprietary funds account for operations of the school district operated similar to private business, and they account for the costs of providing goods and services provided by one department to other departments on a cost reimbursement basis. Fiduciary funds are used to account for monies or assets held by the school district on behalf of, or in trust for, another entity. The account groups are the accounting records for fixed assets and long-term debt.
These funds may be comprised of several sub-accounts at the discretion of the Superintendent or Director of Finance and Operations.
(April 17, 1989; June 16, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
801.08 R2 - Governmental Accounting Practices and Regulations
801.08 R2 - Governmental Accounting Practices and RegulationsSchool district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education. As advised by the school district’s auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds, and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.
In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance – restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned – while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent. A formal board action is required to establish, modify, and/or rescind a committed fund balance. The resolution will state the exact dollar amount. In the event, the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.
The Board authorizes the Superintendent and Business Manager to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54. An ‘assigned fund balance’ should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy. It is also the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.
(August 18, 2014; February 4, 2020)
802.01 - Local, State, and Federal Revenue
802.01 - Local, State, and Federal RevenueAll revenue received by the school district shall be classified under the official accounting system and be placed in the hands of the secretary and treasurer of the Board of Directors to be deposited into the official district depository as set by the Board of Directors and in accordance with applicable state laws. Funds may be deposited in other banks when specifically approved by the Board of Education.
(April 12, 1971; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014)
802.01 R1 - Investment and Depository Designation
802.01 R1 - Investment and Depository DesignationSchool district funds in excess of current needs shall be invested in compliance with this policy. This policy is meant to comply with applicable state law.
The goals of the school district’s investment portfolio in order of priority are:
- To provide safety of the principal;
- To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
- To obtain a reasonable rate of return.
In making investments, the school district shall exercise the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.
School district funds are moneys of the school district, including operating funds. “Operating funds” of the school district are funds which are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of the receipt. When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred ninety-seven (397) days or less. When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.
The Board authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments:
- Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district’s authorized depositories. Such depositories and amounts for deposit limits are:
a. State Bank of Toledo at $15,000,000 (so long as it continues as federally insured and approved by the state treasurer); and,
b. Lincoln Savings Bank at $15,000,000 (so long as it continues as federally insured and approved by the state treasurer).
- Qualified investment pools, including, but not limited to, Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT);
- Obligations of the United States government, its agencies and instrumentalities; and,
- Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions.
The board may change the above-referenced investment of funds via a Board resolution, adopted during an open meeting and included in the minutes of the meeting. It shall be the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.
It shall be the responsibility of the treasurer to bring a contract with an outside person to invest school district funds, to advise on investments, to direct investments, to act in a fiduciary capacity or to perform other services to the Board for review and approval. The treasurer shall also provide the Board with information about and verification of the outside person’s fiduciary bond. Contracts with outside persons shall include a clause requiring the outside person to notify the school district within thirty (30) days of any material weakness in internal structure or regulatory orders of sanctions against the outside person regarding the services being provided to the school district and to provide the documents necessary for the performance of the investment portion of the school district audit. The compensation of the outside persons shall not be based on the performance of the investment portfolio.
The treasurer shall be responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the Board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio’s performance, transaction activity, and current investments, including the percent of the investment portfolio by type of investment and by issuer and maturities. The report shall also include trend lines by month over the last year and year-to-year trend lines regarding the performance of the investment portfolio. It shall also be the responsibility of the treasurer to obtain the information necessary to ensure that the investments and the outside persons doing business with the school district meet the requirements outlined in this policy.
In all of the above matters requiring action by the district treasurer, the treasurer shall work in conjunction with the Board secretary.
It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district’s depositories, auditor, and outside persons doing business with the school district.
It shall also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices. The investment practices shall be designed to prevent losses, to document the officers’ and employees’ responsibility for elements of the investment process and address the capability of the management.
(August 17, 1992; September 19, 1994; September 15, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
802.03 - Emergency Repairs
802.03 - Emergency RepairsIn the event of an emergency requiring repairs, in excess of the state limit, to a school district facility are necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of school, the provisions relating to bidding will not apply.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of the state limit were necessary to prevent the closing of school.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to notify the board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 26.3, 280.3, .14; 297.8.
Approved: April 18, 1983; October 28, 2024
Reviewed: July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020: October 28, 2024
Revised: October 28, 2024
802.04 - Capital Assets
802.04 - Capital AssetsThe school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district's oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes.
Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements. Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment. Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $2,500, except for intangible right to use lease assets. The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized. Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset.
All intangible assets (except for right to use lease assets) with a purchase price equal to or greater than $25,000 with useful life of two or more years, are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes. Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation. If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.
If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported. It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting. For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government's personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.
The district recognizes the importance of classifying leases of intangible assets as assets or liabilities in financial statements. When operating as a lessor, the district will recognize a lease liability and an intangible right-to-use lease asset. When operating as a lessee, the district will recognize a lease receivable and a deferred inflow of resources consistent with the requirements established in GASB 87.
The District recognizes a lease liability and an intangible right-to-use lease asset with an initial value of $25,000 or more. At the commencement of a lease, the District initially measures the lease liability at the present value of payments expected to be made during the lease term. Subsequently, the lease liability is reduced by the principal portion of lease payments made. The lease asset is initially measured as the initial amount of the lease liability, adjusted for lease payments made at or before the lease commencement date plus certain initial direct costs to place the asset in service. The lease asset is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.
The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to count and reconcile the capital assets with a capital assets management system on June 30 each year.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy. It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.
In determining the capital asset capitalization threshold, the size of the school district, the property insurance deductible and the time and effort necessary to account for and track capital assets with a lesser value should be considered. It is strongly recommended the board consult with the school auditor prior to setting the capitalization threshold.
An intangible asset excluding right to use lease, should be recognized in the statement of net assets only if it is identifiable which means the asset is either separable or arose from contractual or other legal rights, regardless of whether those rights are transferable or separable. The intangible asset must also possess all of the following characteristics/criteria:
- lack of physical substance;
- be of a nonfinancial nature (not in monetary form like cash or investment securities); and,
- the initial useful life extending beyond a single reporting period.
Examples of intangible assets include easements, land use rights, patents, trademarks and copyrights. In addition, intangible assets include computer software purchased, licensed or internally generated, including websites, as well as outlays associated with an internally generated modification of computer software. Intangible assets can be purchased or licensed, acquired through nonexchange transactions or internally generated. Intangible assets exclude assets acquired or created primarily for purposes of directly obtaining income, assets from capital lease transactions reported by lessees, and goodwill created through the combination of a government and another entity.
A school district could, and many do, use bar code identification tags to control capital assets, such as VCRs, technology equipment, etc., even though these capital assets have a cost below the capitalization threshold. In tracking these capital assets only the information necessary to control the location and use of them needs to be maintained. Some school districts video-tape each classroom/office annually to save time and effort tracking capital assets below the capitalization threshold. The video tape is also helpful for insurance claims. Whether a school district chooses to track capital assets with a cost below the capitalization threshold or not, capital assets with a cost below the capitalization threshold should not be included in the capital assets listing for reporting purposes.
This policy provides for valuing capital assets at historical cost as required by GAAP. This policy bases the capitalization threshold on the historical/acquisition cost of the individual asset. The school district can choose to use the historical cost of all the items included in a purchase order as the basis for determining whether to capitalize the capital asset. The cost of improvements may be added to the historical cost of a capital asset. Deciding whether to add the costs of an improvement to a capital asset's historical cost is a judgment call which should be made after consulting with the school auditor.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 257.31(4); 279.8; 297.22-.25; 298A.
Approved: June 16, 1997; October 28, 2024
Reviewed: July 7, 2003; September 15, 2003; November 1, 2010; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020; October 28, 2024
Revised: March 6, 2023; October 28, 2024
802.07 - Energy Conservation
802.07 - Energy ConservationIn concert with the board's goal to utilize public funds in an effective and efficient manner, employees and students will practice energy conservation methods when utilizing the school district's buildings and sites. These methods include, but are not limited to, turning off lights and equipment when not in use, reducing the temperature of the facility, particularly when it is not in use, and keeping windows and doors properly closed or open, depending upon the weather.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop energy conservation guidelines for employees and students. Employees and students will abide by these guidelines.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 473.19-.20.
Approved: October 28, 2024
Reviewed: October 28, 2024
Revised: October 28, 2024
803.00 - Expenditures
803.00 - Expenditures dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 05/27/2020 - 13:15803.01 - Purchasing of Products and Services
803.01 - Purchasing of Products and ServicesIt shall be the policy of the school district to purchase products and services from within the district community provided that such products and services shall be competitive.
The official budget documents shall be considered as the authority for all expenditures, which are made during the fiscal year. The principle concern of the Board of Directors shall be that the overall expenditure for any fiscal period shall not exceed the budgeted amount for any one fund. Categorical breakdowns within funds shall be used primarily for budget control for the current fiscal year and for future budget planning.
The Superintendent of Schools or Director of Finance and Operations shall approve all purchases made in the name of the school district except those authorized by direct action of the Board of Directors.
No official may make a purchase or contract in the name of the school district exceeding State Law for any single item or single group of items without competitive sealed bids. These bids shall be made in accordance with the laws of the State of Iowa.
All Projects
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those authorized by or requiring direct board action. The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.
The superintendent will have the authority to authorize purchases without competitive bids for goods and services costing under $5,000 without prior board approval. For goods and services costing more than $5,000, the superintendent will receive, at a minimum, quotes of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval of the board.
When using federal Child Nutrition funds to purchase goods and services, dollars spent annually must be estimated. It is acceptable to categorize (e.g. groceries, milk, produce, small equipment, large equipment, supplies, and chemicals). A formal sealed bid procurement process is required when annual spending in the category exceeds $25,000 annually. An informal process is used for all other purchases under the threshold annually. Documentation of informal procurement activity is kept on file.
Public Improvement Projects
The school district will follow Iowa law regarding the competitive bid and/or competitive quote procedures required for public improvement projects. For goods and services utilized in public improvement projects costing less than the competitive quote amount stated in applicable state laws and regulations, the superintendent may receive quotes of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval by the superintendent or the board.
For goods and services utilized in public improvement projects, as defined under Iowa law, costing more than the competitive quote amount stated in applicable state laws and regulations and less than the competitive bid amount stated in applicable state laws and regulations, the superintendent shall receive competitive quotations of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval by the board. The purchase will be made from the party submitting the lowest responsive, responsible quotation based upon total cost considerations including, but not limited to, the cost of the goods and services being purchased, availability of service and/or repair, delivery date, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
For goods and services utilized in public improvement projects, as defined under Iowa law, costing more than the competitive bid amount stated in applicable state laws and regulations, the superintendent shall receive competitive sealed bids of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval of the board. The purchase will be made from the party submitting the lowest responsive, responsible bid that meets the prescribed standards and specifications, which is calculated based upon total cost considerations including, but not limited to, the cost of the goods and services being purchased, availability of service and/or repair, delivery date, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
If the district elects to accept other than low bid, the rationale for the decision will be stated. Reasons might include, but are not limited to perceived quality difference; expected after-sale service difference; the convenience, compatibility, and uniform operation and maintenance of products; etc. Unless there is a compelling reason, the district will not normally accept a bid that exceeds the low bid by more than five percent (5%). Bids received from local business firms may not usually be considered unless they are within five percent (5%) of the lowest valid bid received. No bid will be considered valid if it deviates, in a significant manner, from the project specifications set by the South Tama County School District.
The board and the superintendent will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to re-advertise. If it is determined that a targeted small business which bid on the project may be unable to perform the contract, the superintendent will notify the Department of Economic Development. The board will enter into such contract or contracts as the board deems in the best interests of the school district.
(February 20, 1984; July 15, 1991; June 20, 1994; January 15, 2001; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; March 5, 2012; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.01 R1 - Procurement Goals from Targeted Small Businesses
803.01 R1 - Procurement Goals from Targeted Small BusinessesIn accordance with Iowa law, the school district establishes a procurement goal to purchase from certified targeted small business at least 10% of the value of goods and services, including construction, but not including utility services, each fiscal year. Certified targeted small businesses are those that have been certified pursuant to the Iowa Targeted Small Business Program.
A list of certified targeted small businesses shall be maintained by the state. The Board and superintendent will encourage targeted small businesses that are not certified with the state to become certified targeted small businesses.
(December 16, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.01 R2 - Formal Contracts in Construction Projects
803.01 R2 - Formal Contracts in Construction ProjectsA formal contract will be issued on all construction projects which are initiated by formal bidding and may be issued on any other work project at the discretion of the Director of Finance and Operations.
(May 15, 1972; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.02 - Use of Purchase Orders
803.02 - Use of Purchase OrdersThe procurement of all supplies, equipment, and services shall be initiated by the issuance of an official purchase order signed by the Superintendent of Schools or Director of Finance and Operations. Only those supplies, equipment, and services procured by formal contract or those that are appropriate credit card purchases shall be exempt.
The Board of Directors recognizes the advantages of centralized purchasing in that volume buying insures maximum value for each dollar spent. The Board shall authorize the Superintendent or Director of Finance and Operations to purchase and supervise the purchasing of all materials, goods and supplies for the school system in accordance with state law and good purchasing practices.
(April 12 1971; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; March 5, 2012; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.02 R1 - Use of Credit Cards
803.02 R1 - Use of Credit CardsEmployees may request the use of a District credit card when the expense they will incur is the direct obligation of the District and directly billing the expense to the District is impractical. Only the Superintendent or Director of Finance and Operations can authorize an employee to use a District credit card. The following would be examples of approved use of a district credit card:
- Purchase of gas for a school owned vehicle.
- Overnight lodging when on school business and a purchase order is not accepted by the facility.
- Payment for meals that are incurred because of a school business trip when an individual is in ‘overnight status’ per Internal Revenue Service guidelines and Board policy (the maximum payment for meals is as follows: $40 per day with detailed receipts.
- Purchase of materials or services where purchase orders are not accepted.
- Purchases under $500 for which a statement of authority has been submitted and signed by an administrator.
An employee wishing to obtain and/or use a District credit card must abide by the following requirements:
- A school credit card may be obtained from the Director of Finance and Operations. It must be logged out, noting an expected time of return.
- No employee will be given a school credit card on a permanent basis.
- Any employee that loses a school credit card must report the loss to the business office immediately.
An employee using a District credit card must abide by the following requirements:
- The employee must obtain an authorization via a statement of authority, prior to the purchase.
- At time of purchase the employee will sign the charge sheet and return the customer copy to the business office with the card.
- When signing the charge card the employee will also state the reason for the charge (i.e. in-service meeting in Des Moines, etc.)
- Failure to provide the above-mentioned documentation will make the employee responsible for the expenses incurred. Those expenses are reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the credit card.
(July 21, 1986; December 19, 1994; July 7, 2003; April 20, 2009; May 18, 2009; July 18, 2011, March 5, 2012; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.03 - Use of Work Orders
803.03 - Use of Work OrdersAll work projects to be done by a private contactor which will exceed $500.00 shall be initiated by the issuance of an official work order form signed by the Superintendent or Director of Finance and Operations. Only emergency repairs, which will be in excess of the above amount, will be exempt.
Work orders might be issued on projects of lesser amounts if it would benefit either the school or the contractor.
(July 11, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.04 - Approval and Payment for Goods and Services
803.04 - Approval and Payment for Goods and ServicesThe Board of Directors authorizes the payment of claims against the school district for goods and services. The Board shall cause to have warrants issued for all just claims against the school district upon audit and allowance by the Board. The Board authorizes the Secretary to issue warrants between sessions for bills as allowed by state law.
The Board shall approve bills submitted to them at any declared public Work Session or Regular Meetings. No bills except those provided for in state or federal law will be paid without board approval.
The Board will designate, at least annually, a person or persons, usually the Director of Finance and Operations, to approve payment of bills form the Food Service Fund and the Activity Fund. The board may also designate a Board member who is authorized to approve payment of bills for a specific period from the Operating Fund and/or Physical Plant and Equipment Fund. Whenever an individual(s) have been authorized to approve payment, the full Board will act to ratify the list of bills paid at a subsequent regular or special meeting of the Board.
The Board President and Board Secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate, rubber stamp, or electronic signature. If the Board President is unavailable to sign warrants, the Vice President may sign warrants on behalf of the President.
(February 4, 1985; July 21, 1986; July 15, 1991; September 19, 1994; January 15, 1996; June 16, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.04 R1 - Unpaid Warrants
803.04 R1 - Unpaid WarrantsThe Board of Directors shall, only in the case of absolute necessity, issue warrants for which there are no funds available for the payment of such warrants, and the treasurer shall institute such procedures as stated in state law.
(July 11, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.04 R2 - Voiding of Warrants That Are Not Canceled
803.04 R2 - Voiding of Warrants That Are Not CanceledThe Board will annually, usually in June prior to the close of the fiscal year, review outstanding checks (warrants) from all funds, written by the district but not cashed or canceled. The intent will be to void the warrants which are over six (6) months from issue and for which there is no known reason to believe they will soon be cashed or canceled.
(January 15, 1996; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.05 - Payroll Periods
803.05 - Payroll PeriodsIt shall be the policy of the Board of Directors that all personnel of the school district be paid monthly in accordance with the length of service stated on their contracts, and that all personnel shall be paid on the 5th and/or 20th day of each month or the last day of service prior to the 20th.
(April 12, 1971; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
803.06 - Payroll Deductions
803.06 - Payroll DeductionsPayroll deductions shall be authorized by the Board of Directors as set forth by federal and state law and may be authorized by the Board of Directors for such other reasons as may be deemed advisable.
The following requirements shall be followed when applying for a payroll deduction:
- Organizations, companies, or individuals desiring the institution of a salary deduction plan must submit a desired plan to the Board of Directors for advanced approval.
- Employees requesting a payroll deduction must have the organization or companies file a statement verifying that they are licensed to do business in the State of Iowa.
- The Business Office shall be given thirty (30) days notice of the institution or termination of a salary deduction by an individual.
- Deductions are to be withheld in equal installments with the number of pay periods included in the employee’s pay year.
- Employees are limited to one (1) change in payroll deductions per quarter.
- All salary deductions other than those regulated by federal or state government will be deducted only upon written approval of the employee.
- Companies selected for payroll deductions must provide the district with a monthly billing.
- The total number of deductions permitted by an employee will be limited by the capacity of the district bookkeeping system.
The Board of Directors authorizes within the above regulations, salary deduction plans for health, accident, and major medical insurance; tax sheltered annuities; child support; court orders; Section 125 contributions; and deductions specifically approved by the district.
(May, 1975; July 15, 1991; February 24, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
804.01 - Secretary’s Monthly Report
804.01 - Secretary’s Monthly ReportThe Secretary of the Board will file with the Board of Directors each month a complete financial statement of the preceding month’s business, including receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds.
(April 12, 1971; September 19, 1988; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
804.01 Facilities Inspections
804.01 Facilities Inspections rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 06/07/2022 - 10:46804.02 - Treasurer’s Annual Report
804.02 - Treasurer’s Annual ReportThe Treasurer of the Board will file with the Board of Directors at the annual meeting the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and Physical Plant and Equipment funds. The Treasurer will also furnish the board with a sworn statement from each depository showing the balance then on deposit.
(February 4, 2020)
804.02 District Emergency Operations Plans
804.02 District Emergency Operations Plans rdenham@s-tama… Tue, 06/07/2022 - 10:47804.07 - Radon Mitigation
804.07 - Radon MitigationThe district recognizes the importance of providing healthy learning environments for students, employees and community members in district buildings. The district will take appropriate measures as required by law to assess radon levels in attendance centers and provide for mitigation or other measures where appropriate.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create administrative regulations necessary to carry out this policy.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 280.32
Approved: March 6, 2023
Reviewed: March 6, 2023
Revised: March 6, 2023
804.36 R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation For Tax-Exempt Obligations
804.36 R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation For Tax-Exempt ObligationsPolicy 804.36R1
POST-ISSUANCE COMPLIANCE REGULATION FOR TAX-EXEMPT OBLIGATIONS
1. Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Treasurer
The board treasurer shall:
a. Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;
b. Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;
c. Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant! financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;
d. Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments Ín the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.
2. Financing Transcripts' Filing and Retention
The board treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the school district including but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts, Each transcript shall be maintained until 1.1 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:
a. Form B03B;
b. Minutes, resolutions and certificates;
c. Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;
d. Formal elections required by the IRS;
e. Trustee statements;
f. Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;
g. Correspondence relating to bond financings; and
h. Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.
3. Proper Use of Proceeds
The board treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the school district shall:
a. Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the school district's financial advisor;
b. Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;
c. Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;
d. Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund find appropriate sub-fund, if applicable);
e. Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment
f. Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;
g. Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;
h. Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;
i. Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.
4. Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance
The board treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:
a. Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;
b. Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if the school district does not meet the "small issuer" exception for said obligation;
c. Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant! if the school district will fail to meet the
applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax Exemption Certificate. In the event the school district fails to meet a
temporary period or rebate exception:
1. Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;
2. Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.
5. Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets
The board treasurer shall:
a. Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets. Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;
b. Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;
1. management contracts;
2. service agreements;
3. research contracts;
4. naming rights contracts;
5. leases or sub-leases;
6. joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements;
7. sale of property; or
8. any other change in use of such asset.
c. Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement contract, lease or arrangement together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and
d. Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the school district takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met,
6. General Projects Records
For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the board treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or
obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:
a. Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;
b. Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;
c. Depreciation Schedules;
d. Contracts respecting the project
7. Advance Refundings
The board treasurer shall be responsible for the following current, post issuance and record retention procedures with respect to advance refunding bonds. The board treasurer shall:
a. Identify and select bonds to be advance refunded with advice from internal financial personnel and a financial advisor;
b. Identify, with advice from the financial advisor and bond counsel, any possible federal tax compliance issues prior to structuring any advance refunding;
c. Review the structure with the input of the financial advisor and bond counsel, of advance refunding issues prior to the issuance to ensure;
(1) that the proposed refunding is permitted pursuant to applicable federal tax requirements if there has been a prior refunding of the original bond issue
(2) that the proposed issuance complies with federal] income tax requirements which might impose restrictions on the redemption date of the refunded Bonds;
(3) that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which allow for the proceeds and replacement proceeds of an issue to be invested temporarily in higher yielding investments without causing the advance refunding bonds to become "arbitrage bonds"; and
(4) that the proposed issuance will not result in the issuer's exploitation of the difference between tax exempt and taxable interest rates to obtain an financial advantage nor overburden the tax exempt market in a way that might be considered an abusive transaction for federal tax purposes.
d. Collect and review data related to arbitrage yield restriction and rebate requirements for advance refunding bonds. To ensure such compliance, the board treasurer shall engage a rebate consultant to prepare a verification report in connection with the advance refunding issuance, Said report shall ensure said requirements are satisfied;
e. Whenever possible, purchase State and Local Government Series (SLGSJ to size each advance refunding escrow. The financial advisor shall be included in the process of subscribing SLGS, To the extent SLGS are not available for purchase, the Board treasurer shall, in consultation with bond counsel and the financial advisor, comply with IRS regulations;
f. Ensure, after input from bond counsel, compliance with any bidding requirements as set forth by the IRS regulations to the extent as issuer elects to the purchase of a guaranteed investment contract!
g. In determining the issue price for any advance refunding issuance, obtain and retain issue price certification by the purchasing underwriter at closing;
h. After the issuance of an advance refunding issue, ensure timely identification of violations of any federal tax requirements and engage bond counsel in an attempt to remediate the same in accordance with IRS regulations.
8. Continuing Disclosure
The board treasurer shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually per continuing disclosure agreements, file audited annual financial statements and other information required by each continuing disclosure agreement. The board treasurer will monitor material events as described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure. Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in no event not later than 10 business days after the day of the occurrence of the event. Currently, such notice shall be given in the event of:
a. Principal and interest payment delinquencies;
b. Non-payment related defaults, if material;
c. Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;
d. Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;
e. Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;
f. Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (lRS Form 5701-TEB), or other material notices, or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-exempt status of the bonds;
g. Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material;
h. Bond calls [excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material and tender offers;
i. Defeasances of the bonds;
j. Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;
k. Rating changes on the bonds;
l. Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;
m. The consummation of a merged consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; and
n. Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 257.31 (4);279.8;297.22-.25;298A(2011).
http://www.irs.gov/taxexemptbond/article/0,,id=243503.00.html
Approved: 12/5/2022
Reviewed: 12/5/2022
Revised:
804.36 R2 - Bond Disclosure Policy
804.36 R2 - Bond Disclosure Policy804.36R2
Bond Disclosure Policy
Article I
Key Participants and Responsibilities
Section 1.01. Disclosure Coordinator. By adoption of this Policy, the District hereby appoints the Treasurer to act as the Disclosure Coordinator hereunder.
Section 1.02. Responsibilities. The Disclosure Coordinator is responsible for the following tasks:
(A) reviewing and approving all preliminary and final official statements relating to the District’s Securities, together with any supplements, for which a Disclosure Agreement is required (each, an "Official Statement"), before such documents are released, in accordance with Article III below;
(B) moderating Board of Directors’ approval of all Financial Obligations triggering a Listed Event Notice under any new Disclosure Agreement entered into after February 27, 2019;
(C) reviewing the District’s status and compliance with Disclosure Agreements, including filings of disclosure documents thereunder and in compliance with this Policy, in accordance with Articles IV and V below;
(D) serving as a "point person" for personnel to communicate issues or information that should be or may need to be included in any disclosure document;
(E) recommending changes to this Policy to the Board of Directors as necessary or appropriate;
(F) communicating with third parties, including coordination with outside consultants assisting the District, in the preparation and dissemination of disclosure documents to make sure that assigned tasks have been completed on a timely basis and make sure that the filings are made on a timely basis and are accurate;
(G) in anticipation of preparing disclosure documents, soliciting "material" information (as defined for purposes of federal securities law) from Employees identified as having knowledge of or likely to have information of Listed Events under Article IV or relevant to Disclosure Agreements;
(H) maintaining records documenting the District's compliance with this Policy; and
(I) ensuring compliance with training procedures as described below.
The responsibilities of the Disclosure Coordinator to make certain filings with the MSRB under Articles III (Annual Report Filings) and IV (Listed Event Filings) may be delegated by contract to a dissemination agent, under terms approved by the Board of Directors.
The Disclosure Coordinator shall instruct Employees of the obligation to communicate with the Disclosure Coordinator on any information relating to financial obligations or amendments to existing financial obligations promptly following occurrence.
Article II
Official Statements
Section 2.01. Review and Approval of Official Statements. Whenever the District issues Securities, an Official Statement may be prepared. Each of these Official Statements contains information relating to the District’s finances. The Disclosure Coordinator (with advice from Bond Counsel, any retained Disclosure Counsel, and/or Financial Advisor) shall have primary responsibility for ensuring that all such information is accurate and not misleading in any material aspect. The Official Statement may also include a certification that the information contained in the Official Statement regarding the District, as of the date of each Official Statement, does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the information contained in the Official Statement, in light of the circumstances under which it was provided, not misleading. When undertaking review of a final or preliminary Official Statement, the Disclosure Coordinator shall:
(A) review the Official Statement to ensure: (i) that there are no material misstatements or omissions of material information in any sections, (ii) that the information relating to the District that is included in the Official Statement is accurate, and (iii) that when necessary the information relating to the District has been reviewed by a knowledgeable Employee or other appropriate person;
(B) draft, or cause to be drafted, for the Official Statement descriptions of (i) any material current, pending or threatened litigation, (ii) any material settlements or court orders and (iii) any other legal issues that are material information for purposes of the Official Statement; and
(C) report any significant disclosure issues and concerns to the Board of Directors (with advice, as necessary, from Bond Counsel, retained Disclosure Counsel, if any, and/or Financial Advisor).
Section 2.02. Submission of Official Statements to Board of Directors for Approval. The Disclosure Coordinator shall submit all Official Statements to the Board of Directors for review and approval. The Board of Directors shall undertake such review it deems necessary. This may include consultation with the Disclosure Coordinator, Bond Counsel, retained Disclosure Counsel, if any, and/or the Financial Advisor to fulfill the District's responsibilities under applicable federal and state securities laws.
Article III
Annual Report Filings
Section 3.01. Overview. Under the Disclosure Agreements the District has entered into in connection with certain of its Securities, the District is required each year to file Annual Reports with the EMMA system. Such Annual Reports are generally required to include: (1) certain updated financial and operating information as outlined in each Disclosure Agreement, and (2) the District’s audited financial statements. The documents, reports and notices required to be submitted to the MSRB pursuant to this Policy shall be submitted through EMMA in one or more electronic document format files as required by the Rule at the time of filing, and shall be accompanied by identifying information, in the manner prescribed by the MSRB, or in such other manner as is consistent with the Rule. To facilitate the District’s Disclosure Agreements the Disclosure Coordinator shall:
(A) maintain a record of all Disclosure Agreements of the District using a chart which shall identify and docket all deadlines;
(B) schedule email reminders on the EMMA website for each issue of Securities to help ensure timely filing of financial disclosures;
(C) ensure that preparation of the Annual Reports commences as required under each specific Disclosure Agreement; and
(D) comply with the District’s obligation to file Annual Reports by submitting or causing the required (i) annual financial information and operating data and (ii) audited financial statements to be submitted to the MSRB through EMMA.
(i) In the event audited financial statements are not available by the filing deadline imposed by the Disclosure Agreement, the Disclosure Coordinator shall instead timely submit or cause to be submitted unaudited financial statements, with a notice to the effect that the unaudited financial statements are being provided pending the completion of audited financial statements and that the audited financial statements will be submitted to EMMA when they have been prepared. In the event neither audited nor unaudited financial statements are timely posted, the District shall cause to be filed a "failure to file notice" in accordance with the Rule. The failure to file notice for audited financial statements shall include information describing the nature and/or cause of the failure to meet the contractual deadline and, if available, an approximate timeframe for when the completed audited financial statement is expected to be submitted. Audited financial statements shall be filed as soon as available. If updated financial and operating information is not posted by the filing deadline, the Disclosure Coordinator shall cause a "failure to file notice" to be posted to EMMA in accordance with the Rule.
(ii) All documents submitted to the MSRB through EMMA that are identified by specific reference to documents already available to the public on the MSRB's Internet website or filed with the SEC shall be clearly identified by cross reference.
Article IV
Listed Event Filings
Section 4.01. Disclosure of Listed Events. The District is obligated to disclose to the MSRB notice of certain specified events with respect to the Securities (a "Listed Event"). Employees shall be instructed to notify the Disclosure Coordinator upon becoming aware of any of the Listed Events in the District’s Disclosure Agreements. The Disclosure Coordinator may consult with Bond Counsel, retained Disclosure Counsel, if any, or the Financial Advisor, to determine if an occurrence is a Listed Event, and whether a filing is required or is otherwise desirable. If such a filing is deemed necessary, the Disclosure Coordinator shall cause a notice of the Listed Event (a "Listed Event Notice") that complies with the Rule to be prepared, and the Disclosure Coordinator shall cause to be filed the Listed Event Notice as required by the Rule as follows:
(A) Prior to issuance of new Securities after February 27, 2019, a complete list of current Financial Obligations shall be compiled and submitted to the Disclosure Coordinator for continuous monitoring regarding compliance with all Disclosure Agreements entered on or after February 27, 2019.
(B) The Disclosure Coordinator shall:
(i) monitor and periodically review the Listed Events identified on Exhibit A, in connection with the Disclosure Agreements identified on the chart in Exhibit B to determine whether any event has occurred that may require a filing with EMMA. To the extent Disclosure Coordinator determines notice for an event is not required based on the event not achieving a level of materiality, Disclosure Coordinator shall document the basis for the determination.
(ii)In a timely manner, not in excess of ten (10) business days after the occurrence of the Listed Event, file a Listed Event Notice for Securities to which the Listed Event applies.
(C) For Securities to which the Listed Event or Events are applicable, the Listed Event Notice shall be filed in a timely manner not in excess of ten (10) business days after the occurrence of the Listed Event.
(D)The Disclosure Coordinator shall monitor Securities data on EMMA regarding rating agency reports for rated Securities and may subscribe to any available ratings agency alert service regarding the ratings of any Securities.
Article V
Miscellaneous
Section 5.01. Documents to be Retained. The Disclosure Coordinator shall be responsible for retaining records demonstrating compliance with this Policy. The Disclosure Coordinator shall retain an electronic or paper file ("Transcript") for each Annual Report the District completes. Each Transcript shall include final versions of documents submitted to the MSRB through EMMA, and any documentation related to determinations of materiality (or immateriality) of Listed Events. The Transcript shall be maintained for the period that the applicable Securities are outstanding, and for a minimum of five [5] years after the date the final Annual Report for an issue of Securities is posted on EMMA.
Section 5.02. Education and Training. The District shall conduct periodic training to assist the Disclosure Coordinator, Employees and the Supervisors, as necessary and appropriate, in understanding and performing their responsibilities under this Policy. Such training sessions may include a review of this Policy, the disclosure obligations under the Disclosure Agreement(s), applicable federal and state securities laws, including the Listed Events in Exhibit A, and the disclosure responsibilities and potential liabilities of members of District staff and members of the Board of Directors. Training sessions may include meetings with Bond Counsel, retained Disclosure Counsel, if any, Dissemination Agent, if any, or Financial Advisor, and teleconferences, attendance at seminars or conferences where disclosure responsibilities are discussed, and/or recorded presentations. Disclosure Coordinator shall maintain a record of training activities in furtherance of this Policy.
Section 5.03. Public Statements Regarding Financial Information. Whenever the District makes statements or releases information relating to its finances to the public that is reasonably expected to reach investors and the trading markets (including, without limitation, all Listed Event Notices, statements in the annual financial reports, and other financial reports and statements of the District), the District is obligated to ensure that such statements and information are accurate and complete in all material aspects. The Disclosure Coordinator shall assist the Board of Directors, the Superintendent, and District’s Attorneys in ensuring that such statements and information are accurate and not misleading in any material aspect. Employees shall, to the extent possible, coordinate statements or releases as outlined above with the Disclosure Coordinator. Investment information published on the District’s website shall include a cautionary statement referring investors to EMMA as the official repository for the District’s Securities-related data.
EXHIBIT A
LISTED EVENTS
The following events automatically trigger a requirement to file on EMMA within ten (10) business days of their occurrence (listed events are subject to change by the SEC):
(1) Principal and interest payment delinquencies;
(2) Non-payment related defaults, if material;
(3) Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;
(4) Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements reflecting financial difficulties;
(5) Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;
(6) Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB) or other material notices or determinations with respect to the tax status of the security, or other material events affecting the tax status of the security;
(7) Modifications to rights of security holders, if material;
(8) Bond calls, if material, and tender offers;
(9) Defeasances;
(10) Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the securities, if material;
(11) Rating changes;
(12) Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the obligated person;
Note to paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C)(12):
For the purposes of the event identified in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(C)(12) of this section, the event is considered to occur when any of the following occur: The appointment of a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer for an obligated person in a proceeding under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or in any other proceeding under state or federal law in which a court or governmental authority has assumed jurisdiction over substantially all of the assets or business of the obligated person, or if such jurisdiction has been assumed by leaving the existing governing body and officials or officers in possession but subject to the supervision and orders of a court or governmental authority, or the entry of an order confirming a plan of reorganization, arrangement or liquidation by a court or governmental authority having supervision or jurisdiction over substantially all of the assets or business of the obligated person.
(13) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving an obligated person or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the obligated person, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material;
(14) Appointment of a successor or additional Director or the change of name of a Director, if material;
Additionally, the following events apply to Disclosure Agreements entered by the District on or after February 27, 2019:
(15) Incurrence of a Financial Obligation of the obligated person, if material, or agreement to covenants, events of default, remedies, priority rights, or other similar terms of a Financial Obligation of the obligated person, any of which affect security holders, if material*; and
(16) Default, event of acceleration, termination event, modification of terms, or other similar events under the terms of a Financial Obligation of the obligated person, any of which reflect financial difficulties.
EXHIBIT B
DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT INVENTORY
Complete upon each new issuance
Suggested Practices in Submitting Annual Financial Information to EMMA*
Annual Financial Information is to be submitted to EMMA as follows:
-
through the EMMA Dataport;
-
in one or more electronic word-searchable portable document format files configured to permit documents to be saved, viewed, printed and retransmitted by electronic means (“properly formatted pdf file”); and
-
indexed by the submitter as “Annual Financial Information and Operating Data” – this EMMA indexing category should be used for all submissions consisting of one or both parts of an annual financial information submission. A submission should be indexed in EMMA by the submitter as “Annual Financial Information and Operating Data” if it consists of complete annual financial information (including audited financial statements and/or the CAFR).
If the audited financial statements have not been prepared in time to meet the deadline:
-
file unaudited financial statements with a notice to the effect that the unaudited financial statements are being provided pending completion of audited financial statements and that the audited financial statements will be submitted to EMMA when they have been prepared.
If annual financial information is provided by reference to other submitted documents file:
-
a notice that includes specific reference to a document available on the EMMA website or the SEC (such as, but not limited to, an official statement), to the extent that such document in fact includes the information required to be include in the annual financial information; and
-
the submitter should confirm that such document in fact is available from the EMMA website or the SEC and should include in such notice (A) a textual description of the document that includes the required information, with sufficient detail for a reasonable person to determine the precise document being referenced, and (B) an active hyperlink to the pdf file of such document as then posted on the EMMA website or to the SEC’s EDGAR system; further, if such document includes audited financial statements, the submitter should also index such submission as “Audited Financial Statements or CAFR” in addition to (but not instead of) “Annual Financial Information and Operating Data” unless the submitter submits such audited financial statements separately to EMMA.
Failure to file notices are to be submitted to EMMA as follows:
-
through the EMMA Dataport;
-
as an electronic word-searchable and properly formatted pdf file; and
-
indexed by the submitter as “Failure to Provide Annual Financial Information.”
* Procedures subject to change.
Name of Issue/Principal Amount |
Date of Issue |
Final Maturity Date |
CUSIP for Final Maturity |
Date by which Annual Reports Must be Filed (or "exemption" under the Rule) |
Annual Reports Information to be Filed |
Source of Information |
Date Information was Filed |
02130052-1\15397-023
Approved: 12/5/2022
Reviewed: 12/5/2022
Revised:
805.00 - Records
805.00 - Records dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 05/27/2020 - 15:11805.01 - School District Records
805.01 - School District RecordsThe South Tama County School District records shall be housed in the administrative offices of the school district. It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records. The following records shall be kept and preserved, according to the schedule below:
- Secretary’s financial records Permanently
- Treasurer’s financial records Permanently
- Minutes of the Board of Directors Permanently
- Annual audit reports Permanently
- Annual budget Permanently
- Permanent record of individual pupil Permanently
- Records of payment of judgments against the school district 20 Years
- Bonds and bond coupons after maturity 10 Years
- Written contracts 10 Years
- Non-payroll personnel records 7 Years (or 1 yr. after termination)
- Affirmative Action materials 5 Years
- Canceled warrants, check stubs, bank statements, bills, invoices, and related records 5 Years
- Payroll records 3 Years
- Recordings of closed meetings 1 Year
- Program grants As determined by the grant
An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other non-consumable items other than real property of the school district shall be conducted annually under the supervision of the Director of Finance and Operations. A perpetual inventory shall be maintained on consumable property of the school district.
The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district shall be housed in the administrative office of the attendance center where the student attends. Permanent records must be housed in a fireproof vault. The building principal shall be responsible for keeping these records current. Records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district shall be housed in the central administrative office. These records will be maintained by the board secretary.
Personnel records shall be housed in the administrative offices of the school district. The personnel records shall be maintained by the superintendent, principal, and the board secretary.
Records that are sixty (60) years old or older are considered historical documents and shall be turned over to the Tama County Historical Society. These records include Board minutes, district documents, and other transactions by the district. Individual student records and employment records shall not be turned over as outlined above.
The superintendent may electronically store and/or back-up or use any other reliably mass storage method to preserve school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records if they are more than three years old. A properly authenticated reproduction of an electronic record meets the same legal requirements as the original record.
(April 12, 1971; April 17, 1989; March 18, 1991; May 15, 2000; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
805.01 R1 - Publication of Financial Records
805.01 R1 - Publication of Financial RecordsEach month the schedule of bills allowed by the board shall be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication. Annually, the total salaries paid to school district personnel regularly employed by the school district shall be provided to the media to be published in accordance with law in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.
It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to provide the media with documents consistent with this policy.
(December 21, 1987; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
805.02 - Bonds for Officers and Employees Insurance
805.02 - Bonds for Officers and Employees InsuranceThe Secretary and the Treasurer of the Board of Directors, the Activities Secretary and any School Business Officials shall each give bond to the school district in such amount as the Board may require, but in no case less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) with securities to be approved by the Board. Bonds shall be filed with the executive officers of the school district.
All other employees shall be covered by a blanket bond in the amount of at least $1,000.00.
(April 12, 1971; July 15, 1991; June 20, 1994; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
805.03 - Insurance Program
805.03 - Insurance ProgramThe board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability. The comprehensive insurance program shall be reviewed once every three years.
The board will purchase insurance at replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance. Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.
The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss does not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district.
Insurance of buildings, structures, or property in the open will not generally be purchased to cover loss exposures below $1000 unless such insurance is required by statute or contract.
Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities shall be the responsibility of the superintendent. The Superintendent and/or the Director of Finance and Operations shall be responsible for maintaining the fixed assets management system, processing claims and maintaining loss records. The board may retain a private organization for fixed assets management services.
(June 16, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; February 4, 2020)
900 - BUILDINGS AND SITES
900 - BUILDINGS AND SITES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 09:00900.00 - Statement of Guiding Principles
900.00 - Statement of Guiding PrinciplesIt is the goal of the South Tama County Board of Directors to provide sufficient school district buildings and sites for the education program. The board will strive to provide an environment which will encourage and support learning.
The Board of Directors shall have full and final responsibility for the selection of sites, employment of personnel, contracting for services, approval of plans, authorization and acceptance of bids, payment for work performed on contractual agreements, and final acceptance or rejection of work done. All of the related actions should be taken only by official board action based upon formal recommendations of its staff officers at legal board meetings.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for organizing and coordinating the efforts of the various individuals and groups to best achieve the established educational objectives in the building program and for making resultant recommendations to the Board of Directors.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
901.00 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction
901.00 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 05/18/2020 - 19:41901.01 - Buildings and Sites Surveys
901.01 - Buildings and Sites SurveysIt shall be the policy of the Board of Directors upon the recommendation of the Superintendent to engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district’s buildings and sites in providing the education program. The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites. The needs for such special studies shall be anticipated well in advance so that budgetary provisions can be made.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
901.02 - Selection of an Architect
901.02 - Selection of an ArchitectUpon the recommendation of the Superintendent, the Board of Directors may, upon need, employ the services of an architect.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; MARCH 2, 2020)
901.03 - Buildings and Sites Specifications
901.03 - Buildings and Sites SpecificationsBuildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board. The board will make this determination.
Prior to construction or renovation of buildings and sites, when required by law, the specifications must be endorsed by the State of Iowa. The board may adopt additional standards over and above the site specifications issued by the State as it deems necessary and beneficial to the school district.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
901.04 - Educational Specifications
901.04 - Educational SpecificationsThe Superintendent and his/her staff, with the help of consultants, citizen advisory groups, and the Board of Directors, shall prepare educational specifications which may be used by the architect in planning and building elements in such a way that they will aid and abet the teaching and learning activities which are to take place within it.
The educational specifications should provide the architect with an inventory of program requirements, a statement of functional program relationships, a definition of the number and character of classrooms, a description of needed specialized instructional facilities, the educational requirements for such areas as library, outside site activities, gymnasium, cafeteria, auditorium, administrative suite, teacher and student service facilities, public service or community service facilities and any other pertinent information which will be of significance in visualizing what is expected of the proposed new building, building additions, or renovation.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
901.05 - Preliminary Building Specifications
901.05 - Preliminary Building SpecificationsThe architect shall proceed with preparation of the preliminary plans and specifications after receiving authorization from the Board of Directors. The Superintendent shall provide the architect building and sites specifications, educational specifications, financial data, and other pertinent information necessary to the architect’s planning. The architect shall make revisions to the preliminary plans and specifications until a consensus of opinion is reached and approval is given by the Board of Directors.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
901.06 - Final Building Specifications
901.06 - Final Building SpecificationsThe architect shall proceed with preparation of the final working drawings, specifications, and contract documents after receiving authorization from the Board of Directors. The Superintendent, staff, citizens’ committee, and Board shall continue to provide information and decisions necessary for the architect to finalize the plans.
It shall be the responsibility of the architect to obtain approval of the final plans by the Department of Education, State Fire Marshall, Local Building Authorities, and any other project specific government agencies and the Board of Directors, consistent with the agreement between the District and the architect, before releasing the plans for bid purposes.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
901.07 - Building Considerations for Persons with Disabilities
901.07 - Building Considerations for Persons with DisabilitiesThe Board of Directors recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities. The Board will consider the needs of persons with disabilities when planning and constructing new buildings and facilities to ensure that these buildings and facilities are accessible to and function satisfactorily for persons with a disability and are consistent with state and federal law.
(March 2, 2020)
901.08 - Financial Considerations for Purchase and Construction
901.08 - Financial Considerations for Purchase and ConstructionThe Board of Directors shall utilize as needed and, in its discretion, all lawful means of financing site purchase and construction as provided by state law. The Board may also utilize money received from gifts and money derived from the sale of schoolhouses and/or sites.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
902.01 - Maintenance Schedule
902.01 - Maintenance ScheduleThe Superintendent, in cooperation with the administrative faculty and maintenance personnel, shall develop and administer a comprehensive maintenance schedule for the general care and housekeeping of all buildings, equipment, and grounds of the school district. This schedule shall include provisions establishing the proper lines of authority in administering such schedule.
The school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair. Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
902.02 - Requests for Improvement
902.02 - Requests for ImprovementGenerally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs are made to the superintendent by building principals and the head custodian, or as otherwise outlined in the school district’s maintenance schedule. Requirements for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
902.04 - Use of Contract Services
902.04 - Use of Contract ServicesThe Superintendent shall use his/her judgment as to whether conditions dictate the use of school district maintenance personnel or the contracting for a special service in the maintenance of the school district’s grounds, buildings, and equipment.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
903.00 - Inventory, Selling and Leasing
903.00 - Inventory, Selling and Leasing dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 05/18/2020 - 19:50903.01 - Inventory
903.01 - InventoryThe Superintendent shall oversee an annual inventory of all furniture and other equipment located within the school district’s buildings and sites. All items of equipment that are not consumable in nature shall be included in the annual inventory. A perpetual inventory shall be maintained for all items that are consumable in nature.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
903.02 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment
903.02 - Disposition of Obsolete EquipmentSchool property, such as equipment, furnishings, supplies, and/or any other property that is not real property (hereafter equipment), should be disposed of when is of no further use to the school district. It shall be the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.
Whenever any furnishings, equipment and/or supplies valued at less than or equal to five thousand dollars ($5,000) have been declared obsolete by the administration, the Superintendent will be authorized to sell such furnishings, equipment and/or supplies at the best price possible or otherwise dispose of such furnishings, equipment and/or supplies by any procedure that the administration deems to be in the best interests of the school district. Each sale or other disposition shall be published in accordance with law. Any funds derived therefrom will be forwarded to the Board Secretary. The Board Secretary will credit such receipts to the proper fund as required by law.
Whenever any furnishings, equipment and/or supplies valued at more than five thousand dollars ($5,000) have been declared obsolete by the administration, the administration may sell or otherwise dispose of such property by any procedure that the administration deems to be in the best interests of the District and subject to statutory requirements, including Board approval of the sale or other disposition following public hearing.
(April 18, 1983; December 21, 1987; July 15, 1991; September 15, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
903.03 - Lease, Sale, or Disposal of District Buildings and Sites
903.03 - Lease, Sale, or Disposal of District Buildings and SitesDecisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property shall be made by the board. In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.
Prior to its lease, sale, or disposal, real property, unless otherwise exempted, shall be appraised. Prior to the board’s final decision regarding real property with a value of $25,000 or more, a public hearing shall be held consistent with state law.
If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in state law.
In the case of a sale or lease of school district real property not being used for the education program, unless otherwise exempted, advertisements for bids shall be taken. If the bids received by the board are deemed inadequate, the board may decline to sell or lease the property and re-advertise.
In the case of the razing of a school district facility, at a cost of $2,000 or more, the board will advertise and take bids for the purpose of awarding the contract for the project.
The Superintendent shall be responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property, including student-constructed buildings. It shall also be the responsibility of the Superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being utilized for the education program.
(September 15, 1997; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
904.00 - Safety
904.00 - Safety dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 05/18/2020 - 19:52904.01 - Asbestos Containing Materials
904.01 - Asbestos Containing MaterialsThe school district will implement the rules of Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) and will provide the necessary funding within budget constraints to implement the response actions as required. The school district will appoint and train as necessary the appropriate person as required in the rules. Each school building will maintain a copy of the district’s asbestos management plan.
Friable and non-friable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed for any reason. If there is a need to replace asbestos wrapped pipes or boiler covering, these will be replaced with non-asbestos containing materials.
(June 20, 1988; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
904.02 - Hazardous Chemical Right to Know
904.02 - Hazardous Chemical Right to KnowThe Board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program consistent with state and federal law for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace. The program will consist of material safety data sheets, container labeling, chemical inventories, and employee training and transmittal of the program to applicable employees, the community, and Emergency Response personnel.
Each school district employee should review this information about hazardous substances as needed. Further, each time a new school district employee is hired, the information and training if necessary, shall be included in the orientation of the employee. Each time an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it shall be distributed and training shall be conducted for the appropriate employees. The Director of Staff Development shall maintain a file indicating when all training and informing takes place.
It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop processes to implement and monitor this program. Information about the program will be made available upon request during regular business hours.
(December 21, 1987; June 20, 1994; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020)
904.03 - Warning Systems and Emergency Plans
904.03 - Warning Systems and Emergency PlansThe school district will maintain a warning system designed to inform students, employees, and visitors in the facilities of an emergency. This system is maintained on a regular basis under the maintenance plan for school district buildings and sites.
Students are informed of this system annually. Each classroom and office will have a plan for helping those in need of assistance to safety during an emergency. This will include, but not be limited to, students and employees with disabilities.
(March 2, 2020)
904.03 R1 - Emergency Plans Regulation
904.03 R1 - Emergency Plans RegulationFor any school district facility that serves students there shall be a written plan containing emergency and disaster procedures which will be clearly communicated to and periodically reviewed with staff responsible for implementation. The emergency plan shall consider such issues as:
a. Assignment of personnel to tasks and responsibilities.
b. Instructions relating to the use of alarm systems and signals. If combination visual and auditory warning devices do not exist, the plan shall include specific provisions for warning hearing impaired pupils.
c. Information concerning methods of fire containment.
d. Systems for notification of appropriate persons and agencies.
e. Information concerning the location and use of firefighting equipment.
f. Specification of evacuation routes and procedures.
g. Posting of plans and procedures at suitable locations throughout the facility.
h. Evacuation drills held as required by state law. Evacuation drills include actual evacuation of pupils to safe areas.
i. An evaluation for each evacuation drill.
(February 16, 1998; July 7, 2003; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; March 2, 2020)
904.04 - Use of Video Cameras in Buildings and Facilities
904.04 - Use of Video Cameras in Buildings and FacilitiesThe Board authorizes the use of video cameras in and around school buildings to monitor conduct in general use areas such as classrooms, hallways, cafeteria, parking and entrances, etc. The video cameras will not be placed in areas where individuals have a reasonable expectation of privacy, as determined by the District. The video cameras will be used to monitor behavior and may be used as evidence in a student disciplinary proceeding and/or related to employee discipline. The videotapes are student and/or employee records subject to confidentiality. The videotapes will be stored for a period of time, as determined by the District.
(November 18, 1986; June 16, 1997, March 15, 2010; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; March 2, 2020)
905.01 - Community Use of Buildings and Facilities
905.01 - Community Use of Buildings and FacilitiesThe board promotes the concept of school buildings and facilities serving as a center for community activities. Therefore, groups or organizations in the community will be allowed to use school buildings and/or facilities, provided all requirements and conditions outlined in this policy are met.
Charges for community use of school buildings and/or facilities are based on the Rental Fee Schedule outlined int his policy. The district reserves the right to adjust the schedule should extraordinary effort be required to accommodate the actual usage.
Outdoor school sites and playgrounds may be used, as available, at no charge, however, organizations or groups using the sites and playgrounds shall have the approval of the appropriate administrator and shall have followed the scheduling and application procedure.
An application requesting the use of school facilities, equipment, and other school property shall be filed with the Facilities Scheduler at least one(1) week prior to the date requested for use. The Facilities Scheduler will coordinate all requests with the Office of the Principal in the building concerned.
Building Use Priority:
The administration will determine the assignment of specific facilities. In deciding whether or not to grant the use of a facility, the administration will consider the following priority of use and the fee arrangement for the use of school facilities:
- Civil Defense Emergencies.
- School sponsored programs and activities.
- School affiliated groups and certain school sponsored activities that require added personnel. (Includes school-recognized activities sponsored by booster organizations and alumni gatherings.)
- Red Cross or other community acknowledged emergency use (depending on available alternatives, this may have a higher priority than listed.)
- Adult Education activities co-sponsored by STC and the Iowa Valley Community College.
- Official School Wellness Program Activities for School Employees.
- Youth Groups of an educational, recreational, or patriotic nature that are generally non-restrictive in membership or participation. Examples include: 4-H, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, and similar organizations. Generally, activities open to all youth will be given priority to those available to a smaller membership group.
- Non-profit Community organizations and individuals and an all employee group (other than official Wellness activity) for which no fee is charged.
- Non-profit group and individual’s activities for which a fee is charged AND profit-making Commercial Enterprises activities judged acceptable by the administration.
Other Cost Considerations:
- The administration shall determine when facilities fees should be designated for the activity fund or the operating fund. On rare occasions, agreed upon in advance by the administration, the fee may be modified by accepting an in-kind contribution.
- Costs will be doubled for non-school uses on holidays and holiday weekends.
- An ‘on call’ fee may be assessed for scheduling of facilities “in case of inclement weather” even if the facilities are not used.
- Facilities may not be scheduled for use by individuals or groups who have past-due accounts for past facility fees or assessments.
- Rental of facilities may be denied for selected occasions, such as holidays, if necessary, school personnel are not available.
- Costs are added for custodial staff, regardless of need.
Facilities will not normally be used unless an adult resident of the district signs an agreement to pay the required fees, to accept liability for all damages and personal injury resulting from and during the usage, and to adhere to regulations established by the administration.
School equipment or facilities will not normally be rented or used unless a school employee or other adult, judged to be qualified by the administration, is available to take responsibility for supervision. When costs are involved, the organization or individual arranging for use shall pay for supervision. If non-school sponsored student groups are permitted to use facilities by virtue of having an open forum, they may be required to pay the cost of adult supervision. Employees of the school who are paid extra for supervision of facilities must be paid by the district and the district may be reimbursed by the organization/individual using the facilities.
Whether or not a fee is charged, a non-school sponsored renter or group using the building agrees to restore to original condition any unwarranted destruction of property. Failure to maintain facilities will result in the organization's loss of rental priviledges. Administration shall be the sole judge of unwarranted destruction of property.
Restrictions on Use of Facilities:
Outside organizations using the school buildings and/or facilities must adhere to the following expectations/restrictions:
- All school district property is tobacco free.
- There shall be no alcoholic liquors or beverages, or illegal drugs brought to or consumed in the building or on the grounds.
- It will be the responsibility of the organization using school facilities to refuse admission to the building or area being used by them, to person or persons who may be under the influence of drugs or alcohol.
- Use of facilities must not be contrary to public interest as determined by the Board or by law.
- Except for school use, equipment will not normally be permitted for use outside the school district.
- At least one adult, acceptable to the administration, will be present during the time the facilities are in use.
- The use of school equipment and facilities is restricted for purposes accepted by the administration as being appropriate. Appropriate will include a judgment of community acceptability, timing, etc.
- Use of facilities may be denied if the use would cause the district to require a school employee to work on a Sunday morning or on New Year’s Eve, New Year’s Day, the weekend that includes Good Friday, Memorial Day weekend, July 4th, Labor Day weekend, Thanksgiving Day and the weekend that follows, Christmas Eve or Christmas Day.
- The administration may deny and/or change availability use of specific facilities when it might interfere with higher priority use, when it might interfere with required maintenance or cleaning, when safety or supervision provisions cause concern, when the nature of the activity causes concern or is not clearly defined, or when energy conservation indicates the fees would be insufficient to cover costs (as during the winter break).
- No motorcycles, mopeds, snowmobiles, off-road vehicles, or other vehicles will be permitted on school property except in designated traffic areas or by prior written permission of the administration. Recreational use of vehicles will not be approved.
Fee Schedule and Administrative Regulations for Facilities:
The Superintendent shall cause regulations and further restrictions to be established regarding the use of facilities. In addition, the Superintendent shall cause a fee schedule to be generated for the hourly (or other time period) use of facilities. The schedule should consider special restrictions and costs, if any, to include use of:
A. Group I – (Free Use)
Functions that are school sponsored by the building activity or parent group will be provided free use of school facilities, except for certain activities requiring the use of the kitchens, auditoriums, stages, gyms, or other special areas involving extra operational costs. (Schools shall be granted exemptions from extra operational costs, with the exception of kitchen use, in the following amounts when the purpose of the use relates to student welfare or fundraising for that school.) Fundraising and school-sponsored functions shall also qualify for Group I status.
Local youth service programs (for meetings only) – including, but not limited to, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, church, 4-H, Campfire, etc. The use of school facilities for town meetings, political caucuses, elections, and voter registration shall be free, except that charges shall be assessed for actual custodial overtime, including fringe benefits.
Such hours shall be allocated at the discretion of the school principal and so noted on the Application Form for Building Usage. The principal shall determine whether or not a building activity falls in the Group I category; however, in the case of activities not sponsored by the school or building parent group, the decision regarding Group I eligibility shall be made by the Activity Director or Director of Finance and Operations. When a school-sponsored or parent group-sponsored activity involves the use of facilities in another school building, the principal of the host school shall recommend whether or not the schedule charge shall be assessed for any additional staff from the host school needed to conduct the activity.
B. Group II – (Minimal Charge)
Activities of education-related groups, tax-supported educational institutions conducting educational or recreational programs, business/industry-sponsored recreational groups, public information organization, governmental agencies, neighborhood recreational activities, church organizations and political meetings not supporting specific candidates or state or national programs shall be charged in accord with Group II schedule. Each group is limited to three dates of Group II weekend use each school year. Any non-school sponsored organization-charging admission or a fee to participate qualifies in Group III.
Special Circumstances – The Chamber of Commerce, Central Rivers AEA, Area Community College and approved community service groups may be exempted from charges for rental of classrooms, media centers, to include the High School auditorium for free public service activities that exclude meals, indoor sports, or fundraising.
C. Group III – (Recovery of Full Costs)
Nonpublic schools, political groups, community fund-raising activities or functions that have a profit motive shall be charged with the Group III fee schedule unless the function is cosponsored by the district. School employees are not entitled to free use of facilities when functioning as private entrepreneurs (e.g., private lessons, tutoring lessons). Each group is limited to three dates of GROUP III weekend use each school year. Any non-school sponsored group charging admission or a fee to participate qualifies in Group III.
NOTE: The policy on the use of buses is contained in the Auxiliary Services 700 Series.
Keys/Fobs:
Only adults approved by the administration will be permitted to check out a key fob for access to a school facility. Only the individual who receives the fob may use that fob. The fob is non-transferable without the express approval of the administration. Fobs may not be duplicated. A fob must be returned, or the individual may be required to pay for the changing of the locks and issuance of new fobs.
Walking the Hallways:
The administration may, without fee, designate certain building hallways as available for walking by the general public. Use of hallways will be restricted to times when it will not interfere with the educational program and when the building is already open with personnel on duty.
Community Use of Facilities - Chart of Rental Fees
Listed below are the current district facilities charges for Community Use of School Facilities. The district reserves the right to adjust the schedule should extraordinary effort be required to accommodate the usage.
Hourly Rate Schedule
A school employed food service worker is required to be on duty whenever kitchen appliances are in use for meal preparation. The cost is in addition to the stipulated rental fee.
Custodial fees may apply at a minimum of $25/hr or $100 flat cost per event for Group II and/or Group III for Saturday and Sunday rentals.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; November 15, 1993; June 17, 1995; November 20, 1995; March 16, 1998; July 7, 2003; April 21, 2008; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; March 2, 2020; July 8, 2021)
906.00 - Property Management
906.00 - Property Management dawn@iowaschoo… Mon, 05/18/2020 - 20:02906.01 - Vandalism
906.01 - VandalismThe Board of Directors believes everyone should treat school district buildings and sites and property with respect for the benefit of the education program. Users of school district property will treat it with care. Employees discovering vandalism should report it to the building principal as soon as possible.
Persons suspected, found, or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be subject to discipline by the school district, if the person is under the jurisdiction of the school district, and may be reported to local law enforcement officials. Persons who are not under the jurisdiction of the school district and who are suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property will be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.
(March 2, 2020)
906.02 - Recreational Vehicles on School Property
906.02 - Recreational Vehicles on School PropertyIt is the philosophy of the South Tama County Board of Directors to protect all school district property. Because some property may be damaged by public use by recreational vehicles, the Board of Education prohibits recreational vehicles from school property.
- Restriction
All recreational vehicles shall be restricted from school district property. This will include snowmobiles, three wheelers, four wheelers and other recreational vehicles that may damage school property.
- Hours of Restriction
The restriction shall be for seven (7) days per week and twenty-four hours per day.
- Exceptions
a. Any recreational vehicle that is being used as part of the instructional program may be driven to the classroom area.
b. Recreational vehicles that are authorized by state law to operate on a hard surface area may function under the same restriction placed on other automobiles driving on
school property.
- Enforcement
The South Tama County Board of Education authorizes all law enforcement agencies the authority to enforce this policy. It shall also be the responsibility of all district administration to take action against anyone in violation of this policy.
(April 18, 1988; July 16, 1990; March 21, 2011; January 19, 2015; March 2, 2020)
1000 - COMMUNITY RELATIONS
1000 - COMMUNITY RELATIONS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 09:011000.00 - Statement of Guiding Principles
1000.00 - Statement of Guiding PrinciplesIt shall be the policy of the Board of Directors to keep the community informed of the objectives, achievements, needs and conditions of the school system. The Superintendent shall be responsible for initiating and administering a continuous program of communication within the community. He/she shall utilize needed school personnel and all media available in discharging this responsibility.
(April 18, 1983; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)
1001.00 - Press, Radio, and Television News Media
1001.00 - Press, Radio, and Television News Media dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 18:291001.01 - Board and Community Relations
1001.01 - Board and Community RelationsThe Board of Directors is committed to actively cooperating with official area community agencies and organizations concerned with the welfare of students. The Board of Directors and the District are further committed to maintaining an open communication between the schools and the public. Community support for the program of the schools can best be established through a public that understands and is active in school affairs.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)
1001.02 - News Media Relations
1001.02 - News Media RelationsThe Board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair and honest communication with the news media. The Board and the District will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news media. As part of this cooperative relationship, the Board, the District, and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party’s limitations.
Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open Board meetings. The Board President is the spokesperson for the Board, and the Superintendent is the spokesperson for the District. It is the responsibility of the Board President and the Superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the District.
Members of the news media seeking information about the school district will direct their inquiries to the Superintendent. The Superintendent will accurately and objectively provide information responsive to any inquiries from the news media to the extent permitted under law and as appropriate, given the circumstances surrounding the request.
(April 6, 2020)
1001.02 R1 - News Conferences and Interviews
1001.02 R1 - News Conferences and InterviewsThe Superintendent, on behalf of the Board and the District, may hold a news conference or respond to a request for an interview with the news media. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the Board apprised of news conferences and interviews.
News conferences and interviews may include the Board President and/or the Superintendent. It is within the discretion of the Superintendent to determine whether a news conference or interview is held to provide an immediate response to an issue.
School district personnel shall refer interview requests and information requests from the news media to the Superintendent. School district personnel may be interviewed or provide information about school district matters only after receiving permission from the Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designee. It shall be within the discretion of the Superintendent to allow news media to interview and to receive information from school district personnel.
(April 6, 2020)
1001.02 R2 - News Releases
1001.02 R2 - News ReleasesThe Superintendent will determine when a news release about internal school district and/or Board matters will be issued. In making this determination, the Superintendent will strive to keep the media and the school district community accurately and objectively informed. Further, the Superintendent will strive to create and maintain a positive image for the school district.
News releases will be prepared and disseminated to news media in the school district community. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to approve news releases originating within the school district prior to their release. Questions about news releases should be directed to the Superintendent.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)
1001.03 - Live Broadcast or Recording
1001.03 - Live Broadcast or RecordingIndividuals, including individuals associated with a news media entity, may broadcast or record public school district events, including open Board meetings, as long as it does not interfere with or disrupt the school district event and it does not create an undue burden for the school district to accommodate the request.
It is within the discretion of the Superintendent to determine whether the request is unduly burdensome and whether the broadcast or recording will interfere with or disrupt the school district event.
Recording of student and/or classroom activities will generally not be allowed, except in exceptional circumstances and only with the approval of the Superintendent. Individuals found to be recording activities without the appropriate authority and/or approval may be removed from the school district property and law enforcement may be notified.
(April 6, 2020)
1002.00 - Public Participation in the School District
1002.00 - Public Participation in the School District dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 18:311002.01 - School Community Groups
1002.01 - School Community GroupsThe Board values the participation and the support of school district community groups, including, but not limited to, the booster club and parent-teacher organizations, which strive for the betterment of the school district and the education program. The Board will work closely with these groups.
Parent-teacher organizations may be established for each attendance unit in the school district. The building administrator for each attendance unit shall serve as the liaison officer representing the school system.
Membership and rules governing school-community groups/organizations shall be determined by each individual organization and/or organization at teach attendance unit. Activities of individual organizations and/or units, when related to school purposes, shall be evaluated by the administrator assigned to that attendance unit.
Funds raised by these organizations for the school district may be kept as part of the accounts of the school district or may be separately maintained by the organization, as mutually agreed upon by the organization and the Superintendent acting on behalf of the school district.
Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for the purchase of goods or services for the school district, the organization will confer with the Superintendent to assist the organization in purchasing goods or services to meet the school district’s needs.
(April 18, 1983; May 15, 2000, July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)
1002.02 - Community Volunteers
1002.02 - Community VolunteersThe Board recognizes the valuable resource it has in the members of the school district community. When possible and in concert with the education program, members of the school district community may be asked to make presentations to the students or to assist employees in duties other than teaching when the volunteering would be appropriate considering the needs of the educational program.
The volunteer may be asked to agree to a criminal background check and/or a sexual abuse check prior to volunteering.
Whether an individual will be permitted to volunteer for the school district will be the sole discretion of the Superintendent, and the Superintendent may inform an individual he/she is no longer permitted to volunteer for the school district at any time for any lawful reason.
Recruitment, training, utilization, and the maintenance of records for the purposes of insurance coverage and/or recognition of school district volunteers is the responsibility of the Superintendent.
(April 6, 2020)
1003.00 - Other Intra-District Relations
1003.00 - Other Intra-District Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 05/12/2020 - 18:351003.01 - Visitors to School District Buildings and Sites
1003.01 - Visitors to School District Buildings and SitesThe Board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the school district community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites. Visitors, which include persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival. Visitors who do not notify the principal of their presence may be considered trespassers.
Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session are asked to notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized. Teachers and other employees will not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.
Visitors will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school events. Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises and/or may be banned from the premises for an extended period of time. Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or responsible adult.
It is the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct. It is the responsibility of the Superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the inappropriate conduct. If the Superintendent or principals are not available, a school district employee will act to cease the inappropriate conduct.
(April 17, 1989; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)
1003.02 - Conduct on School District Buildings and Sites
1003.02 - Conduct on School District Buildings and SitesThe Board expects that students, employees and visitors will treat each other with respect; engage in responsible behavior; exercise self-discipline; and model fairness, equity and respect. Individuals violating this policy will be subject to discipline. Students will be disciplined consistent with the student conduct policies. Employees will be disciplined consistent with employee discipline policies and laws. Others will be subject to discipline according to this policy.
Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit school premises only as guests of the school district, and, as a condition, they must comply with the school district’s rules and policies. Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with or disrupt the education program or activity or anyone’s participation in or viewing of the program or activity. Visitors, like the participants, are expected to display mature, responsible behavior. The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school district and the entire community.
To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:
- Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, school officials, employees, officials, and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.
- Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, school officials, employees, officials, and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.
- The use of vulgar, obscene, offensive, or demeaning expression directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.
If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event and the Superintendent may exclude the spectator at future sponsored or approved activities. Law enforcement may be contacted for assistance.
Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the Board’s chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so. The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision pursuant to the Board’s procedures. The term “individual” as used in the policy also includes students and employees.
If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution. The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.
(September 20, 1999; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; April 6, 2020)
1003.03 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment
1003.03 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free EnvironmentThe use of tobacco and nicotine products; including, but not limited to, cigarettes, nicotine chew, snus, dissolvables, vaping devices, electronic cigarettes and/or other nicotine products that are not approved by the Federal Drug Administration for tobacco cessation; on school district property; including in school district buildings, on school district grounds, in school district transportation vehicles, or at any school district activity; is prohibited.
This policy extends to all students, employees, volunteers, and visitors. This policy applies at all times, including during school-sponsored events and during non-school-sponsored events.
Persons violating this policy shall be asked to cease using the tobacco and/or nicotine product, properly dispose of the tobacco and/or nicotine product and refrain from using tobacco and/or nicotine products in the future. Persons failing to abide by this request shall be required to leave the school district premises immediately.
It shall be the responsibility of all school district personnel, and specifically school district administrators, to enforce this policy.
(December 21, 1987; July 15, 1991; December 19, 1994; July 7, 2003; June 19, 2006; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)
1003.04 - Distribution of Materials on School District Buildings and Sites
1003.04 - Distribution of Materials on School District Buildings and SitesThe Board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute materials within the school district that are non-curricular. Non-curricular materials to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.
(December 19, 1994; July 7, 2003; January 17, 2011; July 9, 2012; January 19, 2015; April 6, 2020)
1003.04 R1 - Distribution of Materials on School District Buildings and Sites Regulation
1003.04 R1 - Distribution of Materials on School District Buildings and Sites RegulationI. Guidelines.
Individuals, including students, may have the right to distribute on school premises, at reasonable times and places, unofficial written material, petitions, buttons, badges or other insignia, except expression which:
- is obscene to minors;
- is libelous;
- contains indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd language;
- advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;
- constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence, defamation of character or of a person’s race, religion, gender, disability, age or ethnic origin);
- presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.
Distribution on school premises of material in categories (1) through (4) to any student is prohibited. Distribution on school premises of material in categories (5) and (6) to a substantial number of students is prohibited.
II. Procedures.
Anyone wishing to distribute unofficial written material must first submit for approval a copy of the material to the building principal at least twenty-four hours in advance of desired distribution time, together with the following information:
- Name and phone number of the person submitting request and, if a student, the homeroom number;
- Date(s) and time(s) of day of intended display or distribution;
- Location where material will be displayed or distributed;
- The grade(s) of students to whom the display or distribution is intended.
Within twenty-four hours of submission, the principal will render a decision whether the material violates the guidelines in subsection I or the time, place and manner restrictions in subsection III of this policy. In the event that permission to distribute the material is denied, the person submitting the request should be informed of the reasons for the denial. Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either, the school, the administration, the board or the individual reviewing the material submitted.
If the person submitting the request does not receive a response within twenty-four hours of submission, the person will contact the building principal’s office to verify that the lack of response was not due to an inability to locate the person. If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the request, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.
If the person is dissatisfied with the decision of the principal, the person may submit a written request for appeal to the Superintendent. If the person does not receive a response within three (3) school days of submitting the appeal, the person will contact the Superintendent to verify that the lack of response is not due to an inability to locate the person. If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the appeal, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.
At every level of the process the person submitting the request will have the right to appear and present the reasons, supported by relevant material, as to why distribution of the written material is appropriate.
Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either, the school district, the Board, the administration or the individual reviewing the material submitted.
III. Time, Place, and Manner of Distribution.
The distribution of written material is prohibited when it blocks the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entrance ways of the school or otherwise disrupts school activities. The distribution of unofficial material is limited to a reasonable time, place and manner as follows:
- The material will be distributed from a table set up for the purpose in a location designated by the principal, which location will not block the safe flow of traffic or block the corridors or entrance ways, but which will give reasonable access to students.
- The material will be distributed either before and/or after the regular instructional day.
- No written material may be distributed during and at the place of a normal school activity if it is reasonably likely to cause a material and substantial disruption of that activity.
IV. Definitions.
The following definitions apply to the following terms used in this policy:
- “Obscene to minors” is defined as:
(a) The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;
(b) The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct should be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted), masturbation, excretory functions, and lewd exhibition of the genitals; and
(c) The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.
- “Minor” means any person under the age of eighteen.
- “Material and substantial disruption” of a normal school activity is defined as follows:
(a) Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the district for which student attendance is compulsory, “material and substantial disruption” is defined as any disruption which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.
(b) Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts, and lunch periods), “material and substantial disruption” is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, widespread shouting or boisterous demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity.
(c) In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be forecasted including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.
- “School activities” means any activity of students sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and in-school lunch periods.
- “Unofficial” written material includes all written material except school newspapers, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications funded and/or sponsored or authorized by the school. Examples include leaflets, brochures, flyers, petitions, placards and underground newspapers, whether written by students or others.
- “Libelous” is a false and unprivileged statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual’s reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the community.
- “Distribution” means circulation or dissemination of written material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations for copies. It includes displaying written material in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.
V. Disciplinary action.
Distribution by any student or employee of unofficial written material prohibited in subsection I or in violation of subsection III may be halted, and students may be subject to discipline including suspension and expulsion, and employees may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. Any other party violating this policy may be requested to leave the school property immediately and, if necessary, local law enforcement officials will be called.
(April 6, 2020)
1003.05 - Advertising and Sales Promotions
1003.05 - Advertising and Sales PromotionsEducational facilities, teachers, and students shall not be used in any manner for advertising and/or for the promotion or sale of services or products of agencies or organizations operating for profit. The Board of Directors specifically forbids such activities, including but not limited to the following:
- Distribution by students of pamphlets urging students, parents, and others to purchase services or products sold for profit.
- The sale by students or teachers of products and/or services, except in relation to production by students as part of the program.
- Similar activities which would involve the teachers and students and which would interfere with the normal time and activities of the school.
This means that the use of students, including students’ names and/or likenesses; employees, including employees’ names and/or likenesses; the school district name; or its buildings and sites for advertising and promoting products and/or services of entities and/or organizations operating for a profit or political entities and/or organizations is generally not allowed.
Where the Board of Directors and/or the Superintendent feel that the educational gain outweighs any promotional purpose, prior approval can be given by the Board to an activity generally prohibited by this policy. Specifically exempted from the provisions of this policy shall be a student insurance program.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)
1004.01 - Public Examination of School District Records
1004.01 - Public Examination of School District RecordsPublic records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administrative office of the school district. These hours are 7:30 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.
Persons wishing to review the school district’s public records shall contact the Board Secretary and make arrangements for the viewing. The Board Secretary will make arrangements for the individual making the request to view the records as soon as possible, depending on the nature of the request.
Persons wishing to receive a copy of the school district’s public records shall submit said request in writing to the Board Secretary. Persons wanting copies of the school district’s public records shall be assessed a standard fee for the copy. Persons wanting compilation of already-existing records shall be assessed a fee for the time of the school district employee to compile such records.
Any fee assessed pursuant to this policy will include a per page copy fee, consistent with the school district’s current per page copy fee, a fee for the actual expenses incurred for a school district employee to locate and compile the requested records, and a fee for the actual expenses incurred for a school district employee or other individual, including but not limited to an attorney, to review and, if necessary, redact the requested records. The school district may require pre-payment of the costs prior to providing the requested records.
Records defined by law as confidential records shall only be viewed or copied in accordance with the law and with this policy.
The Board Secretary shall be the custodian of school district and Board records. It shall be the responsibility of the Board Secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public records of the school district.
(April 17, 1989; July 15, 1991; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)
1005.01 - Blue Card Club
1005.01 - Blue Card ClubThe Board of Directors wishes to promote the active participation of all age groups in school activities and programs. In an effort to encourage people in the South Tama County Community School District who are 65 years of age and over to attend school district activities and programs, the Board of Directors, upon receipt of application, will issue the individual a Blue Card, which will admit the recipients to all school activities without cost.
(April 18, 1983; July 7, 2003; July 18, 2011; June 23, 2014; April 6, 2020)